Mathematics Hand Book Final
Uploaded by
Madan BabuMathematics Hand Book Final
Uploaded by
Madan BabuHANDBOOK FOR
INTERMEDIATE FIRST YEAR
MATHEMATICS
BOARD OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION
Handbook Prepared By:
Smt. J. Sandhya Madhuri
Principal, GJC Payakapuram
Sri B. Lakshmana Rao
Junior Lecturer in Mathematics
GJC, Chebrolu
Sri P. Harinadhachari
Junior Lecturer in Mathematics
GJC (B), Pakala
Sri P. Venkateswara Rao
Junior Lecturer in Mathematics
GJC (G), Narsipatnam
Dr. J. Anitha
Junior Lecturer in Mathematics
GJC, Mylavaram
Smt. G. Sujatha
Junior Lecturer in Mathematics
GJC, Agiripalli
Smt. V. Sundara Lakshmi
Junior Lecturer in Mathematics
LA, GJC, Machilipatnam
CONTENTS
CHAPTER NAME
1. Sets
2. Relations and functions
3. Trigonometric function
4. Complex number and quadratic equations
5. Linear inequalities
6. Permutations and combinations
7. Binomial theorem
8. Sequences and series
9. Straight lines
10. Conic sections
11. Introduction to three dimensional geometry
12. Limits and derivatives
13. Statistics
14. Probability
MATHEMATICS
SETS
Exercise 1(a)
I) 1) Which of the following are sets? Justify your answer.
(i) The collection of all the months of a year beginning with the letter J.
(ii) The collection of ten most talented writers of India,
(iii) A team of eleven best-cricket batsmen of the word.
(iv)The collection of all boys in your class
(v)The collection of all natural numbers less than 100
(vi) A collection of novels written by the writer munshi Premchand
(vii) The collection of all even integers.
(viii) The collection of questions in this chapter.
(ix) A collection of most dangerous animals of the world.
Sol.: (i)The collection of all months of a year beginning with letter J are, January, June , July,
the collection is well defined, so it is a set.
(ii)It is not a set, since one cannot decide a writer is most talented, because it depends
on ones own perspective.
(iii)It is not a set, a batsmen may be best for one person and may not be for the other
(iv) It is a set, since the collections is well defined.
(v)It is a set, since the collection is well defined.
(vi) It is a set, since the collection is well defined.
(vii) It is a set, since the collection is well defined.
(viii) It is a set, since the collection is well defined.
(ix) It is not a set, An animal is most dangerous for one person and may not be for
another, so the collection is not well defined.
2) Let A 1, 2,3, 4,5, 6 Insert the appropriate symbol or in the blank spaces.
(i)5….A (ii)8…A (iii)o…A (iv) 4...A (v) 2...A (vi)10…A
Sol.: - (i) 5 A (ii) 8 A (iii) o A (iv) 4 A (v) 2 A (vi) 10 A
3) Write the following sets in roster from:
(i) A x : x is an int eger and 3 x 7
(ii) A x : x is a natural number less than 6
(iii) C x : x is a two digit natural number such that the sum of its digits is 8
HANDBOOK 1
MATHEMATICS
(iv) D x : x is a prime number which is divisor of 60
(v) E = The set of all letters in the word TRIGONOMETRY
(vi) F = The set of all letters in the word BETTER
Sol.: (i) A 3, 2, 1, 0,1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
(ii) B 1, 2,3, 4, 5
(iii) C 17, 26, 35, 44, 53, 62, 71,80
(iv) D 2,3, 5
(v) E T , R , I , G , O, N , M , E , Y
(vi) F B , E , T , R
4) Write the following sets in the set- builder from
(i) 3, 6,9,12 (ii) 2, 4,8,16,32 (iii) 5, 25,125, 625
(iv) 2, 4, 6,.... (v) 1, 4, 9,...100
Sol.: (i) x : x is natural number multiple of 3 and x 15 (ii) x : x 2n , n N and n 5
(iii) x : x 5n , n N and n 4 (iv) x : x is an even natural number
(v) x : x n 2 , n N and n 10
5) List all the elements of the following sets:
(i) A x : x is an odd natural number
1 9
(ii) B x : x is an int eger , x
2 2
(iii) C x : x is an int eger , x 2 4
(iv) D x : x is a letter in the word " LOYAL "
(v) E x : x is month of a year not having 31 days
(vi) F x : x is a consonant in the English alphabet which prcedes k
Sol.:(i) A 1,3, 5, 7....
(ii) B 0,1, 2, 3, 4
(iii) C 2, 1, 0,1, 2
HANDBOOK 2
MATHEMATICS
(iv) D L, O , Y , A
(v) E February , April , June, September , November
(vi) F b, c, d , f , g , h, j
6) Match each of the set on the left in the roster from with the same set on the right
described in set –builder from:
(i) 1, 2,3, 6 (Sol.: x : x is a prime number and a divisor of 6
(ii) 2, 3 (b) x : x is an odd natural number less than 10
(iii) M , A, T , H , E , I , C , S (c) x : x is a natural number and divisor of 6
(iv) 1,3, 5, 7,9 (d) x : x is a letter of the word MATHEMATICS
Sol.: (i)c (ii)a (iii)d (iv)b
Exercise 1 (b)
I)1. Which of the following are examples of the null set.
(i)Set of odd natural numbers divisible by 2.
(ii)Set of even prime numbers
(iii){x:x is a natural numbers, x 5 and x 7 }
(iv) {y:y is a point common to any two parallel lines }
Sol.: (i)Set of odd natural numbers divisible by 2 is a null set
(ii)Set of even prime numbers = {2} so it is not a null set
(iii) {x:x is a natural number, x 5 and x 7 } is a null set
(iv) {y:y is a point common to any two parallel lines } is a null set
2) Which of the following sets are finite or infinite
(i)The set of months of a year
(ii) 1, 2, 3,.....
(iii) 1, 2,3,....99,100
(iv)The set of positive integers greater than 100
(v) The set of prime numbers less than 99
Sol.: (i)The set contains 12 elements so it is a finite set
(ii)The set is an infinite set
(iii) The set contains 100 elements, so it is a finite set
HANDBOOK 3
MATHEMATICS
(iv) The set is an infinite set
(v) Prime numbers less than 99 are finite number. So it is a finite set.
3) State whether each of the following set is finite or infinite.
(i)The set of lines which are parallel to the x-axis
(ii) The set of letters in the English alphabet.
(iii) The set of numbers which are multiple of 5
(iv) The set of animals living on the earth
(v) The set of circles passing through the origin (o,o)
Sol.: (i)There will be infinite number of lines parallel to x-axis. So the set is an infinite set
(ii) The set contains 26 elements, so it is a finite set
(iii) the set of numbers which are multiples of 5 is an infinite set
(iv) The set of animals living on the earth is an infinite set
(v) The set of circles passing through the origin (0,0) is an infinite set.
4) In the following, state whether A= B or not:
(i) A = {a, b, c, d} B= {d, c, b, a}
(ii) A= {4, 8, 12, 16} B = {8,4,16,18}
(iii)A= {2, 4, 6, 8, 10} B= (x:x is positive even integer and x 10 }
(iv) A= { x:x is a multiple of 10 }, B = {10,15,20,25,30,…..}
Sol.: (i) A B , (ii) A B
(iii) A 2, 4, 6,8,10 , B 2, 4, 6,8,10 . A B
(iv) A 10, 20,30.... B 10,15, 20, 25, 30,.... A B
5) Are the following pair of sets equal ? Give reasons.
(i) A= {2,3} B = { x:x is Sol.:of x 2 5 x 6 0 }
(ii) A= {x:x is a letter of the word FOLLOW}
B: {y:y is a letter in the word WOLF}
Sol.: (i)A = {2,3}, B={-2,-3} , A B
(ii) A = {F,O,L,W} B = {W,O,LF} A=B
6) From the sets given below, select equal sets.
A= {2,4,8,12} B= {1,2,3,4} C = {4,8,12,14} D ={ 3,1,4,2}
E= {-1,1} F = {0,a} G = { 1,-1} H ={ 0,1}
Sol.: B = D, E = G
HANDBOOK 4
MATHEMATICS
Exercise 1 (c)
I.(1) Make correct statements by filling in the symbol or in the blank spaces.
(i) { 2,3,4,}….{1,2,3,4,5}
(ii) { a ,b,c}….{b,c,d}
(iii) {x:x is a student of class XI of your school }….. { x:x student of your school}
(iv) { x:x is a circle in the plane }..{ x:x is a circle in the same plane with radius 1
unit}
(v) { x:x is an equilateral triangle in a plane }..{ x:x is a rectangle in the plane }
(vi) {x:x is an equilateral triangle in a plane }.. { x:x is a triangle in the same plane}
(vii) { x:x is an even natural number }…..{x:x is a integer )
Sol.: (i) { 2,3,4,} {1,2,3,4,5}
(ii) { a ,b,c} {b,c,d}
(iii) {x:x is a student of class XI of your school } { x:x student of your school}
(iv) { x:x is a circle in the plane } { x:x is a circle in the same plane with radius 1
unit}
(v) { x:x is an equilateral triangle in a plane } { x:x is a rectangle in the plane }
(vi) {x:x is an equilateral triangle in a plane } { x:x is a triangle in the same plane}
(vii) { x:x is an even natural number } {x:x is a integer )
2) Examine whether the following statements are true or false.
(i){a,b} {b,c,a}
(ii) { a,e} {x:x is a vowel in the English alphabet }
(iii) { 1,2,3} { 1,3,5}
(iv) {a} {a,b,c}
(v) {a} { a,b,c}
(vi) { x:x is an even natural number less than 6 } {x:x is a natural number which
divides 36}
Sol.: (i){ a,b } { b,c,a} is False .
(ii) { a,e} { x” x is a vowel in the English alphabet } is True
(iii) { 1,2,3} {1,3,5} is False
(iv){ a } { a,b,c} is True
(v) {a} { a,b,c} is False
HANDBOOK 5
MATHEMATICS
(vi) { x:x is an even natural number less than 6} { x:x is a natural number with
divides 36} is True
3) Let A = { 1,2,{3,4},5} which of the following statements are incorrect and why?
(i) { 3,4} A (ii) { 3,4} A (iii) {{3,4}} A (iv) 1 A
(v) 1 A (vi){ 1,2,5} A (vii) { 1,2,5} A (viii){1,2,3} A
(ix) A (x) A (xi) A
Sol.: (i){3,4} A is incorrect because {3,4} is an element of A, but not a set.
(ii) {3,4} A correct
(iii) {{3,4}} A correct
(iv) 1 A correct
(v) 1 A is incorrect because 1 is an elements of A, but not a set
(vi) { 1,2,5} A correct
(vii) { 1,2,5} A is incorrect because { 1,2,5} is a set but not an element
(viii) {1,2,3} A is incorrect because 3 is not an element of A.
(ix) A is incorrect because is a set but not an element .
(x) A is correct
(xi) A is incorrect since is an empty set, but not an element
4) Write down all the subsets of the followings sets .
(i) {a} (ii) {a,b} (iii){1,2,3} (iv)
Sol.: (i)Subsets of {a} are , {a}, (ii)Subsets of {a,b} are , {a},{b},{a,b}
(iii)Subsets of {1,2,3} are , {1}, {2}, {3}, {1,2},{1,3},{2,3},{1,2,3}
(iv) Subsets of is
5) Write the following as intervals.
i) x : x R, 4 x 6 ii) x : x R, 12 x 10
iii) x : x R, o x 7 (iv) x : x R, 3 x 4
Sol.: (i) (-4,6] (ii) (-12,-10) (iii) [ 0,7) (iv) 3, 4
6)Write the following intervals in set- builder from.
(i) (-3,0) (ii) 6,12 (iii) (6,12] iv) [ 23, 5)
Sol.: (i) x : x R, 3 x 0 (ii) x : x R, 6 x 12
,
HANDBOOK 6
MATHEMATICS
(iii) x : x R, 6 x 12 (iv) x : x R, 23 x 5
,
7) What universal set(s) would you propose for each of the following
(i) The set of right triangles (ii) The set of isosceles triangles.
Sol.: (i)Universal set for set of right angle triangles is the set of all triangles
(ii)Universal set for the set of isosceles triangles is the set of all triangles.
8) Given the sets A= {1,3,5} B = {2,4,6} and C = {0,2,4,6,8}
Which of the following may be considered as universal set (s) for all the three sets A,
B and C
(i){0,1,2,3,4,5,6} (ii) (iii){0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10}
(iv) {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8}
Sol.: {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10} is the universal set for all the three sets A, B and C.
Exercise I (d)
I. 1. Let A = {a,b}, B = {a,b,c}. Is A B ? what is A B ?
Sol.: A B . A B = { a,b,c} = B
2) If A and B are two sets such that A B , then what is A B ?
Sol.: Since A B , A B = B.
3) Which of the following pairs of sets are disjoint
(i){1,2,3,4} and {x:x is a natural number and 4 x 6 }
(ii) { a,e,i,o,u} and { c,d,e,f}
(iii){x:x is an even integer } and {x:x is an odd integer}.
Sol.: (i)Let A = {1,2,3,4}
And B = {x:x is a natural number and 4 x 6 } = {4,5,6}.
A B = {4}, Given sets are not disjoint.
(ii)Let A = {a,e,i,o,u} B= {c,d,e,f}
A B = {e}, Given sets are not disjoint.
(iii) Let A = { x:x is an even integer }= {2,4,6,8,10,…}
B = {x;x is an odd integer} = {3,5,7,9,…}
AB , Given sets are disjoint sets.
4) If X a, b, c, d and Y f , b, d , g find
(i)X-Y (ii)Y-X (iii) X Y
Sol.: (i) X Y {a, c} , (ii) Y X { f , g} , (iii) X Y {b, d }
HANDBOOK 7
MATHEMATICS
5) If R is the set of real numbers and Q is the set of rational numbers, then what is R-
Q?
Sol.: R- Q = set of irrational numbers.
6) State whether each of the following statement is true or false justify your answer
(i){2,3,4,5} and {3,6} are disjoint sets, (ii){a,e,i,o,u} and {a,b,c,d} are disjoint sets
(iii) {2,6,10,14} and { 3,7,11,15} are disjoint sets,
(iv){2,6,10} and {3,7,11} are disjoint sets
Sol.: (i)Let A= {2,3,4,5} , B = {3,6,}
A B 3 Given sets are not disjoint , so the statement is false.
,
(ii)Let A = {a,e,i,o,u,}, B ={a,b,c,d}
A B a Given sets are not disjoint, so the statement is false.
,
(iii)Let A = {2,6,10,14}, B= {3,7,11,15}
A B ,Given sets are disjoint , so the statement is true.
(iv) Let A = {2,6,10} , B= {3,7,11}
A B ,Given sets are disjoint, so the statement is true
II 1) Find the union of each of the following pairs of sets
(i) X = {1,3,5} Y = {1,2,3}
(ii) A = { a,e,i,o,u} B = { a, b,c }
(iii) A = {x:x is a natural number and multiple of 3 },
B ={x:x is a natural number less than 6 }
(iv) A= {x:x is a natural number and 1 x 6 }
B= { x:x is a natural number and 6<x<10}
v) A = {1,2,3}, B=
Sol.: (i) X Y = { 1,2,3,5}
(ii) A B = { a,b,c,e,i,o,u}
(iii) A = 3, 6,9,12,... B = 1, 2,3, 4,5
,
A B = { 1,2,3,4,5,6,9,12,….}
(iv) A= {1,2,3,4,5,6}, B = {7,8,9}
A B = { 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}
(v) A B = {1,2,3}
HANDBOOK 8
MATHEMATICS
2). Find the intersection of each pair of set of question 1 above.
Sol.: (i) X∩ Y = { 1,3} (ii) A ∩ B = { a } (iii) A ∩ B = { 3 }
(iv) A ∩ B = ∅ (v) A ∩ B = ∅
3) If A = {1,2,3,4}, B = {3,4,5,6}, C= {5,6,7,8} and D = {7,8,9,10} find
(i) A B ii) A C iii) B C iv) B D v) A B C
vi) A B D vii) B C D
Sol.: (i): A B 1, 2,3, 4,5,6 (ii) A C 1, 2,3, 4,5,6, 7,8
,
(iii) B C 3, 4,5, 6, 7,8 (iv) B D 3, 4,5, 6, 7,8,9,10
,
(v) A B C 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,8 (vi) A B D 1, 2,3, 4,5, 6, 7,8,9,10
,
(vii) B C D 3, 4,5, 6, 7,8,9,10
4) If A= {3,5,7,9,11} , B = {7,9,11,13} , C = {11,13,15} and D = {15,17} find
(i) A B ii) B C iii) A C D iv) A C
v) B D vi) A B C vii) A D viii) A (B D)
ix) ( A B) (B C) x) ( A D) (B C)
Sol.: (i) A B 7,9,11 (ii) B C 11,13
,
(iii) A C D or (iv) A C 11
,
(v) B D or (vi) B C 7,9,11,13,15
A (B C) 7,9,11
(vii) A D or (viii) B D 7,9,11,13,15,17
A (B D) 7,9,11
(ix) A B 7,9,11 (x) A D 3,5, 7,9,11,15,17
B C 7,9,11,13,15 B C 7,9,11,13,15
( A B) (B C) 7,9,11 ( A D) (B C) 7,9,11
III 1) If A ={ x:x is a natural number} , B = {x:x is an even natural number } ,
C = {x:x is an odd natural number } and D = {x:x is a prime number } find
i) A B ii) A C iii) A D iv) B C v) C D
Sol.: A = {1,2,3,4,5….} B= {2,4,6,8…}
HANDBOOK 9
MATHEMATICS
C = {3,5,7,9,…} D = {2,3,5,7,11…}
(i) A B 2, 4, 6...... (ii) A C 3,5, 7,9......
,
(iii) A D 2,3,5, 7...... (iv) B C
,
(v) B D 2 (vi) C D 3,5, 7,11,......
,
2) If A= { 3,6,9,12,15,18,21} , B= {4,8,12,16,20} C= {2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16}, D = {5,10,15,20},
find (i) A- B (ii)A-C (iii)A-D (iv) B-A (v) C-A (vi)D-A
(vii) B-C (viii) B-D (ix) C-B (x) D-B (xi) C-D (xii)D-C
Sol.: ( i)A- B = 3, 6,9,15,18, 21 (ii) A - C = 3,9,15,18, 21
,
(iii)A-D = 3, 6,9,12,18, 21 (iv) B-A= 4,8,16, 20
,
(v) C-A = , 2, 4,8,10,14,16 , (vi) D-A = 5,10, 20
(vii)B-C = 20 (viii) B- D = 4,8,12,16
,
(ix) C-B = 2, 6,10,14 (ix) C- B = 2, 6,10,14
,
(x) D- B = 5,10,15 (xi) C- D = 2, 4, 6,8,12,14,16
,
(xii) D-C = 5,15, 20
Exercise I (e)
I) 1. If U = 1, 2,3, 4,5,6,7,8,9 , A= 2, 4, 6,8, and B= 2, 3,5,7 Verify that
(i) ( A B)1 = A1 B1 ii) ( A B )1 = A1 B1
Sol.: (i) A B 2,3, 4,5, 6, 7,8
( A B)1 1,9
A1 1,3,5,7,9 B1 1, 4, 6,8,9
A1 B1 1,9
A B A1 B1
1
(ii) A B 2
( A B)1 1,3, 4, 5, 6, 7,8,9
HANDBOOK 10
MATHEMATICS
A 1,3,5,7,9 B 1, 4, 6,8,9
1 '
A1 B1 1,3, 4,5,6,7,8,9
A B A1 B1
1
2) Let be the set of all triangles in a plane. If A is set of all triangles with at least one
angle different from 600 , what is A1 ?
Sol.: A1 is the set of all triangles with every angle equal to 600 = set of equilateral triangles
3) Fill in the blanks to make each of the following a true statement
(i) A A1 = , (ii) ' A , (iii) A A1
(iv) U 1 A
Sol.: (i) A A1 = ( Universal set )
(ii) ' A U A A
(iii) A A '
(iv) U 1 A A
II 1) If U a, b, c, d , e, f , g , h find the complements of the following sets
(i) A a, b, c (ii) B d , e, f , g (iii) C a, c, e, g D) f , g , h, a
Sol.: (i) , A1 U A d , e, f , g , h (ii) B' U B a, b, c, h
(iii) C1 U C b, d , f , h (iv) D' U D b, c, d , e
2) Draw appropriate Venn diagram for each of the following
(i) A B (ii) A1 B1 (iii) A B
1 1
(i) A1 B1
Sol:
(i) A B U A B (ii) A | B| A B U ( A B )
' |
,
(iii) A B U A B (iv) A| B| A B U A B
| |
A
A B A
A B
III 1)Let 1, 2,3, 4,5,6, 7,8,9 , A 1, 2,3, 4, , B = 2, 4, 6,8 and C = 3, 4,5, 6 find
v) A| vi) B C
|
(i) A | (ii) B| iii) A C iv) A B
| | |
Sol.: (i) A| U A 5, 6, 7,8,9 (ii) B| U B 1,3,5,7,9
(iii) A C 1, 2,3, 4,5, 6 ( A C)| 7,8,9
HANDBOOK 11
MATHEMATICS
(iv) A B 1, 2,3, 4, 6,8 ( A B)| 5, 7,9
(v) A| U A| 1, 2,3, 4 A
|
(vi) B C 2,8 (B C)| 1,3, 4,5, 6, 7,9
2) Taking the set of natural numbers as the universal set, write down the complements
of the following sets.
(i){x:x is an even natural number }
(ii){ x:x is an odd natural number }
(iii){ x:x is a positive multiple of 3 }
(iv){ x:x is a prime number}
(v) { x:x is a natural number divisible by 3 and 5 }
vi){ x:x is a perfect square}
Vii){ x:x is a prefect cube }
Viii) { x:x : x 5 8 }
ix) { x : 2 x 5 9}
x) x : x 7
(xi) x : x N and 2 x 1 10
Sol.: (i)Complement of given set = {x:x is an odd natural number}
(ii){ x:x is an odd natural number }’= { x:x is an even natural number}
(iii){ x:x is a positive multiple of 3 }’= {x:x N , x is not a multiples of 3}
(iv){ x:x is a prime number}’={ x:x N , is a positive composite number or x 1 }
v) { x : x is a natural number divisible by 3 and 5}’
= { x : x is not a natural number divisible by 3 and 5}
vi) { x : x is a perfect square}’= { x : x N is not a perfect square}
vii) { x : x is a perfect cube}’= { x : x N in not a perfect cube}
viii) {x : x 5 8}' x : x N and x 3
ix) x : 2 x 5 9 x : x N and x 2
'
x) x : x 7 x : x N , x 7
'
xi) x : x N and 2 x 1 10 = x : x N and x 9 / 2 .
'
Exercise I (f)
1) Decide, among the following sets, which are subsets of one and another
A { x : x R and x satisfy x 2 8 x 12 0 }
B { 2,4,6} , C = {2,4,6,8…..} D= {6}.
Sol.: A= { x : x R and x satisfy x 2 8 x 12 0} = 2, 6
B = 2, 4, 6
C = 2, 4, 6,8.... D = 6
Here D A , D B, D C
A B, A C, B C
2) In each of the following , determine whether the statement is true or false. If it is
true, prove it. If it is false, give an example .
HANDBOOK 12
MATHEMATICS
(i)If x A and A B , then x B
(ii) If A B and B C , then A C .
(iii) If A B and B C ,then A C
(iv) If A B and B C then A C
v) If x A and A B , then x B
vi) If A B and x B, then x A .
Sol.: i) It is false. Ex: Let A ={a}, B={{a},b,c} but a B .
ii)It is false. Ex: Let A= {a}, B = {a,b,c}, C = {{a,b,c},d} but {a} C .
iii) It is true.
Let a A then If A B a B and if B C a C.
a A a C If A B , B C then A C .
iv) It is false. Ex: A a, b , B c, d , C a, b, d
Here A B , B C but A C .
v)It is false. Let A a, b and B a, c, d . b A but b B
vi)It is True. Let A B , then if a A a B if a B a A .
3) Show that if A B then C-B C-A.
Sol.: Let a C B a C and a B a C and a A a C A .
C B C A
4) Show that A B A C need not imply B = C
Sol.: Let A = {1,2,3}, B= {2,3,4,5}, C = {2,3,6,7}
A B 2,3 A C 2,3 Here A B A C but still B C .
,
II 1) Let A, B and C be the sets such that A B A C and A B A C .Show that
B C.
Sol.: Given A B A C
A B C A C C A C (B C) C A B (B C) C
Again A B = A C …… (1)
A B B A C B
B A B (C B) A B (B C) ……… (2)
From 1 & 2 we get B = C.
2) Show that following four conditions are equivalent.
(i) A B ii) A B iii) A B B iv) A B A
HANDBOOK 13
MATHEMATICS
Sol.: (i) (ii)
A B all the elements of A are in B A B
Hence (i) (ii), (ii) (iii)
Now, we have A B A B A B B
Hence (ii) (iii), (iii) (iv)
We have A B B A B A B A
iii (iv )
we have A B A A B
iv (i)
Hence (i ) (ii ) (iii ) (iv )
3) Show that for any sets A and B A B ( A B) and A B - A A B
Sol.: A B ( A B) A B A B ' A B B' A
Again A B A A B A' A B A A' = A B AUB .
4) Using properties of sets, show that.
(i) A A B A (ii) A ( A B ) A
Sol.: : - (i) A A B A A A B A A B A
(ii) A A B A A A B A A B A
5) Let A and B be sets . If A X B X B X and A X B X for some set X
, show that A = B.
Sol.: :- We know that two sets are equal when they are subsets of each other.
Now , we have A X B X for some set X
A A X A B X A A B A X
A A B = A B A B ……(1)
Again A X B X or B X A X
B B X B A X
B B A B X B A B A B A …… (2)
From 1& 2 we get A= B
6) Find sets A, B and C such that A B, B C and A C are non –empty sets and
A B C .
Sol.: :- Let A = {3,4}, B = {4,5}, C= {3,5,6}.
Now A B 3, 4 4,5 4
B C 4,5 3,5, 6 5
A C 3, 4 3,5, 6 3 and A B C A B C 4 3,5, 6
Similarly, we can choose some other such type of sets also.
HANDBOOK 14
MATHEMATICS
2.RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
Exercise 2 (a)
x 2 5 1
I.1.If 1, y , , find the values of x and y
3 3 3 3
x 2 5 1
Sol.: 1, y ,
3 3 3 3
x 5 x 5 53 2
1 1 x2
3 3 3 3 3 3
2 1 1 2 3
y y 1
3 3 3 3 3
x = 2, y = 1
2.If the set A has 3 elements and the set B = {3,4,5} then find the number of elements in
A×B
Sol.: n(A): =3, n (B) = 3
Number of elements in A x B = n (A x B) = 3 x 3 = 9
3.If G = {7,8} and H = {5,4,2}, find G x H and H x G
Sol.: G = {7,8} , H = {5,4,2}
G x H = {(7,5), (7,4),(7,2),(8,5), (8,4), (8,2)}
H x G = {(5,7), (5,8),(4,7),(4,8), (2,7), (2,8)}
4.State whether each of the following statements are true or false If the statement is
false, rewrite the given statement correctly
i) If P = {m,n} and Q = {n,m} then P x Q = {(m,n),(n,m)}
ii) If A and B are non – empty sets, then A x B is a non – empty set of ordered pairs
(x,y) such that x A and y B
iii) If A = {1,2}, B = {3,4}, then A x (B ) =
Sol.: (i) P = {m,n}, Q = {n,m}, P x Q = {(m,n), (n,m)} is false
P x Q = {(m,n), (m,m), (n,n), (n,m)}
(ii) The statement is true
(iii) B
AB
5.If A 1,1 , , find A x A x A
Sol.: A A A 1, 1, 1 , 1, 1,1 , 1,1, 1 , 1, 1, 1 , 1,1, 11, 1,1 , 1,1,1 , 1,1,1
HANDBOOK 15
MATHEMATICS
6.If A x B = a, x , a, y , b, x , b, y find A and B
Sol.: A B a, x , a , y , b, x , b, y
A = {a,b}, B x, y
7.Let A = {1,2} and B = {3,4}. Write A x B. How many subsets will A B have list them.
Sol.: A = {1,2}, B = {3,4}
A B = {(1,3),(1,4),(2,3),(2,4)}
A B will have 24 = 16 subsets
Subsets of A B are 1 1,3 , 1, 4 , 2, 3 , 2, 4 , 1,3 , 1, 4 , 1,3 , 2,3
1, 3 , 2, 4 , 1, 4 , 2, 3 , 1, 4 , 2, 4 , 2, 3 , 2, 4
1,3 , 1, 4 , 2, 3 , 1, 3 , 1, 4 , 2, 4 , 1,3 , 2,3 , 2, 4
1, 4 , 2, 3 , 2, 4 1, 3 , 1, 4 , 2, 3 2, 4
8.Let A and B be two sets such that n(SOL.: = 3 and n(B) = 2 If ( x ,1), (y,2),(z,1) are in
A x B, find A and B, where x , y and z are distinct elements.
Sol.: Given A x B = x,1 , y, 2 , Z ,1 there x, y , z A and 1,2 B
A x, y , z and B = {1,2}
9.The Cartesian product A × A has 9 elements among which are found (-1,0) and (0,1).
Find the set A and the remaining elements of A × A
Sol.: Given (-1,0) A x A and (0,1) A × A
A = {-1,0,1}
A x A = {-1,0,1} {-1,0,1}= 1, 1 , 1, 0 , 1,1 , 0, 1 , 0, 0 , 0,1 , 1, 1 , 1, 0 , 1,1
Remaining elements are 1, 1 , 1,1 , 0, 1 , 0, 0 , 1, 1 , 1,1
II. 1) Let A = {1,2} , B = {1,2,3,4}, C = {5,6} and D = {5,6,7,8} verify that
(i) A (B C) = (A B) (A C)
(ii) A × C is a subset of B × D
Sol.: A 1, 2 , B 1, 2, 3, 4 , C 5, 6 , D 5, 6, 7,8
i) B C , A B C
A B 1,11, 2 , 1, 3 , 1, 4 , 2,1 , 2, 2 , 2,3 , 2, 4
A C 1, 5 1, 6 , 2, 5 , 2, 6
A B A C
HANDBOOK 16
MATHEMATICS
ii) A C 1, 5 1, 6 , 2,5 , 2, 6
BD 1,51,6 ,1,7 ,1,8 , 2,5 , 2,6 , 2,7 , 2,8 , 3,5 , 3,6 , 3,7 , 3,8 , 4,5 , 4,6 , 4,7 , 4,8
A C B D (A C is a subset of B D)
Exercise 2 (b)
1.A = {1,2,3,5} and B = {4,6,9} Define a relation R from A to B by R = {( x, y ): the
difference between x and y is odd x A, y B } write R in roster form.
Sol.: R = {( x, y ) : the difference between x and y is odd, x A, y B}
R = {(1,4), (1,6),(2,9), (3,4), (3,6),(5,4),(5,6)}
2.Determine the domain and range of the relation R defined by
R x, x 5 : x 0,1, 2, 3, 4,5
Sol.: R x, x 5 : x 0,1, 2, 3, 4,5
= 0, 0 5 , 1,1 5 , 2, 2 5 , 3,3 5 , 4, 4 5 , 5, 5 5
= 0, 5 , 1, 6 , 2, 7 , 3,8 , 4, 9 , 5,10
Domain = {0,1,2,3,4,5}, Range = {5,6,7,8,9,10}
3.Write the relation R x, x : x is a prime number less than 10 in roster form
3
Sol.: R x, x : x is a prime number less than10 prime number less than 10 are 2,3,5,7
3
R 2, 2 , 3,3 , 5, 5 , 7, 7 2,8 , 3, 27 , 5,125 , 7,343
3 3 3 3
4. Let A x, y , z and B = {1,2}. Find the number of relations from A to B
Sol.: Here n(SOL.: = 3, n(B) = 2
Number of relations from A to B =23x 2 = 26 = 64
5. Let R be the relation on Z defined by R = {(a,b) : a,b z, a- b is an integer} find
the domain and range of R.
Sol.: R = {(a,b) : a, b z , a – b is an integer}
The difference of two integers is also an integer
Domain of R = z, Range of R = z
II.1. Let A = {1,2,3, …..14}. Define a relation R from A to A by
R = {( x, y ) : 3x – y = 0 where x, y A} write down its domain co domain and
Range
HANDBOOK 17
MATHEMATICS
Sol.: 3x – y = 0 3x = y
R = {( x, y ) : 3 x – y = 0 where x, y A} = {(1,3),(2,6),(3,9),(4,12)}
Domain of R = {1,2,3,4} co domain of R = {1,2,3,4, …… , 14}
Range of R = {3,6,9,12}
2. Define a relation R on the set N of natural numbers by R = {( x, y ) : y = x + 5, x
is a natural number less than 4, x, y N} Depict this relationship using roster
form write down the domain and the range.
Sol.: x is natural number less than 4 x = 1,2,3
R = {( x, y ) : y = x + 5, x is a natural number less than 4 ; x, y N}
= {(1,6), (2,7), (3,8)}
Domain = {1,2,3}, Range = {6,7,8}
3. The fig 2.7 shows a relationship between the sets P and Q. Write this relation
i) in set – builder form ii) roster form what is its domain and range.
Sol.: i) Set builder form R = {( x, y ) : y = x – 2, x P, and y Q}
ii) In roster form , R = {(5,3), (6,4), (7,5)} P Q
5 3
Domain = { 5,6,7 } and Range = { 3,4,5 } 6 4
7 5
Fig 2.7
4. Let A = {1,2,3,4,6} Let R be the relation on A defined by {(a,b) : a,b A , b is
exactly divisible by a}
i) Write R in roster form (ii) Find the domain of R (iii) Find the range of R
Sol.: (i) R = {(a,b) : a,b A , b is exactly divisible by a}
= {(1,1), (1,2), (1,3), (1,4),(1,6),(2,2), (2,4), (2,6), (3,3), (3,6), (4,4), (6,6)}
ii) Domain = {1,2,3,4,6}, iii) Range = {1,2,3,4,6}
Exercise - 2 (c)
1.Find the domain and range of the following real functions (i) f( x ) = - x (ii) f ( x ) =
9 x2
Sol.: i) f( x ) = - x , here , f x 0, x R
Domain of f is R, Range of R = (−∞, 0]
ii) f x 9 x 2
9 x 2 0 32 x 2 0 x 2 32 0 x 3 x 3 0 3 x 3
Domain = [-3,3]
Let y 9 x 2 y 2 9 x 2
Range = [0,3]
HANDBOOK 18
MATHEMATICS
2.A function f is defined by f( x ) = 2 x – 5 write down the values of (i) f(0) (ii) f(7)
(iii) f (-3)
Sol.: i) f(0) = 2(0) – 5 = - 5
ii) f(7) = 2 (7) – 5 = 14 – 5 = 9
iii) f(-3) = 2 (-3) – 5 = - 6 – 5 = -11
3.Find the range of each of the following functions
(i) f( x ) = 2- 3 x , x R, x > 0
(ii) f( x ) = x 2+2, x is real number
(iii) f( x ) = x , x is a real number
Sol.: Let y = 2 – 3 x 3 x = 2 – y x 2 y given x > 0
3
2 y
0 2 y 0 2 y or y < 2
3
Range , 2 y : y R and y 2
ii) Let y = f( x ) = x 2 +2 y = x 2+2 x 2 y 2
x2 0 y 2 0 y 2
Range = [2,∞) or {y : y ∈ 𝑅 and y≥ 2}
iii) Let y = f( x ) = x y = x x = y
x R, y R Range = { y : y R}
II 1.Which of the following relations are functions? Give reasons. If it is a function
determine its domain and range
i) 2,1 , 5,1 , 8,1 , 11,1 , 14,1 , 17,1
ii) 2,1 , 4, 2 , 6, 3 , 8, 4 , 10, 5 , 12, 6 , 14, 7
iii) 1,3 , 1, 5 , 2, 5
Sol.: (i) 2,1 , 5,1 , 8,1 , 11,1 , 14,1 , 17,1 In this relation no two ordered pairs have
the same first components, Hence it is a function.
Domain = {2,5,8,11,14,17} Range = {1}
ii) 2,1 , 4, 2 , 6, 3 , 8, 4 , 10,5 , 12, 6 , 14, 7 In this relation no two
ordered pairs have the same first components. Hence it s a function.
Domain = {2,4,6,8,10,12,14}, Range = {1,2,3,4,5,6,7}
iii) {(1,3),(1,5),(2,5)} In this relation (1,3),(1,5) have the same first component,
So it is not function.
2. The function ‘t’ which maps temperature in degree Celsius into temperature in
9c
degree Fahrenheit is defined by t c 32 find (i) t(0) ii) t(28) iii) t(-10)
5
iv) The value of C, when t(c) = 212
HANDBOOK 19
MATHEMATICS
9c
Sol.: t c 32
5
9 0
i) t 0 32 32
5
9 28 252 160 412
ii) t 28 32
5 5 5
9 10 90 160 70
iii) t 10 32 14
5 5 5
9c 9c
iv) t c 212 32 212 212 32 180
5 5
5
C 180 100
9
Exercise 2(d)
f 1.1 f 1
1. If f x x 2 find
1.1 1
f 1.1 f 1 1.1 12 1.1 11.1 1
2
Sol.: = 2.1
1.1 1 1.1 1 1.1 1
x2 2x 1
2.Find the domain of the function f x
x 2 8 x 12
Sol.: x 2 2 x 1 x 1
2
x 2 8 x 12 x 2 6 x 2 x 12 x x 6 2 x 6 x 2 x 6
x 1
2
f x
x 2 x 6
Domain of function is set of real numbers except 6 and 2 or R – {2, 6}
3.Find the domain and the range of the real function f defined by f x x 1
Sol.: f x x 1 is defined only when x 1 0 x 1 domain of f( x ) is [1, )
Let y f x x 1 y 2 x 1 x y 2 1 then f x y 2 1 1 y but y can
not be negative Range of f( x ) is [0, )
4.Find the domain and the range of the real function f defined by f( x ) = x 1
Sol.: f( x ) is defined x R Domain of f( x ) is R since f( x ) = x 1 , a modulus value is
always positive so Range of f( x ) is [0, ) or R 0
x2
5.Let f x, 2
: x R be a function from R into R determine the range of f
1 x
x2 x2
Sol.: f x, 2
: x R Let y
1 x 1 x2
Since 1 x 2 x 2 0 y 1 Range of f is [0,1)
HANDBOOK 20
MATHEMATICS
6.Let R be a relation from N to N defined by R = {(a,b) : a,b N, and a = b2} are the
following true
(i) (a, Sol.: R for all a N (ii) (a, b) R, implies (b, Sol.: R (iii) (a, b) R,
(b, c) R implies (a, c) R justify your answer in each case.
Sol.: (i) R = {(a, b) : a, b N and a = b2} It is false, because a a 2 is possible only when
a =1 N Hence it is not a relation.
(ii) (a, b) R (b, Sol.: R is false because a b 2 , b a 2 is possible only
when
a = b and 4 22 but 2 4 2 hence it is not a relation
(iii) (a, b) R, (b, c) R (a, c) ∈ R is false since
a b 2 , b c 2 a c 2 c 4 Here a c 2 so it is not a relation.
2
7.Let A A 1, 2, 3, 4 , B 1, 5, 9,11,15,16 and f 1, 5 , 2,9 , 3,1 , 4, 5 , 2,11 are
the following true
(i) f is a relation from A to B (ii) f is a function from A to B justify your answer in
each case.
Sol.: (i) f is a subset of A B so it is a relation
(ii) The ordered pairs (2,9) (2,11) have common first component ‘2’ so it is not a
function.
8.Let f be the subset of z x z defined by f = {(ab,a + b) : a, b z} is f a function from z to
z ? Justify your answer.
Sol.: Let a = 0, b = 1 then (ab, a + b) = (0,1) f
a = 0, b = 2 then (ab, a + b) = (0,2) f f is not a function.
9.Let A = {9,10,11,12,13} and let f : A N be defined by f(n) = the highest prime factor
of n. Find the range of f.
Sol.: A = {9,10,11,12,13} and f : A N
For n = 9, 9 = 1 3 3 Highest prime factor is 3
For n = 10, 10 = 1 2 5 Highest prime factor is 5
For n = 11, 11 = 1 11 Highest prime factor is 11
For n = 12, 12 = 1 2 2 3 Highest prime factor is 3
For n = 13, 13 = 1 13 Highest prime factor is 13
f 9, 3 , 10, 5 , 11,11 , 12, 3 , 13,13
Range of f = {3,5,11,13}
HANDBOOK 21
MATHEMATICS
x2 0 x 3
II.1.The relation f is defined by f x
3 x 3 x 10
x2 0 x 2
The relation g is defined by g x
3x 2 x 10
Show that f is a function and g is not a function
x2 0 x 3
Sol.:
f x
3 x 3 x 10
at x = 3, f( x ) = x 2 = 32 = 9
f( x ) = 3(3) = 9
f( x ) is well defined in both cases f is a function.
x2 0 x 2
g x
3x 2 x 10
at x = 2 g( x ) = 22 = 4
g( x ) = 3(2) = 6
g( x ) is not defined at x = 2. So it is not a function.
2.Let f,g : R R be defined , respectively by f( x ) = x +1, g ( x ) = 2 x – 3.
f
Find f + g, f – g and
g
Sol.: f( x ) = x + 1, g( x ) = 2 x – 3
f+g= x+1 +2x –3=3x –2
f- g = x + 1 – (2 x – 3) = - x + 4
f x 1 3
when x
g 2x 3 2
3. Let f= {(1,1),(2,3), (0,-1),(-1,-3)} be a function from z to z defined by
f( x ) = a x + b for some integers a,b. Determine a,b.
Sol.: f( x ) = a x + b
f(1) = 1 a(1) + b = 1 a + b = 1
f(0) = -1 a(0) +b = - 1 b = -1
a + (-1) = 1 a = 2
f(x) = 2 x – 1
HANDBOOK 22
MATHEMATICS
III. 1. If f={(4,5),(5,6),(6,-4)} and g = {(4,-4), (6,5),(8,5)} then find (i) f + g (ii) f – g
f
(iii) 2f + 4g (iv) f + 4 (v) fg (vi) .
g
Sol.: f 4,5 , 5, 6 , 6, 4 g 4, 4 , 6, 5 , 8, 5
(i) f + g = {(4,5+(-4)} = {(4,1)}
(ii) f – g = {(4,5-(-4)} = {(4,9)}
(iii) 2f + 4g = {(4,2(5) + 4(-4)} = {(4,10-16)} = {(4,-6)}
(iv) f + 4 = {(4,5 + 4), (5,6+4),(6,-4+4)} = {(4,9), (5,10),(6,0)}
(v) fg = {(4,5(-4))} = {(4,-20)}
f 5 5
(vi) 4, 4,
g 4 4
2. If f and g are real valued function defined by f( x ) = 2 x – 1 and g( x ) = x 2 then find
f
(i) (3f – 2g) ( x ) (ii) (fg) x (iii) x (iv) (f + g+2) x (v) 2f( x ) , (iv) 2 + f( x )
g
Sol.: f x 2 x 1, g x x 2
(i) 3 f 2 g x 3 2 x 1 2 x 2 2 x 2 6 x 3
(ii) fg x f x g x 2 x 1 x 2 2 x 3 x 2
f f x 2x 1
(iii) x
g g x x2
f g 2 x f x g x 2 2 x 1 x 2 2 x 2 2 x 1 x 1
2
(iv)
(v) 2 f x 2 2 x 1 4 x 2
(vi) 2 f x 2 2x 1 2x 1
3. If f x x 2 and g x x find the following functions
f
(i) f + g (ii) f – g (iii) fg (iv) 2f (v) f + 3 (vi) (for x 0 )
g
x for x 0
Sol.: f x x 2 , g x x
x for x 0
x 2 x for x 0
(i) f g f x g x x 2 x 2
x x for x 0
x 2 x for x 0
ii) f g f x g x x 2 x 2
x x for x 0
x3 for x 0
iii) fg f x g x x 2 x 3
x for x 0
HANDBOOK 23
MATHEMATICS
iv) 2 f 2 f x 2 x 2
v) f 3 f x 3 x 2 3
x2
f f x x x x
2 for x 0
vi) 2
g g x x x
x for x 0
x
3 x 2 , x3
2
4.If the function f is defined by f x x 2 , 2 x 2 then find the values, if
2x 1 , x 3
exist of f(4), f(2.5), f(-2), f(-4), f(0), f(-7), f(1), f(9)
3 x 2 , x3
2
Sol.: f x x 2 , 2 x 2
2x 1 , x 3
f(4) = 3(4) – 2 = 10, f(2.5) does not exist since 2.5 is not in the domain.
f(-2) = (-2)2 – 2 = 2, f(-4) = 2(-4) + 1 = -7, f(0) = 02 – 2 = -2
f(-7) = 2(-7) + 1 = -13, f(1) = 12 – 2 = -1, f(9) = 3 (9) – 2 = 25
5.Determine a quadratic function f is defined by
f( x ) = a x 2 + b x + c, if f(0) = 6, f(2) = 1, f(-3) = 6
Sol.: f( x ) = a x 2 + b x + c ……(1)
f(0) = 6 a(0)2 + b(0) +c = 6 c = 6
f(2) = 1 a(2)2 + b(2) + c = 1 4a + 2b + c = 1
4a + 2b + 6 = 1 4a + 2b + 5 = 0 …..(2)
f(-3) = 6 a(-3)2 + b(-3) + c = 6
9a – 3b + 6 = 6 9a -3b = 0 ….(3)
Equation 2 X 3 12a 6b 15 0
Equation 2 X 3 18a 6b 0 0
15 1
30a 15 0 30a 15 a
30 2
9 1 3
From (3) 9a – 3b = 0 9a = 3b b= a 3 =
3 2 2
1 2 3
Required quadratic function is f x x x6.
2 2
HANDBOOK 24
MATHEMATICS
3. TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
Exercise – 3 (a)
1. Find the radian measures corresponding to the following degree measures:
Sol.: Since 1800 = radians
0
1
10 0
radians, 11
180 60
5
(i) 250 25 X rad radians
180 36
0 0 0
30 1 94 1
(ii) 47 0301 47 = 47
60 2 2
95 95 19
= X radians = - radians
2 2 180 72
4
(iii) 2400 240 X radians = radians
180 3
26
(iv) 5200 5200 X radians = radians.
180 9
2.Find the degree measures corresponding to the following radian measures
22
use .
7
0
11 1800
Sol.: (i) radians = 1800 1 radian =
16
0 0 0
11 11 180 11 90
X X X7
16 16 8 22
0 0
45 X 7 315 3 3 1
39 39 X 60
0 0
= =
8 8 8 8
1 1 11
45 1 1X 60
= 390 390 221 = 390 221 390 2213011 11 6011
2
2 2
0 0
180 180
(ii) - 4 = - 4X 4X X7
22
2 X 1260
0
2520
0
1
0
1 1
= 229 X 60 1 60
0 0 0 1
= 229
11 11
11 11
5
1
5
= 229051 = - 229051 X 6011 11 6011
11 11
HANDBOOK 25
MATHEMATICS
= - 229 5 27
0 1 11
(approx)
0
5 5 180
0
0 180 0
(iii) 300 1
0
X
3 3
0 0
7 7 180
(iv) 2100
X
6 6
3. A wheel makes 360 revolutions in one minute, through how many radians does it turn
in one second?
Sol.: No. of revolution in one minute = 3600
360 0
No. of revolution in one second = 60
60
6 revolutions = 6 x 2 = 12 radians
Hence, number of radians turned in one second = 12
4. Find the degree measure of the angle subtended at the centre of circle of radians
22
100cm by an arc of length 22 cm use .
7
Sol.: Given, = length of arc = 22cm
R = radius of circle = 100cm
Let be the angle subtended at the centre, then = radians
r
0 0 0
22 11 1800 11X 18 X 7 63
= radians = X
100 50 5 X 22 5
0
3 3
= 12 120 X 601 = 120361
0
5 5
5. In a circle of diameter 40cm, the length of a chord is 20cm. Find the length of minor
arc of the chord.
Sol.: Given, diameter = 40 cm
B
A O
diameter 40
radius OA = OB = r= 20cm
2 2
Also, chord AB = 20cm =
All the three sides of OAB equal so, it is an equilateral triangle
AOB 600 60 X radians
180
AB 20
60 x AB 60 X 20 X 0
cm
r 180 20 180 3
HANDBOOK 26
MATHEMATICS
6. If in two circles, arcs of the same length subtend angles 600 and 750 at the centre, find
the ratio of their radii.
sol: : Let the radii of the two circles be r1 and r2 respectively. Also, let the length of arc in
each case be .
For the first circle, 600 600 X 600 750
180 r2
r1 c
1 c2
radians
3
We know that = r r =
3
r1 ………(1)
3
5
For the second circle, 750 750 X radians
180 12
12
r2 ……… (2)
5 5
12
Dividing eqs. (1) and (2) we get
3
r1 3 5 5
X r1 : r2 5 : 4
r2 12 12 4
5
7. Find the angle in radian through which a pendulum swings if its length is 75 cm and
the tip describes an arc of length. (Sol.: 10 cm (b) 15 cm (c) 21 cm
Sol.: : Using formula
r
10 2 15 1 21 7
(a) radians, (b) radians (c) radians
75 15 75 5 75 25
Exercise – 3(b)
I. Find the values of the trigonometric functions in Ex: 1 to 5
1. Sin 7650
1
Sol.: sin 7650 = sin(2 x 360 +450) = sin 450=
2
0
2. Cosec (-1410 )
Sol.:cosec(-14100) = cosec(4 x 360 – 1410)= cosec[(1440)-1410]= cosec 300 = 2
19
3. Tan
3
19 18
Sol.: : Tan = Tan = Tan 6 = Tan = 3
3 3 3 3
HANDBOOK 27
MATHEMATICS
11
4. Sin
3
11 11 3
Sol.: : sin = sin 4 = sin
3 3 3 2
15
5. cot
4
15 15
Sol.: : cot = cot 4 = cot 1
4 4 4
II. Find the values of other five trigonometric functions in exercise 1 to 5.
1
1. Cos x = - , where x lies in third quadrant.
2
1
Sol.: Given, cos x = - , where x lies in III Q.
2
secx = -2
1 3
Now, sin2 x = 1 – cos2 x = 1 -
4 4
3
sin x =
2
since x lies in IIIQ, sin x will be –ve.
3 1 2
sin x = cosec x =
2 , sin x 3,
3
sin x
also Tan x = 2 3
cos x 1
2
1 1
and cot x =
tan x 3
3
2. Sin x = , where x lies in second quadrant
5
3
Sol.: Given, sin x = , x lies in II Quadrant
5
5
cosec x = .
3
9 16 4
Now, cos2 x = 1 – sin2 x = 1 - cos x =
25 25 5
Since x lies in IInd Quadrant, cosx will be negative.
4 5 sin x 3 4
Cos x = - Sec x = tan x Cotx = -
5, 4 , cos x 4 , 3
HANDBOOK 28
MATHEMATICS
3
3. Cot x = , where x lies in third quadrant.
4
3 x
Sol.: Given cot x = , lies in III quadrant
4
9 25
Now, cosec2 x = 1 + cot2x= 1 +
16 16
5
cosec x =
4
Since x lies in III quadrant, cosec x will be be – ve
5 1 4
Cosec x = , sin x =
4 cos ecx 5,
3 1 5 1 4
cos x = - , sec x = tan x
5 cos x 3 , cot x 3
13
4. Sec x = , where x lies in fourth quadrant.
5
13 x
Sol.: Given sec x = , lies in IV quadrant
5
25 144
Now sin2 x = 1 – cos2 x = 1 -
169 169
12
Sin x =
13
Since x lies in IVQ, sin x will be – Ve
12 1 5 1 13
Sin x = - cos x cosec x =
13 , sec x 13 , sin x 12
sin x 12 1 5
Also, tan x = And cot x =
cos x 5 tan x 12
5
5. Tan x = , where x lies in second quadrant.
12
5 x 1 12
Sol.: Given Tan x = , lies in II quadrant hence ot x = =
12 tan x 5
25 169 13
Now, Sec2 x = 1 + tan2 x = 1 + Sec x =
144 144 12
Since, x lies in II quadrant, sec x will be – ve
13 1 12
sec x = - cos x =
12 , sec x 13
HANDBOOK 29
MATHEMATICS
5 12 5 1 13
also, sin x = and cosec x =
12 13 13 sin x 5
EXERCISE – 3(C)
I. Find the values of
(i) sin750 (ii) Tan 150 (iii) cos 750 (iv) sin1050 (v) Tan750 (vi) cot 750
(vii) cos 1050 (viii) Tan1050 (ix) cot 1050 (x) cos 150 (xi) sin150
Sol.: (i) sin750 = sin(450 + 300) [ sin (A+B) = sinA cosB + cosAsinB]
1 3 1 1 3 1
= sin450 cos300 + cos450 sin300 = x x
2 2 2 2 2 2
TanA TanB
(ii) Tan150 = Tan(450-300) ( Tan(A-B) = )
1 TanATanB
1
1
Tan 45 Tan30 3 3 1 = 4 2 3 2 3
0 0
= =
1 Tan 450 Tan300 1 3 1 2
1
3
1 1 cot A cot B 1
(iii) cot150 = 2 3 cot A B =
tan15 0
2 3 cot B cot A
cot 450 c ot 30 0 1. 3 1 3 1 3 1
cot150 = x = 2 3
cot 30 cot 45
0 0
3 1 3 1 3 1
(iv) cos750 = cos(450 + 300 ) [ cos(A+B) = cosAcosB – sinA sinB]
= cos450 cos300 – sin450 sin 300
1 3 1 1 3 1
=
2 2 2 2 2 2
(v) sin ( 105 )= sin 750 30 0 = sin750 cos300 + cos750sin300
0
3 1 3 3 1 1
2 2 2 2
=
2 2
=
(or) sin1050 = sin(600+450)= sin600 cos450+ cos600 sin450
3 1 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 1 3 1
= x . =
2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2
HANDBOOK 30
MATHEMATICS
3 1
0
Tan 75 =
sin 75
=
0
2 2
3 1 4 2 3 2 2 3
2 3
(vi) cos 75 0
3 1 3 1 2 2
2 2
0 1 1 1 2 3 2 3
Cot 75 = x 2 3
(vii) Tan 75 0
2 3 2 3 2 3 43
3 1
Cos 75 0
3 1 3 1 2 3
C ot 750 = 2 2 2 3
Sin 750 3 1 3 1 3 1
2 2
(viii) cos( 1050 ) = cos 750 300 [ cos(A+B) = cosAcosB – sinAsinB]
0 0 0 0
= cos 75 cos 30 - sin 75 sin 30
3 1 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 1 3
2 2 2 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 2
=
2 2
Cos 1050 = Cos(600 + 450) = Cos600 Cos450- Sin 600 Sin450
1 1 3 1 1 3 3 1
. . or
2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2
sin 105
0
(ix) Tan 1050 =
cos 1050
3 1 Tan1050 = tan(600 + 450)
tan600 tan 450
2 2 3 1 =
= 1 tan 600 tan 450
3 1 3 1
3 1 3 1 1 3
2 2 = X
1 3 1 1 3 1 3
3 1 2 3
2
3 1
=- 3 1 2 3 4 2 3
=
3 1 2 1 3 2
= 2 3
= - 2 3
1
(x) Cot 1050 =
T an1050
=
1 cot1050 cot 600 450
2 3 =
cot 600 cot 450 1
1 2 3 cot 450 cot 600
= X 1
2 3 2 3 1
1 3 1 3
2 3 2 3 = 3 X
=
43
1
1
3
1 3 1 3
1 3 2 3 4 2 3
= = -(2 - 3)
1 3 2
HANDBOOK 31
MATHEMATICS
(xi) Cos150 = Cos(450 - 300) [ Cos(A-B) = CosACosB + SinASinB]
= Cos450Cos300 +Sin450Sin300
1 3 1 1 3 1
3 2 2 2 2 2
=
(xii) Sin150 = Sin (450 -300) = Sin450Cos300 – Cos450Sin300
1 3 1 1 3 1
=
2 2 2 2 2 2
2. Prove that : Sin(n+1) x Sin(n+2) x +Cos(n+1) x Cos(n+2) x = Cos x .
Sol.: LHS = Sin(n+1) x Sin(n+2) x +Cos(n+2) x Cos(n+1) x
[ Cos(A-B) = CosACosB + SinA SinB]
= Cos((n+2) x -(n+1) x ) = Cos(n x +2 x -n x - x ) = Cos x = RHS
1
II. 1. Prove that S in 2 C os2 T an 2 =-
6 34 2
2 2 2
2 2
1 1
= 1
2
Sol. LHS = S in C os T an
6 3 4 2 2
1 1 1 1
= 1 1 RHS
4 4 2 2
7 3
2. Prove that : 2 sin 2 cos ec 2 cos 2 .
6 6 3 2
7
2
1
Sol.: LHS = 2sin 2 cos ec 2 cos 2 = 2 cos ec 2 cos 2
6 6 3 2 6 3
2
1 1 21 1 3
= 2 cos ec 2 cos 2 = 2 1 RHS
4 6 3 2 2 2 2
5
3. Prove that : cot 2 cos ec 3 tan 2 6
6 6 6
2
5 1
2
Sol: LHS = cot 2 cos ec 3tan 2 = 3 cos ec 3
6 6 6 6 3
1
= 3 + cosec 3 = 3 + 2 + 1 = 6 = RHS.
6 3
3
4. Prove that 2sin 2 2 cos 2 2sec2 10
4 4 3
3
Sol.: LHS = 2sin 2 2 cos2 2sec2 = 2 sin 2 2 cos 2 2sec 2
4 4 3 4 4 3
2 2
1 1 1
2 2 = 2
2
= 2sin 2
2
2 8 10 RHS
4 2 2 2
HANDBOOK 32
MATHEMATICS
6. Prove that : cos x cos y sin x sin y sin x y
4 4 4 4
Sol.: LHS = cos x cos y sin x sin y
4 4 4 4
[ cos(A+B) = cosAcosB – sinAsinB]
2
cos x y cos x y
4 4 4
cos x y sin x y RHS
2
tan x 2
7. Prove that : 4 1 tan x
1 tan x
tan x
4
TanA TanB
tan x
4 Tan A B 1 TanATanB
Sol.: LHS =
Tan A B TanA TanB
tan x
4 1 TanATanB
Tan 4 Tanx
1 Tan Tanx 2
= 4 = 1 tan x X 1 tan x = 1 tan x
RHS
1 tan x 1 tan x 1 tan x
Tan 4 Tanx
1 Tan Tanx
4
cos x cos x
8. Prove that : cot 2 x
sin x cos x
2
cos x cos x cos x cos x cos 2 x
Sol.: LHS = = = cot 2 x RHS
sin x cos x
sin x sin x 2
sin x
2
3 3
9. Prove that : cos x cos x 2 sin x
4 4
3 3
Sol.: LHS = cos x cos x
4 4
C D CD
[ cos C – cos D = - 2sin sin ]
2 2
HANDBOOK 33
MATHEMATICS
3 3 3 3
4 x 4 x 4 x 4 x
= -2 sin sin
2 2
3
= - 2 sin sin x = - 2 sin sin x = - 2 sin x = RHS
4 4
10. Prove that : sin 2 6 x sin 2 4 x sin 2 x sin10 x .
Sol.: LHS = sin 2 6 x sin 2 4 x [ sin2A – sin2B = sin(+b) sin(A-B)]
= sin(6x+4 x )sin(6x-4 x ) = sin10 x sin2 x = RHS
11. Prove that cos22 x – cos26 x = sin4 x sin8 x
Sol.: : LHS = cos22 x – cos26 x
= 1 – sin22 x – (1-sin26 x ) = 1 – sin22 x -1+sin26 x = sin26 x – sin22 x
[ sin2A – sin2B = sin (A+B)sin(A-B)]
= sin(6 x + 2 x )sin(6 x -2 x ) = sin8 x sin4 x = RHS.
cos 9 x cos 5 x sin 2 x
12. Prove that :
sin17 x sin 3x cos10 x
cos 9 x cos 5 x
Sol.: : LHS =
sin17 x sin 3x
CD CD CD CD
cosC – cosD = - 2sin sin sinC – sinD = 2cos sin
2 2 , 2 2
9 x 5x 9 x 5 x
2sin sin
2 2 sin 7 x sin 2 x sin 2 x
= = RHS
17 x 3x 17 x 3 x cos10 x sin 7 x cos10 x
2 cos sin
2 2
sin 5 x sin 3 x
13. Prove that tan 4 x
cos 5 x cos 3x
sin 5 x sin 3 x
Sol.: LHS = cos 5 x cos 3x
CD C D
sin C sin D 2sin 2 cos 2
CD CD
cos C cos D 2 cos cos
2 2
5 x 3x 5 x 3x
2sin cos
= 2 2 = sin 4 x cos x tan 4 x RHS
5 x 3x 5 x 3x cos 4 x cos x
2cos cos
2 2
HANDBOOK 34
MATHEMATICS
sin x sin y x y
14. Prove that : tan
cos x cos y 2
sin x sin y CD CD
Sol.: : LHS = sinC – sinD = 2cos sin
cos x cos y 2 2
CD CD
cosC + cosD = 2cos cos
2 2
x y x y x y
2cos sin sin
= 2 2 = 2 Tan x y RHS
x y x y x y 2
2cos cos cos
2 2 2
sin x sin 3x
15. Prove that : tan 2 x
cos x cos 3x
CD CD
sinCsinD2sin 2 cos 2
sin x sin 3x
Sol.: LHS =
cos x cos 3x CD CD
cosCcosD2cos cos
2 2
x 3x x 3x 4x
2sin cos sin sin 2 x
= 2 2 = 2 = tan2 x = RHS.
x 3x x 3x 4 x cos 2 x
2cos cos cos
2 2 2
sin x sin 3x
16. Prove that : 2sin x
sin 2 x cos2 x
sin x sin 3x sin 3x sin x
Sol.: LHS = =
sin x cos x cos 2 x sin 2 x
2 2
C D C D
sin C sin D 2 cos 2 sin 2
and cos x sin x cos 2 x
2 2
3x x 3x x
2 cos sin
= 2 2 = 2 cos 2 x sin x 2sin x RHS
cos 2 x cos 2 x
4 tan x 1 tan 2 x
17. Prove that : tan4x =
1 6 tan 2 x tan 4 x
Sol.: LHS = tan 4x = tan2(2x)
2 tan 2 x
=
1 tan 2 2 x
HANDBOOK 35
MATHEMATICS
2 tan x
2
1 tan x
2
2Tanx
= 2 Tan 2 x
2 tan x 1 Tan 2 x
1
1 tan x
2
1 tan 2 x
2 2
4 tan x 4 tan x 1 tan 2 x
= X =
1 tan 2 x 1 tan 2 x 2 4 tan 2 x 1 tan 4 x 2 tan 2 x 4 tan 2 x
4 tan x 1 tan 2 x
2
= = R.H.S.
1 6 tan 2 x tan 4 x
18. Prove that : cos4 x = 1- 8 sin2 x cos2 x
Sol.: L.H.S. = cos4 x
2 2 cos 2 x 1 2 sin 2 x
= 1 – 2sin 2 x = 1 – 2(sin2 x )
sin 2 x 2 sin x cos x
= 1 – 2(2sin x )(cos x )2 = 1 – 8 sin2 x cos2 x = RHS.
3 3
III. 1. Prove that cos x cos 2 x cot x cot 2 x 1
2 2
3 3
Sol. : LHS = cos x cos 2 x cot x cot 2 x
2 2
3
cot 2 tan
= sin x cos x (tan x +cot x )
3
cos sin
2
sin x cos x sin 2 x cos 2 x
= sin x cos x = sin x cos x cos x sin x
cos x sin x
= sin2 x +cos2 x =1= RHS.
2. Prove that : sin2 x +2sin4 x +sin6 x = 4cos2 x sin4 x
Sol. : LHS = sin2 x + 2sin4 x + sin6 x = sin6 x + sin2 x + 2sin4 x
CD C D
sinC + sinD = 2sin cos
2 2
6x 2x 6x 2x
= 2sin cos +2sin2(2x)
2 2
8x 4x
=2sin cos +2sin4 x = 2sin 4 x (cos2 x +1)
2 2
= 2sin 4 x (2cos2 x –1+1)= 4cos2 x sin4 x = RHS
HANDBOOK 36
MATHEMATICS
3. Prove that cot4 x (sin5 x + sin3 x ) = cot x (sin5 x – sin3 x )
Sol. : LHS = cot 4 x (sin5 x + sin3 x )
5 x 3x 5 x 3x
=cot4 x 2sin cos
2 2
8x 2x
cot 4 x 2sin cos
2 2
cos 4 x
= cot 4 x (2sin4 x cos x )= 2sin 4 x cos x = 2cos4 x cos x .
sin 4 x
RHS = cot x (sin5 x – sin3 x )
5 x 3x 5 x 3x 8x 2 x
= cot x 2 cos sin =cot x 2 cos sin
2 2 2 2
cos x
= cot x (2cos4 x sin x )= 2 cos 4 x sin x
sin x
= 2cos4 x cos x LHS = RHS.
cos 4 x cos 3x cos 2 x
4. Prove that cot 3x
sin 4 x sin 3x sin 2 x
Sol.: LHS =
cos 4 x cos 3x cos 2 x
=
cos 4 x cos 2 x cos 3 x
sin 4 x sin 2 x sin 3x sin 4 x sin 2 x sin 3 x
CD C D
cos C cos D 2 cos 2 cos 2
CD CD
sin C sin D 2sin cos
2 2
4x 2x 4x 2x
2cos cos cos 3x 2cos 3x cos x cos 3 x
= 2 2 =
4x 2x 4x 2x 2sin 3x cos x sin 3x
2sin cos sin 3 x
2 2
cos 3 x 2 cos x 1
= cot 3 x RHS
sin 3 x 2 cos x 1
5. Prove that : cot x cot2 x – cot2 x cot3 x – cot3 x cot x = 1
cot A cot B 1
Sol.: cot3 x = cot(2 x + x ) cot A B
cot A cot B
cot 2 x cot x 1
cot 3x
cot 2 x cot x
cot3 x (cot2 x + cot x ) = cot2 x cot x – 1
1 = cot2 x cot x – cot3 x cot2 x – cot3 x cot x
cot x cot2 x – cot2 x cot3x – cot3 x cot x = 1
HANDBOOK 37
MATHEMATICS
6. Prove that cos6 x = 32cos6 x –48cos4 x +18cos2 x -1
Sol. : LHS =cos6 x =cos2(3x)=2cos23 x –1=2(cos3 x )2–1 cos 2 2 cos 1
2
=
2 4cos3 x 3cos x 1 cos 3 4 cos 3cos
2
3
= 2 16 cos 6 x 9 cos 2 x 24 cos 4 x 1
= 32 cos6 x 48cos4 x 18cos 2 x 1 = R.H.S.
Exercise – 3(d)
x x x
I. Find sin , cos and tan in each of the following in questions. 1 to 3
2 2 2
4
1. Tan x = , where x is in second quadrant.
3
4
Sol. : Given, Tan x = ( x is in second quadrant)
3
x
i.e., x
2 4 2 2
x
i.e. lies in the I quadrant, so that all trigonometric ratios of are +ve.
2 2
16 9 16 25 5
Now, Sec2 x = 1 + Tan2 x = 1 + sec x =
9 9 9 3
5 3
But x is in II quadrant sec x is – ve, i.e., sec x = - cos x
3 5
3 3
1 1
x 1 cos x 5 2 cos x 1 cos x 5 1
sin
2 2 2 5, 2 2 2 5
x
sin
x 2 2
Tan
2 cos x
2
1
2. Cos x = , where x is in third quadrant.
3
1
Sol. : Given cosx = x is in III quadrant
3
3 x 3 x
i.e., x 900 1350
2 2 2 4 2
x x x x
i.e. lies in II quadrant, so that sin >0, cos <0 and tan <0.
2 2 2 2
1
1 cos x 1
sin
x
= = 3 2 cos x 0
2 2 2 3 2
HANDBOOK 38
MATHEMATICS
1
x 1 cos x 1 1
Again, cos =- 3
2 2 2 3
x 2
sin
x
Tan 2 3 2 (Tan x <0)
2 cos x 1 2
2 3
1
3. Sin x = , where x is in second quadrant.
4
1
Sol. : Given sin x = x is in II quadrant
4,
x
i.e. < x <
2 4 2 2
x x
i.e. lies in I quadrant, so that all trigonometric ratios of are positive.
2 2
1 15
Also, cos 2 x 1 sin 2 x = 1 -
16 16
15
cos x =
4
15
But x is in II quadrant and cos x < 0 cos x =
4
15
1
x 1 cos x 4 4 15
sin
2 2 2 8
15
1
cos
x
1 cos x
= 4 4 15
2 2 2 8
x
sin
x 2 4 15 4 15 4 15
tan = x = 4 15
2 cos x 4 15 4 15 4 15
2
9 3 5
II. 1. Prove that : 2 cos cos cos cos 0
13 13 13 13
9 3 5
Sol. LHS = 2 cos cos cos cos
13 13 13 13
[ 2cosAcosB = cos(A+B) + cos(A-B)]
9 9 3 5
= cos cos cos cos
13 13 13 13 13 13
10 8 3 5
= cos cos cos cos
13 13 13 13
HANDBOOK 39
MATHEMATICS
3 5 3 5
cos cos cos cos
13 13 13 13
3 5 3 5
cos cos cos cos = 0 = R.H.S.
13 13 13 13
2. Prove that (sin3 x + sin x )sin x +(cos3 x –cos x )cos x = 0
Sol. : LHS = (sin3 x + sin x )sin x +(cos3 x – cos x )cos x
CD C D
sin C sin D 2sin 2 cos 2
C D C D
cos C cos D 2sin sin
2 2
3x x 3x x 3x x 3x x
= 2 sin cos sin x 2sin sin cos x
2 2 2 2
= 2sin 2 x cos x sin x – 2sin2 x sin x cos x = 0 = R.H.S.
x y
3. Prove that : (cos x +cosy)2 + (sinx – siny)2 = 4cos2
2
Sol. : LHS = (cos x +cosy)2 + (sin x – siny)2
2 2
x y x y x y x y
= 2 cos cos 2 cos sin
2 2 2 2
x y 2 x y 2 x y 2 x y
= 4cos2 cos +4 cos sin
2 2 2 2
x y 2 x y 2 x y
= 4cos2 cos 2 sin 2
2
x y x y
= 4 cos2 (1) = 4cos2 = R.H.S.
2 2
x y
4. Prove that : (cos x – cosy)2 + (sin x – siny)2 = 4sin2
2
Sol. : LHS = (cos x – cosy)2+(sin x – siny)2
2 2
x y x y x y x y
= 2sin 2 sin 2 2 cos 2 sin 2
x y 2 x y 2 x y 2 x y
= 4sin 2 sin 4 cos sin
2 2 2 2
x y 2 x y 2 x y
= 4sin 2 sin cos
2 2 2
x y 2 x y
= 4 sin 2 1 4sin RHS
2 2
x 3x
5.Prove that : sin3 x +sin2 x – sin x = 4sin x cos cos
2 2
HANDBOOK 40
MATHEMATICS
Sol. : LHS = sin3 x + sin2 x – sin x
= (sin3 x – sin x ) + sin2 x
3x x 3x x
= 2 cos sin sin 2 x
2 2
=2cos2 x sin x + 2sin x cos x
2x x 2x x 3x x
=2sinx 2 cos cos 2 sin x 2 cos cos
2 2 2 2
x 3x
= 4 sin x cos cos =RHS.
2 2
III. 1. Prove that sin x + sin3 x + sin5 x +sin7 x = 4cos x cos2 x cos4 x
Sol. LHS = sin x + sin3 x + sin5 x + sin7 x
= (sin7 x + sin x )+(sin5 x +sin3 x )
CD C D
sin C sin D 2sin 2 cos 2
7x x 7x x 5 x 3x 5x 3x
= 2sin cos 2sin cos
2 2 2 2
= 2sin4 x cos3 x + 2sin4 x cos x
= 2sin 4 x (cos3 x + cos x )
3x x 3x x
=2sin 4 x 2 cos cos
2 2
= 4 sin 4 x cos2 x cos x = 4 cos x cos2 x cos4 x = RHS
2. Prove that
sin 7 x sin 5 x sin 9 x sin 3x tan 6 x
cos 7 x cos 5 x cos 9 x cos 3x
Sol. : LHS =
sin 7 x sin 5 x sin 9 x sin 3 x
cos 7 x cos 5 x cos 9 x cos 3x
7 x 5x 7 x 5x 9 x 3x 9 x 3x
2sin cos 2sin cos
2 2 2 2
7 x 5x 7 x 5x 9 x 3x 9 x 3x
2 cos cos 2 cos cos
2 2 2 2
2 sin 6 x cos x 2sin 6 x cos 3 x
2 cos 6 x cos x 2 cos 6 x cos 3 x
2 sin 6 x cos x cos 3 x sin 6 x
tan 6 x RHS
2 cos 6 x cos x cos 3 x cos 6 x
HANDBOOK 41
MATHEMATICS
4. COMPLEX NUMBERS AND QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
Exercise – 4(a)
I. Express each of the following complex Numbers given in the form a +ib
3
1. 5i i = - 3i2 = 3 = 3+i0 = a + ib.
5
i9 +i19 = i 9 i10i9 = i 9 1 i10 = i 9 1 i 2 = i 1 1 0 0 i0
5
9
2.
1 1 i i i i
3. i 39 39 x 40 i 0 i 1 = a+ib
i 2 1
39 20 20
i i i i
4. 3(7+i7) + i (7 + i7) = 21 +21i+7i + 7i2 = 21 + 28i – 7= 14 + 28i
5. (1-i)-(-1+6i) = 1-i + 1 – 6i = 2 – 7i
1 2 5 1 2 5 1 2 5 19 21
6. i 4 i i 4 i 4 i i
5 5 2 5 5 2 5 5 2 5 10
1 7 1 4 1 7 1 4 17 5
7. i 4i i 4i i i = i
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 2
1 i 1 i = 1 i 2 2i = (-2i)2 = 4i2 = -4 = - 4 + 0i
4 2
8.
3 3 2
1 1 1 1
3i 3i 3 3i 3 3i
3 2
9.
3 3 3 3
1 1 1 242
27i 3 3i 3i =
2
= 27i i 9 = - 26i
27 3 27 27
3 3 2
1 1 1 2 1
2 i 2 i 3 2 3 2 i
3
10.
3 3 3 3
1 2 22 107 22 107
= -8 + i 4i = - i i
27 3 3 27 3 27
II. Find the multiplicative inverse of the each of the complex Numbers (Qs 11 to 13).
11. 4 – 3i
Let z = 4 – 3i .
1 1 1 4 3i 4 3i 4 3i
The multiplicative inverse is = X =
z 4 3i 4 3i 4 3i 16 9 25 25
12. 5 3i
Sol : Let z = 5 3i .
1 1 1 5 3i 5 3i
The multiplicative inverse is X
z 5 3i 5 3i 5 3i 14 14
13. –i
Let z = - i
1 1 1 i i
The multiplicative inverse is X i 0 i 1
z i i i i2
HANDBOOK 42
MATHEMATICS
III. Express the following in the terms of a+ib :
3 i 5 3 i 5 .
3 2i 3 2i
3 i 5 3 i 5 = 3 i 5 2 2
Sol. Let Z =
3 2i 3 2i 3 2i 3 2i
95 14 i 7 7i 7
= = X = 2
0i
2 2i 2 2i i 2i 2 2
EXERCISE – 4(b)
3
1
25
I. 1. Evaluate i18 .
i
3
3
18 1 25 2 9 1 3
1
Sol. : i i 25 i 1 i i 2 1
9 3
i i
6
i i 4
= (-1)3(1+i)3= -(1-i+3i-3) = -(-2 + 2i) = 2 – 2i
2. For any two complex numbers Z1 and Z2, prove that
Re(Z1, Z2) Re(Z1) Re (Z2) – Im(Z1) Im(Z2)
Sol.:Let Z1 = a + ib , Re(Z1) = a ,Im(Z1)= b and Let Z2 = c + id,Re(Z2) = c ,Im(Z2) = d
Now Z1 Z2 = (a +ib)(c+id)= ac +iad+ibc+bdi2=(ac-bd)+i(ad+bc)
Re(Z1 Z2) = ac – bd
Re(Z1 Z2) = Re(Z1) Re(Z2) - Im(Z1 ) Im (Z2)
1 2 3 4i
3. Reduce to the standard form
1 4i 1 i 5 i
1 2 3 4i 1 i 2 1 4i 3 4i
Sol. : We have,
1 4i 1 i 5 i 1 4i 1 i 5 i
1 i 2 8i 3 4i
2
1 i 4i 4i 5 i
3 4i 27i 36
25 5i 15i 3i 2
i 2 1
33 31i 28 10i
X
28 10i 28 10i
924 330i 868i 310i 2 614 1198i 307 599i
784 100i 2 884 442
zz 1
4. Let z1 =2-i, z 2 = - 2+i find (i) Re 1 2 (ii) I m .
z1 z1 z1
Sol.: Let z1 =2-i, z 2 =-2+i
HANDBOOK 43
MATHEMATICS
2
z1 z 2 = (2-i)(-2+i)= -4+2i+2i-i =-3+4i
z1 = 2 + i
zz 3 4i 3 4i 2 i
1 2 = x
z1 2i 2i 2i
6 3i 8i 4i 2 2 11i 2 11
= = i
5 5 5 5
zz 2
Re 1 2
z1 5
1 1 1 1 1
(i) =
z1 z1 2 i 2 i 2 i 4 1 5
2 2
1
i 0
5
1
Im 0
z1 z1
5. Find the real number of x and y if (x – iy)(3+5i) is the conjugate of (-6-24i)
Sol. : (x-iy)(3+5i) = 3x+5xi – i3y – 5yi2=(3x +5y)+i(5x – 3y)
Given that (x – iy)(3+5i) = 6 24i
(3x+5y) + i (5x-3y) = -6+24i
By comparing real and imaginary parts on both sides, we get
3x + 5y = - 6 …..(1) 5x -3y = 24 …..(2)
x y 1 x y 1
Solving (1) & (2)
120 18 30 72 9 25 102 102 34
X = 3 and y =-3
1 i 1 i
6. Find the modulus of
1 i 1 i .
Sol. Let Z =
1 i 1 i 1 i 1 i
=
2 2
=
1 i 2 2i 1 i 2 2i
1 i 1 i 1 i 1 i 1 i2
2i 2i 4i
= 2i 0 2i Z 0 22 4 2
2 2
x
7.Find the number of non – zero integral solutions of the equation 1 i 2 x .
2 a ib
x
12 1
x 2
Sol. : 1 i 2 x x
a 2 b2
x
2
x
2 2 2x
x 2
HANDBOOK 44
MATHEMATICS
Comparing the power of 2 on both sides
x
x 2x – x = 0 x = 0
2
Hence, number of solutions is zero.
a ib a2 b2
, then prove that x 2 y 2 2
2
II. 1. If x – iy = .
c id c d2
1 1
a ib a ib 2 a ib 2
Sol.Given, x –iy = x +i(-y) = x i y
c id c id c id
1
a ib 2
x y
2
2
(Squaring on both sides)
c id
a ib a 2 b2
We get x 2 y 2 x2 y2
c id c2 d 2
a 2 b2
x2 y2
2
c2 d 2
Z1 Z 2 1
2.If Z1 = 2 – i, Z2 = 1 + i, find
Z1 Z 2 1
Sol.: Let Z1 = 2-i, Z 2 =1+i and Z1 Z 2 1 2 i 1 i 1 4
Z1 Z 2 1 2 i 1 i 1 2 2i
Z1 Z 2 1 Z1 Z 2 1 4 4 4 4 4
= = 2
Z1 Z 2 1 Z1 Z 2 1 2 2i 2 2 2
2
44 8 2 2
x 1
2
x i
2 2
3.If a + ib = , prove that a b 2 2
2x2 1 2 x 1
2 2
x i
2
x 2 i 2 2 xi x 2 1 2 xi
Sol. : a + ib = = =
2 x2 1 2 x2 1 2x2 1
x2 1 2x
on comparing real and imaginary parts, we obtain a and b 2 .
2x 1
2
2x 1
2 2
x2 1 2 x x4 1 2 x2 4x2 x4 2 x2 1
a b 2
2
2
2
= =
2x 1 2x 1 2 x 2 1 2 x 2 1
2 2
x 1
2 2
a b
2 2
2 x 1
2 2
u v
4.If (x + iy)3 = u +iv, then show that 4 x2 y 2
x y
HANDBOOK 45
MATHEMATICS
3
Sol. : (x+iy) = u + i
x 3 i 3 y 3 3 x 2 iy 3 x iy u iv
2
x3 iy 3 3x 2 iy 3xy 2 u iv
x 3 3 xy 2 i 3 x 2 y y 3 u iv
x x 2 3 y 2 iy 3x 2 y 2 u iv
Comparing real and imaginary parts on both sides
u v
x x 2 3 y 2 u, y 3 x 2 y 2 v x2 3 y 2 , 3x 2 y 2
x y
u v
x 2 3 y 2 3x 2 y 2 4 x 2 4 y 2 4 x 2 y 2
x y
5.If and are different complex numbers with =1, then find .
1
2
Sol. : If Z = x + iy and z = x - iy then z z.z
2
=
1 1 1 1 1
2 2
= =
1 1 2 2
2
1
= 2 1 =1
1
1
1
6.If (a+ib)(c+id)(e+if)(g+ih) = A+iB, then show that
a 2
b 2 c 2 d 2 e 2 f 2 g 2 h 2 A2 B 2 .
Sol.: (a+ib)(c+id)(e+if)(g+ih) = A +iB taking modulus on both sides, we get
a ib c id e if g ih A iB
a 2 b2 c 2 d 2 e 2 f 2 g 2 h2 A2 B 2 squaring on both sides, we get
a 2
b 2 c 2 d 2 e 2 f 2 g 2 h 2 A2 B 2
m
1 i
7.If = 1, then find the least positive integral value of m.
1 i
HANDBOOK 46
MATHEMATICS
m m m
1 i 1 i 1 i 1 i 2 2i
Sol. : = 1 1 i 1 i 1 1
1 i 2
m m
1 1 2i 2i
1 1 i 1
m
2 2
i 1
2
m
i 1
i 1
m m m
1 2 1 1 2 1 2 m 4
2
2
Hence, the least positive integral value of m is 4.
8. Show that the four points in the Argand plane represented by the complex numbers
2 + i, 4 + 3i, 2+5i, 3i are the vertices of a square.
Sol. : Let A(2, 1) B(4,3), C(2, 5) and D(0, 3)
2 4 3 1 4 2 3 5 8
2 2 2 2
AB = 8, BC =
2 0 5 3 8 , 2 0 1 3
2 2 2 2
CD = DA = 8
,
2 2 1 5 16 4 and BD = 4 0 3 3 16 4
2 2 2 2
AC =
Hence AB = BC = CD = DA and AC = BD
A, B, C,D form a square
9.Show that the points in the argand plane represented by the complex numbers -2 + 7i,
3 1 7
- i , 4 – 3i and 1 i are the vertices of a Rhombus.
2 2 2
3 1 7 7
Sol. : A (-2, 7) B( , ,C(4, -3) and D ,
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
3 1 170 3 1 170
AB = 2 7 , BC = 4 3
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
7 7 170 7 7 170
CD = 4 3 , DA = 2 7
2 2 2 2 2 2
4 2 3 7 36 100 136
2 2
AC =
,
2 2
7 3 7 1 136
BD =
2 2 2 2 2
AB = BC =CD = DA and AC BD
A, B, C, D form a Rhombus.
HANDBOOK 47
MATHEMATICS
10.The point P, Q denote the complex numbers Z1, Z2 in the argand diagram. O is the
origin if Z1 Z 2 Z1Z 2 0 then show that POQ .
2
Sol. : Let P = (x1, y1) z1 x1 iy1 ,Q = x2 , y2 z2 x2 iy2 and O(0,0)
Z1 x1 iy1 Z1 x1 iy1
, Z 2 x2 iy2 Z 2 x2 iy2
Given that Z1 Z 2 Z1Z 2 0 x1 iy1 x2 iy2 x1 iy1 x2 iy2 0
x1 x2 y1 y2 x1 x2 y1 y2 0
y y
x1 x2 y1 y2 1 2 1
x1 x2
(slope of OP )(slope of OQ ) = -1
POQ 900
11.The complex number Z has argument , 0< < and satisfy te equation z 3i 3
2
6
then prove that cot i .
z
Sol. : Give that 0< < then as x > 0, y > 0,
2
y x
tan cot
x y
Also z = x + iy z x iy
Then z Z = (x + iy)(x-iy) = x2 + y2
Now, z 3i 3 x iy 3i 3 x i y 3 3
x 2 y 3 3
2
Squaring on both sides
x2 +(y-3)2 = 9 x2 +y2 – 6y +9 =9 x2 +y2 = 6y
z 6
zz 6 y
y Z
6 z x x iy x x
cot cot = = i i
Z y y y y y
6
cot i .
Z
HANDBOOK 48
MATHEMATICS
5. LINEAR INQUALITIES
EXERCISE – 5 (a)
1. Solve 24 x < 100 when (i) x is a natural number (ii) x is an integer.
Sol.: Given 24 x < 100 dividing both sides with 24
<
x < x < x <4
(i) When x is a natural number in this case the solution set of the inequality is
{ 1, 2, 3, 4}
(ii) When x is an integer, the solution set of the given inequalities is
{…..-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3,4}
2. Solve -12 x > 30 when (i) x is a natural number (ii) x is an integer.
Sol.: Given -12 x > 30 , dividing both sides with -12 .
<
x <- x < -2
(i) When x is a natural number then there is no solution of given inequality.
as natural numbers are positive numbers and there is no positive number which is less
than negative number.
(ii) When x is an integer the solution of given inequality is {……….-4,-3} as there
are infinite number which are less than - .
3. Solve 5x -3 < 7 when (i) x is an integer (ii) x is a real number.
Sol.: Given 5x -3 < 7 adding 3 on both sides
5x -3 + 3 < 7 + 3
5x < 10
x<2
(i) When x is an integer , the solution of the given inequality is {………….-1,0,1}.
(ii) When x is a real number, the solution of given inequality is ( -∞, 2) i.e all the
numbers lying between –∞ and 2 but -∞ and 2 are not included as x < 2.
4. Solve 3x + 8 > 2 when (i) x is an integer (ii) x is a real number.
Sol.: Given 3x + 8 > 2 Adding -8 on both sides
3x + 8 – 8 > 2-8
3x > -6 x > -2
(i) When x is an integer the solution of the given inequality is {-1,0,1,2……}
(ii) When x is an real number, the solution of the given inequality is (-2, ∞ ) i.e. all the
numbers lying between -2 and ∞ but -2 and ∞ are not included.
5. Solve the inequality for real x, 4x + 3 < 5x + 7
Sol.: Given 4x + 3 < 5x + 7
4x + 3 - 5x < 7
-x < 7 – 3 - x < 4 x > - 4
By using number line, we can easily look for the numbers greater than -4.
⸫ Solution set = (-4, ∞ ) i.e all the numbers lying between -4 and ∞ but -4 and ∞ are
not included as x > - 4.
HANDBOOK 49
MATHEMATICS
6. Solve the inequality for real x, 3x – 7 > 5x-1
Sol.: Given 3x- 7 > 5x -1
3x – 5x > -1 + 7
-2x > 6 -x > 3
⸫ x <- 3
Solution set = (-∞, -3) i.e all the numbers between -∞ and -3 but – ∞ and -3 are not
included as x < -3.
7. Solve the inequality 3 (x -1) 2 (x -3) for real x
Sol.: 3 (x -1) ≤ 2 (x -3) 3 x – 2 x ≤ -6 + 3
⸫ x ≤ -3
Solution set = ( -∞ , -3]
8. Solve 3 ( 2- x) ≥ 2 (1- x) for real x.
Sol.: Given 3 (2- x) ≥ 2 (1- x)
6 – 2 ≥ -2x + 3x
4≥x x≤4
Solution set = ( - ∞, 4]
𝒙 𝒙
9. Solve x + + < 11, for real x
𝟐 𝟑
Sol.: Given x + + < 11
< 11 < 11
⸫ x <6
Solution set = ( -∞, 6)
𝒙 𝒙
10. Solve > + 𝟏 for real x
𝟑 𝟐
Sol.: Given that > + 1
− > 1 > 1 -x > 6
⸫ x < -6
Solution set = ( -∞, -6)
11. Solve 2 (2 x +3) – 10 < 6 (x - 2) for real x .
Sol.: Given that 2 (2 x +3) – 10 < 6 (x – 2)
4x – 4 < 6x – 12
4x - 6x < -12 + 4
-2 x < -8 x > 4
Solution set = ( 4, ∞)
12. Solve 37 – (3x + 5) ≥ 9x – 8 (x -3) for real x.
Sol.: Given that 37 – (3x + 5) ≥ 9x – 8 (x - 3)
32 -3x ≥ x + 24
32 – 24 ≥ x + 3x
8 ≥ 4x
⸫ 4x ≤ 8
x ≤2
Solution set = ( -∞ ,2]
HANDBOOK 50
MATHEMATICS
13. Ravi obtained 70 and 75 marks in first two unit tests. Find the maximum marks he
should get in the third unit test to have an average of atleast 60 marks.
Sol.: Ravi got x marks in third unit test.
Average
age marks obtained by Ravi = = =
To obtain an average of atleast 60 marks from the given information , we can write
the linear inequality as ≥ 60
145 + 𝑥 ≥ 180
𝑥 ≥ 180 -145
𝑥 ≥ 35.
⸫ Ravi should get greater than or equal to 35 marks in third uni
unitt test to get an average
of atleast 60 marks.
𝟑(𝒙 𝟐) 𝟓(𝟐 𝒙)
II.1. Solve the inequality 𝟓
≤ 𝟑
for real 𝒙
( ) ( )
Sol.: Given that ≤ ≤
9𝑥 – 18 ≤ 50 – 25 𝑥
34 𝑥 ≤ 68 x ≤ 2
Solution set = ((-∞ 2]
𝟏 𝟑𝒙 𝟏
2. Solve the inequality + 𝟒 ≥ (𝒙 − 𝟔) for real x
𝟐 𝟓 𝟑
Sol.: + 4 ≥ (𝑥 − 6)
≥ (𝑥 − 6)
≥
3 (3 𝑥 + 20) ≥ 10 (𝑥
( – 6)
9𝑥 – 10 𝑥 ≥ - 60 – 60
- 𝑥 ≥ -120
⸫ 𝑥 ≤ 120
Solution set = ( -∞,
∞, 120]
𝒙 (𝟓𝒙 𝟐) (𝟕𝒙 𝟑)
3. Solve the inequality of < - for real x
𝟒 𝟑 𝟓
( ) ( )
Sol.: Given < -
( ) ( )
<
<
<
15 𝑥 < 4 (4 𝑥 -1)
15 𝑥 < 16 𝑥 – 4 - 𝑥 < - 4
𝑥>4
Solution set = ( 4, ∞)
HANDBOOK 51
MATHEMATICS
𝟐𝒙 𝟏 𝟑𝒙 𝟐 𝟐 𝒙
4. Solve the inequality of ≥ - for real x
𝟑 𝟒 𝟓
Sol.: We have ≥ -
( ) ( )
≥
≥
20 (2 𝑥 -1)
1) ≥ 3 (19 𝑥 – 18)
40𝑥 – 20 ≥ 57 𝑥 – 54
-17𝑥 ≥ - 34
⸫𝑥≤ 𝑥≤2
Solution set = ( -∞, 2]
Direction (Q. No. 5 to 8) Solve the inequalities and show their graph of the solution in each
case on the number line.
5. Solve 3x -2 < 2x + 1
Sol.: Given 3𝑥 -2 < 2𝑥 + 1
3𝑥 – 2𝑥 < 1 + 2
𝑥<3
All the numbers on the left side of 3 will be less than it
Solution set = ( -∞, 3)
6. Solve 5x – 3 ≥ 3x -5
Sol.: Given 5x – 3 ≥ 3x – 5
5𝑥 – 3𝑥 ≥ -5 + 3
2𝑥 ≥ -2
≥
𝑥 ≥ -1
All the numbers on the right side of -1 will be greater than it.
Solution set = [ -1, ∞)
7. Solve 3 (1- 𝒙) < 2 (𝒙 + 4)
Sol.: Given 3 (1- 𝑥) < 2 (𝑥 + 4)
3–3𝑥 <2𝑥 +8
-3𝑥 -2𝑥 < 8 - 3
-5 𝑥 < 5
Dividing with – 5
>
x > -1
⸫ Solution set (-1, ∞)
𝒙 (𝟓𝒙 𝟐) (𝟕𝒙 𝟑)
8. Solve ≥ -
𝟐 𝟑 𝟓
( ) ( )
Sol.: Given that ≥ - ≥
≥
15𝑥 ≥ 2 (4
(4𝑥 -1)
HANDBOOK 52
MATHEMATICS
15𝑥 ≥ 8 𝑥 -2
15x – 8x ≥ -2
7𝑥 ≥ -2 𝑥 ≥
2
Solution Set = ,
7
9. To receive Grade A in a course, one must obtain an average of 90 marks or more in
five examinations (each of 100 marks) . If Sunita marks in first four examinations are
87, 92, 94, 95 . Find the minimum marks that Sunita must obtain in fifth examination
to get Grade A in the course.
Sol.: Let Sunita got x marks in the fifth exam.
Average marks obtained by Sunita
=
= =
Now it is given that Sunita wants to obtain grade A for that her average marks should
be greater than or equal to 90.
≥ 90 368 + 𝑥 ≥ 90 x 5 𝑥 ≥ 450 – 368 𝑥 ≥ 82
Sunita should got greater than or equal to 82 marks in fifth exam to get Grade A.
10. Find all pairs of consecutive odd positive integers both of which are smaller than 10
such that their sum is more than 11.
Sol.: Let the numbers are 2𝑥 +1 and 2𝑥 + 3 .
Given that which are smaller than 10.
⸫ 2𝑥 + 1 < 10 and 2𝑥 + 3 < 10
2𝑥 < 9 and 2𝑥 < 7
𝑥 < and 𝑥 < also given that their sum is more than 11.
(2 𝑥 + 1) + ( 2 𝑥 +3) > 11 4 𝑥 + 4 > 11 𝑥 >
⸫ x ∈ ( , ) in which integer values are 𝑥 = 2 and 𝑥 = 3.
When x = 2 numbers are (2 𝑥 +1 , 2 𝑥 + 3) = (2 (2) +1, 2 (2) + 3) = (5, 7)
When x = 3 numbers are (2 (3) + 1, 2 (3) + 3) = (6 +1, 6 +3 ) = (7,9)
Required pairs are (5, 7) and (7, 9).
11.Find all pair of consecutive even positive integers both of which are larger than 5
such that their sum is less than 23.
Sol.: Let numbers are 2𝑥 and 2𝑥 + 2
Given that which are larger than 5.
⸫ 2𝑥 > 5 and 2𝑥 +2 > 5
𝑥> and 𝑥 > also given that their sum is less than 23.
⸫ (2𝑥) + (2𝑥 +2) < 23
4𝑥 < 23 - 2
𝑥<
⸫ x ∈ ( , ).
In which the integer values are x = 3, 4, 5 .
Pair of numbers = (2 𝑥, 2 𝑥 + 2).
When 𝑥 = 3, pair is (2 (3), 2(3)+2) = (6, 8)
HANDBOOK 53
MATHEMATICS
When 𝑥 = 4 pair is (2 (4), 2(4) + 2) = (8, 10)
When 𝑥 = 5 pair is (2 (5), 2 (5) +2) = (10,12)
12. The longest side of a triangle is 3 times the shortest side and the third side is 2
cm, shorter than the longest side if the perimeter of the triangle is atleast 61cms, Find
the minimum length of the shortest side.
Sol.: Let the shortest side be 𝑥 cms
Then according to the given condition
longest side = 3 𝑥 cm and third side = (3 𝑥 -2) cm.
Given perimeter of the triangle is atleast 61cm
Sum of all sides ≥ 61
𝑥 + (3 𝑥) + (3 𝑥 -2) ≥ 61
7𝑥 -2 ≥ 61
7 𝑥 ≥ 61 + 2
7 𝑥 ≥ 63
𝑥≥
⸫𝑥≥9
⸫ Minimum length at the shortest side = 9 cms
II.
1. A man wants to cut three lengths from a single piece of board of length is 91 cm.
The second length is to be 3 cm longer than the shortest and third length is to be twice
as long as the shortest. What are the possible lengths of the shortest board if the third
piece is to be atleast 5cm longer than the second ?
Sol Let the shortest length is 𝑥 cm.
By given condition, second length = 𝑥 +3 cms
Third length = 2𝑥 cm
Given that total length is 91 cm
⸫ x + (x +3) + 2x ≤ 91
4𝑥 + 3 ≤ 91
4𝑥 ≤ 91 -3
4𝑥 ≤ 88
𝑥≤
⸫ x ≤ 22 ……………(1)
Given that third piece is to be atleast 5cms longer than second piece.
⸫ 2 𝑥 ≥ (𝑥 + 3) + 5
2𝑥-𝑥 ≥3+5
𝑥 ≥ 8 ……….(2)
From equations (1), (2) the length of shortest board should be greater than or equal to
8 but less than or equal to 22.
⸫ 8 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 22
HANDBOOK 54
MATHEMATICS
EXERCISE – 5 (b)
I.1. Solve the inequality 2 ≤ 3x – 4 ≤ 5
Sol.: Given inequality 2 ≤ 3x – 4 ≤ 5 2 + 4 ≤ 3x ≤ 5 + 4
6 ≤ 3x ≤ 9
Dividing by 3 in each term
≤ ≤ 2≤x≤3
Solution set = [2, 3]
2. Solve 6 ≤ -3 (2x -4) < 12
Sol.: Given inequality 6 ≤ -3 (2x -4) ≤ 12
6 ≤ -6x +12 ≤ 12 6 – 12 ≤ -6x ≤ 12 -12
-6 ≤ -6x ≤ 0
Dividing by (-6) to each term
− ≥− ≥
1≥x≥0 0≤x≤1
Solution set = [ 0, 1]
Note : When we divide the inequalities by negative number, the sign of the inequality will
be change.
𝟕𝒙
3. Solve the inequality -3 ≤ 4 - ≤ 18
𝟐
Sol.: Given inequality -3 ≤ 4 - ≤ 18
-3 - 4 ≤ ≤ 18 - 4 (Adding ‘- 4’ to each term)
-7 ≤ - ≤ 14 14 ≤ −7𝑥 ≤ 28
≥ ≥ (dividing with ‘7’ each term)
2 ≥ x ≥ -4 -4 ≤ x ≤ 2
⸫ Solution set = [ -4, 2]
𝟑 (𝒙 𝟐)
4. Solve the inequality -15 < ≤0
𝟓
Sol: 15 x 5 < 3x -6 < 0
75 < 3x – 6 < 0
75 +6 < 3x ≤ 0 + 6 (Adding ‘6’ to each term)
-69 < 3x ≤ 6 < ≤6 -23 < x ≤ 2 (dividing with ‘3’ to each term)
Solution set = ( -23, 2)
HANDBOOK 55
MATHEMATICS
𝟑𝒙
5. Solve the inequality - 12 < 4 - 𝟓
≤2
Sol: The given inequality
- 12 < 4 - ≤2
- 12 < 4 + ≤2
- 12 - 4 < ≤ 2–4 (Adding ‘-4’ to each term)
- 16 < ≤ -2
- 16 x 5 < 3x ≤ -2 x 5
-80 < 3x ≤ -10
⸫ <x≤- (dividing with ‘3’ to each term)
Solution set = ( - , )
𝟑𝒙 𝟏𝟏
6. Solve the inequality 7 ≤ ≤ 11
𝟐
Sol: 7 x 2 ≤ 3 𝑥 + 11 ≤ 22
14 -11 ≤ 3 𝑥 ≤ 22 -11 Adding ‘-11’ to each term
3 ≤ 3 𝑥 ≤ 11
≤ ≤
1≤𝑥≤
Solution Set = [ 1, ]
II.
1. Solve the inequalities and represent the solution graphically on the number line.
Solve 5 𝒙 + 1 > -24, 5 𝒙 + 1 < 24
Sol : Given 5 𝑥 + 1 > - 24
5 𝑥 > - 24- 1 , 5 𝑥 > - 25
𝑥> 𝑥 > -5 ………..(1)
By (1) and (2)
⸫-5<𝑥<5
Solution Set = ( -5, 5)
Hence the solution of the system are real numbers 𝑥 lying between -5 and 5 excluding -5 and 5
2. Solve 2 (𝒙 -1) < 𝒙 + 5 and 3 (𝒙 +2) > 2- 𝑥
Sol: Given 2 (𝑥 - 1) (𝑥 + 5)
2𝑥 - 2<𝑥 +5 2𝑥 –𝑥 <5+2
𝑥 <7 ……..(1)
Given : 3 (𝑥 + 2 ) > 2 – 𝑥
3𝑥 + 6 > 2 - 𝑥 3𝑥 + 𝑥 > 2- 6
4𝑥 > - 4 𝑥 > - 23
HANDBOOK 56
MATHEMATICS
x > -1 …………(2)
By (1) and (2)
-1 < 𝑥 < 7
Solution set = (-1, 7)
Hence solution set of the equations are real numbers x lying between -1 and 7 excluding -1 and 7 .
Solution set = (-1, 7) -1 < 𝑥 < 7
3. Solve 3 𝒙 -7 > 2 (𝒙 -6) , 6 – 𝒙 > 11- 2 𝒙
Sol: : 3 𝑥 – 7 > 2 (𝑥 – 6)
3 𝑥 -7 > 2 𝑥 -12 3 𝑥 -2 𝑥 > 12 + 7
𝑥 > -5 ……..(1)
Given 6 – 𝑥 > 11- 2 𝑥
𝑥 + 2 x > 11- 6
𝑥 > 5 ……….(2)
Solution set = ( 5, ∞ )
Hence solution set of the equations are real numbers , ‘x’ lying on greater than 5 excluding ‘5’.
Solution set = ( 5, ∞ ).
4. Solve 5 (2𝒙 -7) -3 (2𝒙 +3) ≤ 0, 2𝒙 + 19 ≤ 6𝒙
Sol: Given that 5 (2 𝑥 -7) -3 (2 𝑥 +3) ≤ 0
10 𝑥 – 35 – 6 𝑥 – 9 ≤ 0
4 𝑥 – 44 ≤ 0 4x ≤ 44
x=
x ≤ 11 …………..(1)
Given that 2𝑥 -19 ≤ 6x + 4
2 𝑥 – 6 𝑥 ≤ 47 – 19 – 4 𝑥 ≤ 28 -𝑥 ≤ -𝑥 ≤ 7
𝑥 ≥ -7 ………(2)
By (1) and (2) -7 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 11
Solution set = [ -7,11]
Hence, solution set of the inequalities are real numbers x lying between -7 and11 including -7
and 11.
⸫ 7 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 11
Solution Set = [ -7, 11]
5. A solution is to be kept between 680 F and 770F what is the range of temperature in
degree Celsius (C) if the Celsius / Fahrenheit (F) conversion formula is given by F =
9
C 32 ?
5
HANDBOOK 57
MATHEMATICS
9 5
Sol.: Given that F = C 32 C F 32
5 9
5 5
When F = 68, C 68 32 36 =20
9 9
5 5
When F = 77, C = (77 – 32) = (45) = 25
9 9
The range of temperature in degree Celsius is between 200C and 250C.
MA
6. IQ of a person is given by the formula IQ = x100 where MA is metal age and CA
CA
is chronological age. If 80 IQ 140 for a group of 12 years old children, find the range
of their mental age.
Sol.: Given that 80 IQ 140
For a group of 12 years old children CA =12
MA 12 IQ
IQ = x100 MA
12 100
MA 80 X 12 140 X 12
80 X 100 140 MA
12 100 100
9.6 MA 16.8
Range of mental age of required group of children is [ 9.6, 16.8].
III. 1. A solution of 8% boric acid is to be diluted by adding a 2% boric acid solution to
it. The resulting mixture is to be more than 4% but less than 6% boric acid. If we have
640 litres of the 8% solution, how many litres of the 2% solution will have to be added ?
Sol.: Let ‘ x ’ be the required solution to be added.
Total amount of boric acid in the mixture = Boric acid in the 8% solution + Boric
acid in 2% solution
Total volume of the mixture = 640 + x litres
Resulting mixture is to be between 4% and 6%
0.08 640 0.02 x
0.04 0.06
640 x
From 1st part of inequality (0.04)(640+ x ) < (0.08) (640) + (0.02) x
25.6+0.042<51.2+0.02 x
0.02 x < 25.6
25.6
x < , x < 1280…………………(1)
0.02
From 2nd part,
HANDBOOK 58
MATHEMATICS
0.08 640 0.02 x 0.06
640 x
51.2+ 0.02 x < 38.4 + 0.06 x
51.2 – 38.4 < 0.06 x – 0.02 x 12.8< 0.04 x
12.8
x 320 x 320 ………………….(2)
0.04
From (1) and (2), 320 < x < 1280
The number of litres of the 2% solution that have to be added is between 320 and 1280.
2.How many litres of water will have to be added to 1125 litres of the 45% solution of
acid so that the resulting mixture will contain more than 25% but less than 30% acid
content?
Sol.:Let x be the amount of water added to the 1125 lts of 45% acid solution total volume of
solution = 1125 + x litres.
The amount of acid in original solution = 0.45 x 1125 = Amount of acid in new
solution
0.45 X 1125
Concentration of acid in new solution =
1125 x
0.45 X1125
0.25 0.30
1125 x
0.45 X 1125
0.25 0.25 1125 x 0.45 X 1125
1125 x
281.25 + 0.25 x < 506.25
0.25 x < 506.25 – 281.25
0.25 x < 225
225
x
0.25
x < 900 ………………….(1)
The second part of inequality
506.25
0.30
1125 x
506.25<0.30(1125 + x )
506.25<337.5+0.30 x
506.25-337.5 <0.30 x
168.75 < 0.30 x
HANDBOOK 59
MATHEMATICS
168.75
x
0.30
562.5< x ………………(2)
From (1) and (2), 562.5 < x <900
The range of water to be added is (562.5, 900)
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
1.Sol.: Let x be the breadth of a rectangle given that length = 4x
Given minimum perimeter of a rectangle is 160 cms
⸫ 2 (l + b) ≥ 160
2 (4 𝑥 + 𝑥) ≥ 160
5 𝑥 ≥ 80
𝑥 ≥ 16
⸫ breadth ≥ 16 cms
2.Sol: (1) x ∈ (9,∞)
Given -3x + 15 < -12
-3x < -12 -15
-3x < -27
x > 9
⸫ x ∈ (9,∞)
3. Sol : Since it is given that x, y and b are real numbers where x > y and b < 0
𝑥<y
< (divide both sides with ‘b’ ) as b < 0
4.Sol: (3) 𝑥 ∈ (-∞, -4) u (8, ∞)
Solution : x 2 6 x -2 < -6 and x -2 >6 x < -4 and x > 8
⸫ 𝑥 Σ (-∞, -4) (8, ∞)
| |
5.Sol : Given ≥0
This is possible if x -8 ≥ 0 and x -8 ≠0
x ≥ 8 but x ≠ 8
x>8
⸫ x ∈ (8, ∞)
HANDBOOK 60
MATHEMATICS
6. Sol: Given that |𝑥 + 5| ≥ 10
x + 5 ≤ -10 or x + 5 ≥ 10
x ≤ -15 or x ≥ 5
x ∈ (-∞ , -15) U (5, ∞)
7.Sol : Given that 4x +4 < 6x + 5
1
4x -6x < 5-4 -2x < 1 x > -
2
1
⸫ x ∈ (- , ∞)
2
8.Sol: Given 2x -17 > 3- 8x
2x + 8x > 3 +17 10x > 20 x > 2
⸫ The result is x > 2
9.Sol : Let x be the marks obtained in third unit test.
It is given that the student should have an average of at least 90 marks. We can
write linear inequalities as ≥ 90
180 + x ≥ 270
x ≥ 270 -180
x ≥ 90
10. Sol : Given 5x +2 > 12
5x >10 x > 2
Hence solution is (2, ∞).
11. Sol : Given 5x -2 ≤ 3x+2
5x -3x ≤ 2 +2 2 x ≤ 4
x≤2
Solution is {………….-2,-1,0,1,2}
12.Sol: Given that 50x < 150
x<3
⸫ Solution set is { 1, 2}
13.Sol : Given that 9 x > -36
⸫ x > -4
⸫ Least integral value = -3
MULTIPLE CHOIOCE QUESTIONS (KEY)
1) 3 2) 1 3) 3 4) 3 5) 4 6) 3 7) 2 8) 4 9) 1 10) 3
11) 3 12) 2 13) 1
HANDBOOK 61
MATHEMATICS
6. PERMUTATIONS AND COMBINATIONS
Exercise 6(a)
I.1. How many 3 digit numbers can be formed from the digits 1,2,3,4 and 5 assuming
that
i. Repetition of the digits is allowed?
ii. Repetition of the digits is not allowed?
Sol:i. When repetition of the digits is allowed,
T H U
Since, there are 5 digits. Therefore, the number of ways to fill each place is 5.
Hence, total number of ways = 5 5 5 = 125.
ii.When repetition is not allowed,
T H U
Since, there are 5 digits i.e., 1,2,3,4 & 5.
Therefore, the number of ways to fill the unit place is 5.
Number of ways to fill the ten’s place = 4
And the number of ways to fill the hundred's place = 3.
Hence, total number of ways = 5 4 3 = 60.
2. How many 3 digits even numbers can be formed from the digits 1,2,3,4,5,6 if the
digits can be repeated?
Sol: For even number we can fill the units place out of the given digits with 2 or 4 or 6.
T H U
The number of ways to fill the unit’s place = 3. Here repetition is allowed.
Therefore, the number of ways to fill the ten’s place = 6 and the number of ways to
fill the hundred’s place = 6
Hence, total number of ways = 3 6 6 = 108
3. How many 4 letters code can be formed using the first 10 letters of the English
alphabet, if no letter can be repeated?
Sol:
I II III IV
HANDBOOK 62
MATHEMATICS
Number of ways to fill the I Place = 10,
Number of ways to fill the II Place = 9,
Number of ways to fill the III place = 8,
Number of ways to fill the IV place = 7
Hence, total number of ways = 10 9 8 7 = 5040
4 How many 5 digit telephone numbers can be constructed using the digits 0 to 9, if
each number starts with 67 and no digit appears more than once?
Sol:
I II III IV V
Number of ways to fill the III place = 8
Number of ways to fill the IV place = 7
Number of ways to fill the V place =6
Hence, total number of ways = 8 7 6 = 336
5. A coin is tossed 3 times and the outcomes are recorded. How many possivle outcomes
are there?
Sol: In tossing a coin, there are 2 possible outcomes (Head & Tail).
In tossing a coin second time there are two possible outcomes and in third time there
again two possible outcomes.
Hence, total number of outcomes = 2 2 2 = 8.
6. Given 5 flags of different colors, how many different signals can be generated, if each
signal requires the use of 2 flags, one below the other.
Sol: Number of ways to choose the first flag = 5
Number of ways to choose the second flag from the rest of four flags = 4
Hence, the total number of ways = 5 4 = 20
Exercise 6(b)
I.
1. Evaluate
i. 8! ii. 4! – 3!
Sol:
i. 8! = 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 = 40320
ii. 4! – 3! = 4 3 2 1 – 3 2 1 = 24-6 = 18.
HANDBOOK 63
MATHEMATICS
2. Is 3! + 4! = 7!
Sol: 3! = 3 2 1 = 6
4! = 4 3 2 1 = 24
LHS = 3! + 4! = 6 + 24 = 30
RHS = 7! = 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 = 5040
3! + 4! 7!
8!
3. Compute
6! 2!
8! 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Sol: =
6! 2! 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2
8 7
= = 28
2 1
1 1 x
4. If , find x
6! 7! 8!
1 1 x
Sol: Let
6! 7! 8!
7 1 x x
8 x = 64
7! 8 X 7! 8
n!
5. Evaluate when i. n = 6, r = 2, ii. n = 9 , r = 5.
( n r )!
Sol: i. When n = 6, r = 2, then
n! 6! 6! 6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 30
(n r )! (6 2)! 4! 4 3 2 1
ii. When n = 9, r = 5, then
n! 9! 9! 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
9 8 7 6 5 15120
( n r )! (9 5)! 4! 4 3 2 1
Exercise 6(c)
Section - I
1. If n P = 1320, find n
3
Sol: Let nP = 1320
3
HANDBOOK 64
MATHEMATICS
n! n(n 1)(n 2)(n 3)!
1320 1320
n 3 ! n 3 !
n(n 1)(n 2) 1320 n(n 1)(n 2) 12 1110
n 12
2. If nP = 42 nP , find n
7 5
Sol: Let nP = 42 nP
7 5
n! n! n! n!
42 42
n 7 ! n 5 ! n 7 ! n 5 (n 6)(n 7)!
(n 5)(n 6) 42 (n 5)(n 6) 7 6 n 5 7 n 7 5 n 12
3. If ( n 1) P : nP6 2 : 7, find “n”
5
Sol: Let (n 1) P : nP 2 : 7
5 6
(n 1)! (n 1)n !
(n 1) P5 2
n 4 ! 2
n 4 (n 5)(n 6)! 2
nP6 7 n! 7 n! 7
n 6 ! n 6 !
( n 1) 2 ( n 1) 2 6 ( multiply by 6 to both Numerator &
( n 4)( n 5) 7 ( n 4)(n 5) 7 6 denominator on RHS)
n 1 2 6 or n 4 7 or n 5 6
n 1 12 or n 7 4 or n 6 5
n 12 1 n 11
4. If 12 P 5 12 P 13 P , find r
5 r 4
Sol: Let 12 P 5 12 P 13P (n 1) Pr r. n 1 P nP
5 4 r r1 r
Hence, r = 5.
5. If 1 8 Pr 1 : 1 7 Pr 1 9 : 7 , Find r ?
Sol: Let 1 8 Pr 1 : 1 7 Pr 1 9 : 7
18 Pr1 9 18! (17 (r 1)! 9
17 Pr 1 7 (18 ( r 1))! 17! 7
18 17! (18 r )! 9 18(18 r )! 9 18(18 r )! 9
19 r ! 17! 7 (19 r )! 7 (19 r )(18 r )! 7
HANDBOOK 65
MATHEMATICS
18 9
19 r 14 r 19 4
19 r 7
r 5
6. Find n, if (n 1) P3 : nP4 1: 9
Sol: Let (n 1) P3 : nP4 1: 9
( n 1) P3 1 (n 1)! ( n 4)! 1 (n 1)! 1
nP4 9 ( n 4)! n! 9 n! 9
( n 1)! 1
n 9
n( n 1)! 9
7. Find r, if (i) 5 P 2 6 P (ii) 5P r 6 P
r r r 1
5! 6! 5! 2 65
Sol: (i) Let 5P r 2 6 P 2
r
5 r ! (6 (r 1))! 5 r ! (7 r )!
1 12
(7 r )(6 r ) 12 7 r 4 or 6 r 3
5 r ! (7 r )(6 r )(5 r )!
r 7 4 or 6 3 r r 3 or r 3
Hence, r=3
(ii) Let 5 P 6 P
r r 1
5! 6! 5! 6 5!
5 r ! (6 (r 1))! 5 r ! (7 r )(6 r )(5 r )!
(7 r )(6 r ) 6 (7 r )(6 r ) 3 2
(7 r ) 3 or 6 r 2 r 7 3 or r 6 2
r 4 or r 4 r=4
8. A man has 4 sons and there are 5 schools within his reach. In how many ways can he
admit his sons in the schools so that no two of them will be in the same school.
Sol: The number of ways of admitting 4 sons into 5 schools, if no two of them will be in the
same school = 5 P = 5 4 3 2 1 = 120.
4
9. How many 3-digit numbers can be formed by using the digits 1 to 9 if no digit is
repeated?
Sol: If no digit is repeated the number of 3 digit numbers can be formed by using the digits 1
to 9 = 9 P3 = 9 8 7 = 540 ways.
10. How many 4-digit numbers are there with no digit repeated?
Sol: Let the digits be 0 to 9 and the 4 digit numbers are 10 P
4
HANDBOOK 66
MATHEMATICS
The number which have 0 in the beginning i.e., 3 – digit numbers out of 9 digits are
9P
3
4 – digit numbers which do not have zero in the beginning = 10P4 9P3 = 4536.
11. How many 3-digit even numbers that can be made using the digits 1,2,3,4,6,7 if no
digit is repeated?
Sol: Let 2 be fixed at unit place. Now we have 5 digits and 2 places are to be filled.
This can be done in 5 P numbers. When unit place filled up both 4 or 6 again in
2
each case, we have 5 P2 numbers.
3- digit even numbers are 3 5 P = 3 5 4 = 60.
2
12. Find the number of 4-digit number that can be formed using the digits 1,2,3,4,5 if no
digit is repeated. How many of them will be even?
Sol: i. the number of 4-digit numbers can be formed from given 5-digit = 5 P
4
5 P = 5 4 3 2 1 = 120.
4
ii. When 2 is at units place, then remaining 3 place can be filled in 4 P ways = 24 ways
3
When 4 is at units place, then 4-digit numbers are again = 24.
Numbers of even 4 – digit numbers = 24+24 = 48.
13. From a committee 8 persons, in how many ways we can choose a chairman and a
vice-chairman assuming one person can not hold more than one position?
Sol: Out of 8 persons chairman can choose in 8 ways. After selecting the chairman, we have
to choose a vice-chairman out of 7 persons in 7 ways.
Out of 8 persons, a chairman and a vice-chairman can be chosen in 8 7 = 56 ways.
14. Find the numbers of 4-digit numbers that can be formed using the digits 1,2,3,4,5,7,8
when repetition is allowed.
Sol: When repetition allowed the number of 4 – digit numbers = 6 4 = 1296.
15. Find the number of 5 letter words that can be formed using the letters of the word
RHYME if each letter can be used any numbers of times.
Sol: When repetition allowed the number of 5 – digit words = 55 = 3125.
16. Find the number of functions from a set A containing 5 elements into a set B
containing 4 elements
Sol: Number of functions = 45 = 1025.
17.Find the number of ways arranging the letters of the words.
i. MATHEMATICS ii. SINGING
HANDBOOK 67
MATHEMATICS
iii. PERMUTATION iv. COMBINATION
v. INTERMEDIATE
Sol: i. In the given word MATHEMATICS, there are 2A, 2M and 2T.
Total number of letters = 11.
11!
Number of ways of arrangements =
2!2!2!
7! (11)! (11)! (12)!
ii. iii. iv. v.
2!2!2! 2! 2!2!2! 3!2!2!
18. In how many of distinct permutations of the letters in MISSISSIPPI do the four I’s
not come together?
Sol: In the given word MISSISSIPPI, there are 4 I, 4S, 2P & 1M. Total letters are 11.
(11)!
Total number of permutations with no restriction =
4!4!2!
If we take 4 I’s as one letter then total letters become 11 – 4+1 = 8
(11)! 8!
The permutations when 4Is are not together = -
4!4!2! 4!2!
= 34650 – 840 = 33810
19. If there are 25 railway stations on a railway line, how many types of single second-
class tickets must be printed so as to enable a passenger to travel from one station to
another.
Sol: Number of railway stations on railway line = 25.
The number of second class tickets must be printed so as to enable a passenger to
travel one station to another = 25 P = 25 24 = 600.
2
20. Find the number of ways of arranging the letters of the work TRIANGLE so that
the relative positions of the vowels and consonants are not disturbed.
Sol: In the word TRIANGLE, number of vowels = 3 and number of consonants = 5
3 vowels can be arranged in their relative position in 3! Ways.
5 consonants can be arranged in their relative position in 5! Ways.
The number of required arrangements = 3! 5! = 6 120 = 710.
II
1. How many words with or without meaning can be made from the letters of the word
“MONDAY” assuming that no letter is repeated if
a. 4 letters are used at a time
b. All letters are used at a time
c. All letters are used but first letter is a vowel,
HANDBOOK 68
MATHEMATICS
Sol: In the word ‘MONDAY’ all letters are different.
a. Out of 6 different letters 4 letters can be selected in 6 P ways.
4
6! 6!
Required number of words = = 360.
6 4 ! 2!
b. The word ‘MONDAY’ has 6 letters.
6! 6!
Number of ways taking 6 letters at a time = 6 P 720.
6 6 ! 0!
6
c. First, we fix the vowel.In the word ‘MONDAY’, they two vowels A and O i.e.,
first letter can be chosen by 2 ways.
Number of ways taking 5 different letters from remaining 5 letters = 5P
5
Required number of words = 5P = 120.
5
Hence, total number of ways = 2 120 = 240
2. In how many ways can the letters of the word ‘PERMUTATIONS’ can be arranged
if
a. Words start with P and ends with S.
b. Vowels are all together.
c. There are always 4 letters between P & S.
Sol: a. Letters between P & S are ‘ERMUTATION’. These 10 letters having 2T’s.
10!
These letters can be arranged in = 1814400 ways.
2!
b. There are 12 letters in the word ‘PERMUTATIONS’ which has 2Ts and 5 vowels.
Consider these 5 vowels as one unit and these 5 vowels can be arranged in 5!
Ways.
Thus, there are 7 letters and 1 unit of 5 vowels with 2Ts.
8!
Required number of arrangements = 5! = 24,19,200
2!
c. There are 12 letters to be arranged in 12 places
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
P may be filled up at place no. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 and consequently S may be filled up at
place no. 6,7,8,9,10,11,12 leaving four places in between.
Now P & S may be filled in 7 ways. Similarly S & P may be filled in 7
ways.Remaining 10 letters having 2T’s.
10!
There can be arranged in ways.
2!
HANDBOOK 69
MATHEMATICS
Hence, word ‘PERMUTATIONS’ can be arranged when 4 letters between P &
10!
S=2 7 = 14 1814400 = 25401600.
2!
3. Find the sum of all 4-digited number that can be formed using the digits 0,2,4,7,8
without repetition
Sol: Given digits are 0,2,4,7,8
If ‘0’ is one digit among the given ‘n’ digits, then we get the sum of the r-digit
numbers that can formed using the given ‘n’ digits (0 n 9) is
{ ( n 1) p( r 1) Sum of the given digits 111 …… r times} - { ( n 2) p( r 2) Sum of the
given digits 111 …… (r-1) times}
Here n = 5, r = 4
Sum of 4 – digit numbers = { (51) p(41) (0+2+4+7+8) 1111}- { (5 2) p(42)
(0+2+4+7+8) 111} = ( 4 p3 21 1111) – ( 3 p2 21 111)
= 24 21 1111 – 6 21 111
= 21 (26664) – 21 (666) = 21 (26664 – 666) = 21 ( 25998) = 5,45,958.
4. Find the number of numbers that are greater than 4000 which can be formed using
the digits 0,2,4,6,8 without repetition.
Sol: Given digits are 0,2,4,6,8.
Zero can not be filled in the first place while forming any digit number.
We can fill the first place with the remaining 4 digits.
All 5-digit numbers are greater than 400.
Number of 5-digit numbers = 4 4! = 96.
In the 4-digit numbers the number starting with 4 or 6 or 8 are greater than 4000.
The number of 4-digit numbers which start 4 or 6 or 8 = 3 4 p3 = 3 24 = 72.
The number of numbers greater than 4000 = 96 +72 = 168.
III
1. Find the number of ways of arranging 10 students A1, A2,….A10 in a row such that
a. A1, A2, A3 sit together
b. A1, A2, A3 sit in a specified order,
c. A1, A2, A3 sit together in a specified order.
Sol: A1, A2,…….. A10 are 10 students
a. Let us consider A1, A2, A3 be one unit.
These 3 students can arrange in one unit = 3! Ways.
Then total number of units = 7+1 = 8
These 8 units can be arranged in 8! Ways
HANDBOOK 70
MATHEMATICS
Total number of arrangements = 3! 8!
Hence, the number of ways of arrangements that A1, A2, A3 can sit together = 3! 8!
b. Let A1, A2, A3 sit in a specified order.
10 P 10!
A1, A2, A3 can arrange in 10 positions in specified order in 3
= ways.
3! 7! 3!
A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, A10 these 7 students can arrange remaining 7 places in 7! Ways.
10! 10!
Number of ways of A1, A2, A3 sit in a specified order = 7! = = 10 P
7! 3! 3! 3
c. Let A1, A2, A3 consider as one unit. Then total number of units = 7+1 = 8
These 8 units can be arranged in 8! Ways.
A1, A2, A3 sit together in a specified order = 8! Ways.
2. Find the sum of 4-digit numbers that can be formed using the digits 1,2,4,5,6 without
repetition.
Sol: The sum of all r-digit numbers that can be formed using given ‘n’ non-zero digits
(1 r 9) is ( n 1)
p( r 1) sum of given digits 111….r times.
Given digits are 1,2,4,5,6 i.e., n=5 & r = 4
The sum of 4-digit number = (51)
p(41) (1+2+4+5+6) 1111
= 4 p3 18 1111 = 4,79,952.
3. 9 different letters of an alphabet are given find the sum of 4 letter words that can be
formed using these 9 letters which have
a. No letter is repeated
b. At least one letter is repeated
Sol: The number of 4 letter words that can be formed from 9 different letters of an
alphabet when repetition is allowed = 94 = 6561
i. The number of 4 letter words that can be formed 9 different letters of an
alphabet when no letter is repeated = 9 P = 9 8 7 6 = 3024.
4
ii. The number of 4 letter words that can be formed from 9 different letter of an
alphabet with at least on letter is repeated = 94 - 9 P = 6561 – 3024 = 3537
4
4. Find the number of 4-digit numbers that can be formed using the digits 0,1,2,3,4,5
which are divisible by 6 when repetition of the digits is allowed.
Sol:
5 ways 6 ways 6 ways 6 ways
Given digits 0,1,2,3,4,5 these are consecutive digits.
HANDBOOK 71
MATHEMATICS
Total number of 4-digit numbers = 5 63
Among these total numbers some of the numbers are divisible by 6.
By fixing first places with some fixed digits from 1,2,3,4,5 and 2nd, 3rd places with some
fixed digits 0,1,2,3,4,5 we get the following consecutive numbers:
a1,a2,a3,0
a1,a2,a3,1
a1,a2,a3,2
a1,a2,a3,3
a1,a2,a3,4
a1,a2,a3,5
We know that out of any 6 consecutive integers exactly 1 is divisible by 6.
1/6th of these 5 6 3 numbers are divisible by 6.
1
Required number = 5 63 = 5 36 = 180.
6
5. Find the number of ways of arranging the letters of the word ‘ASSOCIATIONS’. In
how many of them
a. All the three S’s come together,
b. The two A’s do not come together.
Sol: The word “ASSOCIATIONS’ has 12 letters in which 2 A’s, 3S’s, 2O’s and 2I’s and rest
are different.
(12)!
They can arrange in ways.
2!3!2!2!
i. Let consider 3S’s as one unit.
Then the number of units = 9+1=10. Here 2 A’s , 2O’s and 2I’s.
(10)! 3!
They can arrange in ways and 3S’s can arrange in = 1 way
2!2!2! 3!
(10)!
The number of arrangements that all 3S’s come together = 1 ways
2!2!2!
(10)!
= ways.
2!2!2!
ii. 2A’s do not come together.
First arranging the remaining 10 letters in which there are 3 S’s, 2O’s and 2I’s are
alike and rest are different.
(10)!
These can arranged = ways
3!2!2!
HANDBOOK 72
MATHEMATICS
There are 11 gaps between them.
11P
The 2A’s can be arranged in these 11 gaps in 2
ways.
2!
(10)! 11P2
Number of arrangements =
3!2!2! 2!
Exercise 6(d)
I)
1. If n c8 n c2 , find n c2
Sol: Since n cr n cn r , Let n c8 n c2
Now n c2 n cn 2 n c8 n cn 2 8 = n – 2 n = 8 + 2 = 10.
10! 9 10
Now, n c2 10 c2 = = = 45
2!8! 1 2
2. Determine n, if
a. 2 n c3 : n c3 12 :1
b. 2n
c3 : n c3 11:1
Sol: a. Given c3 : c3 12 :1
2n n
(2n)! 3!(n 3)! 12
3! 2n 3 ! n! 1
2.2.n ( n 1)(2n 1) 12
n( n 1)( n 2) 1
(2 n 1) 3
2n 1 3n 6 1 6 3n 2n n = 5
( n 2) 1
2n
c3 : n c3 11:1
b. Given
(2n)! 3!( n 3)! 11
3! 2n 3 ! n! 1
2n (2 n 1)(2n 2) 11 4(2n 1) 11
8n 4 11n 22
n ( n 1)( n 2) 1 n2 1
18
4 22 11n 8n 18 3n n 6.
3
3. How many chords can be drawn through 21 points on a circle
Sol: We get a chord by gaining two points, if P is the number of chords from 21 points,
(21)! (21)! 21 20 (19)!
then P = 21c2 = = = 210 chords.
2! 21 2 ! 2!19 ! 2 1 19 !
HANDBOOK 73
MATHEMATICS
4. In how many ways can a team of 3 boys and 3 girls be selected from 5 boys and 4
girls?
Sol: 3 boys out of 5 boys can be selected in 5 c3 ways.
3 girls out of 4 girls can be selected in 4 c3 ways.
No. of ways in which 3 boys and 3 girls are selected = 5 c3 4 c3 ways
= 10 4 = 40 ways.
5. If n c4 = 210, find n.
Sol: Let n c4 = 210
n!
=210 n(n 1)(n 2)( n 3) 210 24
4! n 4 !
n (n 1)( n 2)( n 3) 10 9 8 7
n = 10
6. If 12 cr = 495, find the possible values of r
Sol: Let 12 cr 495 = 11 9 5
12 11 9 5 2 12 1110 9 (12)! 12
cr
12
= = c8 or 12 c4
12 2 4 3 2 1 8!4!
r = 4 or 8
( n 1)
7. If 10 n c2 = 3 c3 , find n
( n 1)
Sol: Let 10 n c2 = 3 c3
n! (n 1)!
10 3
2! n 2 ! 3! n 1 3 !
10 n(n-1) = (n+1)n(n-1) 10 = n+1 n = 10-1 n=9
8. If 15 c2 r 1 15 c2 r 4 , find r
Sol: Since, if n cr n cs n = r + s or r = s
Let 15 c2 r 1 15 c2 r 4 (2r – 1) + (2r+4) = 15
12
4r +3 = 15 4r = 15 – 3 4r = 12 r = =3
4
9. If 12 cr 1 12 c3r 5 , find r
Sol: Let 12 cr 1 12 c3 r 5
HANDBOOK 74
MATHEMATICS
r + 1 = 3r – 5 r – 3r = -5 – 1 -2r = -6 r = 3
10. If n c5 n c6 , then find 13cn
Sol: Let n c5 n c6
n = 5 + 6 = 11
13! 13 X 12
Now 13cn 13c11 = = = 78.
2!11 ! 2 X1
II)
1. Find the number of ways of selecting 9 balls from 6 red balls, 5 white balls and 5
blue balls. If each selection consists of 3 balls of each colour
Sol: The no. of ways of selecting 3 red balls out of 6 red balls = 6C3 .
The no. of ways of selecting 3 white balls out of 5 white balls = 5C3
The no. of ways of selecting 3 blue balls out of 5 blue balls = 5C3
The no. of ways selecting 3 balls of each colour = 6C3 5C3 5C3
= 20 10 10 = 2000.
2. Determine the number of 5 card combinations out of a deck of 52 cards if there is
exactly one ace in each combination.
Sol: One ace will be selected from four aces and four cards will be selected from
52-4 = 48 cards. If P is the required no. of ways, then
48! 48! 48 47 46 45 (44)!
P = 4C1 48C4 = 4 = = 4
4! 48 4 ! 4! 44 ! 4 3 2 1 (44)!
P = 778320 ways.
3. In how many ways can select a cricket team of eleven from 17 players in which only
5 players can bowl if each cricket team of 11 must include exactly 5 bowlers?
Sol: Total players = 17, Bowlers = 5 & Non bowlers = 12
Team of 11 players is to be selected having exactly 4 bowlers.
No. of ways = 5C4 12C7
= 5 792
= 3960.
4. A bag contain 5 black and 6 red balls. Determine the number of ways in which 2
black and 3 red balls can be selected.
HANDBOOK 75
MATHEMATICS
Sol: The no. of ways in which 2 black balls out of 5 black balls are selected = 5C2
The no. of ways in which 3 red balls out of 6 red balls are selected = 6C3
Total no. of ways in which 2 black balls and 3 red balls can be selected is
5C2 6C3 = 10 20 = 200.
5. In how many ways can a student choose a program of 5 courses, if 9 courses are
available and 2 specific courses are compulsory for every student ?
Sol: Total no. of available courses = 9
Out of these, 5 courses have to be chosen. But it is given that 2 courses are
compulsory for every student i.e., you have to choose only 3 courses instead of 5, out
of 7 instead of 9.
7! 7 65
It can be done in 7C3 ways = = = 35 ways.
3!4! 6
( n 3)
6. Prove that for 3 r n, Cr 3 ( n 3)C( r 1) 3 ( n3)C( r 2) ( n 3)C( r 3) nCr
( n 1)
Sol: Since nC( r 1) nCr Cr , Given can be taken as
( n 3)
Cr ( n 3)C( r 1) 2 ( n 3)C( r 1) ( n 3)C( r 2) ( n 3)C( r 2) ( n 3)C( r 3)
( n 2)
= Cr 2( n 2)C( r 1) ( n 2)C( r 2)
( n 2)
= Cr ( n 2)C( r 1) ( n2)C( r 1) ( n 2)C( r 2)
( n 1)
= Cr ( n1)C( r 1)
( n 11)
= Cr = n C r
4
7. Simplify 34C5 38 r C4
r 0
( n 1)
Sol: Since nC( r 1) nCr Cr
4
Now C5
(38 r )
34
C4 = 34C5 34C4 35C4 36C4 37C4 38C4
r 0
= 35C5 35C4 36C4 37C4 38C4
= 36C5 36C4 37C4 38C4
= 37C5 37C4 38C4
= 38C5 38C4 = 39C5
HANDBOOK 76
MATHEMATICS
8. In a class there are 30 students. If each student plays chess game with each of the
other student, then find the total number of chess games played by them.
Sol: Total no. of students = 30
Each student plays chess game, then the total no. of chess games played by them =
30
C2 = 435.
9. Find the number of ways of selecting 3 vowels and 2 consonants from the letters of
the word “EQUATION”
Sol: No. of Vowels in the word “EQUATION” is 5 (i.e., A,E,I,O,U) and no. of consonants
is 3 (i.e., Q,T,N)
3 vowels can be selected from 5 vowels in 5C3 = 10 ways
2 consonants can be selected from 3 consonants in 3C2 = 3 ways
Hence, the required no. of ways of selecting vowels and 2 consonants
= 10 3 = 30ways
10. Find the number of diagonals of a polygon with 12 sides.
n(n 3)
Sol: The no. of diagonals of a polygon with ‘n’ sides =
2
Put n = 12
12(12 3)
No. of diagonals of a polygon with 12 slides = = 54
2
11. If n persons are sitting in a row, find the number of ways of selecting two
persons, who are sitting adjacent to each other.
Sol: The no. of ways of selecting 2 persons out of ‘n’ persons sitting in a row, who are
sitting adjacent to each other = (n-1)
1 3
n 1
a1 , a2 a3 , a4 ,.. an 1 , an 2 ……… a , a
n 1
n
2
III
4n
c2 n 1.3.5.........(4n 1)
1. Prove that
2n
cn {1.3.5.........(2n 1}2
n!
Sol: Since n cr
r ! n r !
HANDBOOK 77
MATHEMATICS
(4n)!
4n
c (2n)! 2n ! (4 n)! n !n !
2n 2n =
cn 2n ! (2n )!(2 n)! (2 n)!
n !n !
4n 4n 1 4n 2 ......3.21 n !n !
2n 2n 1 2n 2 ......3.21 2n !
(4n 4n 2 ....2) 4n 1 4n 3 ....3.1 n !n !
2
2 n 2 n 2 ....4.2
2
2 n 1 2 n 3 ....3.1
2n !
2. 2n 2n 1 2n 2 ....2.1 4n 1 4n 3 ....3.1 n !n!
n
2 .n n 1 n 2 ....2.1 2n 1 2n 3 .....3.1 2n !
n 2 2
2 2 n 2n ! 4n 1 4n 3 .....3.1 n !
2
22 n. n ! 2n 1 2n 3 .....3.1 2n !
2 2
4n 1 4n 3 ....3.1
2n 1 2n 3 ....3.1
2
4n
C2 n 1.3.5..... 4n 1
1.3.5..... 2n 1
2n 2
Cn
2. If a set A has 12 elements , find the number of subset of a having
(i) 4 elements (ii) At least 3 elements (iii) At most 3 elements.
Sol: The no.of elements in a set A = 12
(i)The number of subsets of A with exactly 4 elements = 12C4 495
(ii) The required subsets contains at least3 elements . Number of subsets of A with
exactly O elements= 12Co
No. of subsets of A with exactly 1 element = 12C1
No. Of subsets of A with exactly 2 element = 12C2
Total No. Of subsets of A formed 212
The no. of subsets of A with at least 3 elements
212 12C0 12C1 12C2 4096 1 12 66 4096 79 4017 .
iii) The required subsets contains at most 3 elements.
No. of subsets of A with exactly 0 elements = 12C0 ,
HANDBOOK 78
MATHEMATICS
No. of subsets of A with exactly 1 elements = 12C1
No. of subsets A with exactly 2 elements = 12C2
No. Of subsets A with exactly 3 elements = 12C3 .
The no. of subsets of A with at most 3 elements
12C0 12C1 12C2 12C3 1 12 66 220 299
3. There are 8 railway stations along a railway line . In how many ways can a train be
stopped at 3 of these stations such that no two of them are consecutive.
8C3
Sol: We can select 3 stations out of 8 stations in ways =56 ways
No. Of ways of selecting 3 out of 8 stations such that 3 are consecutive = 6.
Number of ways selecting 3 out of 8 stations such that 2 of them are consecutive
2 5 5 4 10 20 30
No. of ways of a train to be stopped at 3 of 8 stations such that no two of them are
consecutive 56 6 30 20 .
(or)
No. of ways = n r 1C . Here n 8 , r 3
r
No. Of ways = 8 3 1C
3
6! 4 5 6
6C3 20.
3!3! 3 2 1
4. A question paper is divided into 3 sections A, B,C containing 3,4,5 questions
respectively. Find the number of ways of attempting 6 questions. Choosing at least one
from each section.
Sol: The selection of question may be of the following
Sec A(3) Sec B (4) Sec C(5)
3 2 1
3 1 2
2 3 1
2 2 2
2 1 3
1 4 1
1 3 2
1 2 3
1 1 4
Total number of ways
HANDBOOK 79
MATHEMATICS
3 C3 .4 C2 .5 C1 3C3 .4 C1.5 C2 3C2 .4 C3 .5 C1 3C2 .4 C2 .5 C2 3C2 .4 C1.5 C3
C1 . C4 . C1 C1. C3 . C2 3C1.4 C2 .5 C3 3C1.4 C1.5 C4 805
3 4 5 3 4 5
5. A Class contain 4 boys and g girls. Every Sunday, 5 students with at least 3 boys go
for a picnic. A different group is being sent every week. During the picnic, the class
teacher gives each girl in the group doll. If the total number of dolls distributed is 85
find g.
Sol: Since the group contains 5 students with at least 3 boys, the students of the group may be
of the following two types.
1) 3 boys and 2 girls
2) 4 boys and 1 girl.
In 1st case the no. of ways of select 4C 3 gC1 2 g g 1
In 2nd case the no. of ways to select 4C 4 gC1 g
The total no. of dolls given by class teacher
2 2 g g 1 g 4 g 2 4 g g 4 g 2 3 g
.
Given that 4 g 2 3g 85 4 g 2 3 g 85 0 g 5 4 g 17 0
g 5
Exercise 6(e)
I.
1. A committee of 7 has to be formed from 9 boys and 4 girls. In how many ways can
this be done when the committee consist of (i) exactly 3 girls (ii) at least 3 girls (iii)
almost 3 girls?
Sol: (i) No. of ways of for Ming a committee with exactly 3 girls 4C3 9C4 504 ways.
(ii) Atleast 3 girls
Boys (9) Girls (4) Total (7)
4 3 7
3 4 7
Required no. of ways 9C 4C 9C 4C 504 84 588 .
4 3 3 4
(iii) Required no. of ways 9C7 9C0 9C6 9C1 9C5 9C2 9C4 9C3 ways 1632 ways .
2. It is required to seat 5 men and 4 women in a row so that the women occupy the even
places. How many such arrangements are possible?
Sol: Total numbers = 5 men +4 women = 9 members and 9 places
Even places = 4 women in 4 every places in 4 P ways = 4! ways .
4
HANDBOOK 80
MATHEMATICS
and we arrange 5 men in remaining 5 places in 5P ways = 5! ways.
5
By the fundamental principal of counting, total no. of seating arrangements = 4! 5!
24 120 2880 .
3. In how many ways can the letters of the word ASSASSINATION be arranged so that
all the S’s. are together.
Sol: In the word ASSASSINATION, consider 4S’s as one unit. Then total no. of units are 10.
In these 3A, 2I, 2N and remain each of one letters.
No. of arrangements 10 ! =151200 ways.
3!2!2!
II
1. How many words, with or without meaning , each of 2 vowels and 3 consonants can
be formed from the letters of the word DAUGHTER?
Sol: The word DAUGHTER consists of 3 vowels and 5 consonants.
3 5 4
2 vowels and 3 consonants may be selected in 3C 2 5C3 30 ways.
1 2 1
Also 5 letters can be arranged in 5! Ways i.e 120.
No. of words formed by 2 vowels and 3 consonants are selected from the word
DAUGHTER 30 120 3600 .
2. How many words, with or without meanings can be formed using all the letters of the
word EQUATION at a time so that the vowels and consonants occurs together?
Sol: In the word EQUATION, no. of vowels are 5 and consonants are 3.
5 vowels can be arranged in 5! Ways
3 consonants can be arranged in 3! Ways
These two blocks can be arranged in 2! Ways.
Required no. of ways = 5! 3! 2! 1440 ways .
3. If the different permutations of all the letter of the word EXAMINATION are listed
as in a dictionary, how many words are there in this list before the first word starting
with E?
Sol: The letters of given word are, A,A,E,I,I,M,N,N,O,T,X…i.e. Words starting with A are
formed with the letters 2 I ' s, 2 N ' s, A, E, X , M , T , O (total 10 letters)
No. of words formed by these letters 907200 ways.
10 !
2!2!
4. How many 6-digits numbers can be formed from the digits 0,1,3,5,7 and 9 which are
divisible by 10 and no digit is repeated ?
HANDBOOK 81
MATHEMATICS
Sol:
remaining 5 places can be filled by
the five digits 1,3,5,7, and 9 in 5! Ways = 120.
Required numbers = 120.
5. The English alphabet has 5 vowels and 21 consonants, how many words with two
different vowels and two different consonants can be formed from alphabet ?
Sol: 2 vowels can be select from 5 in 5C2 ways .
2 consonants can be select from 21 in 21C2 ways
No.of words formed 5C 21C 2100
2 2
In these 2100 selections has 4 letters which can be arranged in 41 ways .
Required no. of different words 2100 4! 50400 .
III
1. In an examination, a question paper consists of 12 questions divided into two parts i.e
Part I and Part II, containing 5 and 7 questions respectively. A student is required to
attempt 8 questions in all selecting at least 3 from each part. In how many ways can
students select the questions?
Sol: Question paper consists of 12 questions.
A student is required to attempt 8 questions in all selecting at least 3 from each part.
Part- I (5) Part-II (7) Questions attempt (8)
3 5 8
4 4 8
5 3 8
Total no. of ways = 5C 7C 5C 7C 5C 7C 210 175 35 420
3 5 4 4 5 3
2. Determine the number of 5 cards combining out of deck of 52 cards if each selection
of 5 cards has exactly one king.
Sol: One king selected from 4 cards of kings is 4C1
Remaining 4 cards should be select from 52-4 = 48 cards. These are in 48C4 ways.
Hence total no. of ways 4C1 48C4
3. From a class of 25 students, 10 are to be chosen for an excursion party, There are 3
students, who decide that either all of them will join on none of them will join. In how
many ways can the excursion party be chosen ?
Sol: Here we have two cases
Case : (i) If all the three students will join party then, we have to select 7 students out of
22 students .
HANDBOOK 82
MATHEMATICS
Case: (ii)If all the three students will not go for the party then we have to select 10
students out of 22 students. These can be 22C7 ways in case (i) or 22C10 ways in case (ii) .
Total no. of ways = 22C 22C .
7 10
Multiple choice questions
1) Sol.: A student has 5 pants and 8 shirts. Then the number of ways in which he can
wear the dress in different combinations as 5 8 40 .
2) Sol:
n n 1 n 2 n 3 8 7 6 5
n 8
3) Sol:
If nP 1320
r
nPr 12 11 10 12 P 3
r 3
4) Sol:
A man has 3 sons and 6 schools within his reach. Then he can send has sons to school
in 6 P ways. Since no two of his sons read in the same school.
3
5) Sol:The letters {T,U,E,S,D,A,V} are 7. These can arranged in 7! 5040 ways.
6) Sol: The expansion of a b c is aaaa bbb cccc a ' s 4, b ' s 3, c ' s 5 and total – 12
4 3 5
letters.
No. of arrangements = ways.
12 !
4!3!5!
7) Sol: When repetition is allowed, the number of 4- digit numbers from 1,2,3,4,5,6 are
64 .
8) Sol: 8 men + 4 women = 12 members can arrange 12 ! in row.
9) Sol:
1080 23 33 5'
No. of divisors 3 1 3 11 1 = 32 .
10) Sol:
The no. of ways selecting 4 boys out of 8 8C4 .
The no. of ways selecting 3 girls out of 5 5C3 .
Total no. of ways 8C 5C
4 3
11) Sol:
If 12 cr 1 12 c2 r 5 s 1 2s 5 s 6
12) Sol:
HANDBOOK 83
MATHEMATICS
10 10 3
No. of diagonals 35.
2
13) Sol:
n n 3
54
2
n 12
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (KEY)
1) 4 2) 2 3) 1 4) 1 5) 2 6) 4 7) 3 8) 3 9) 3 10) 2
11) 4 12) 1 13) 4
***************
HANDBOOK 84
MATHEMATICS
7. Binomial Theorem
Exercise – 7(a)
I. Expand each of the expressions.
1. (1 2 x )5
Sol.: (1 2 x )5 = 5co (1)5 (-2 x )0 + 5c 1 (1)4 (-2 x )1 + 5c 2 (1)3 (-2 x )2 + 5c 3 (1)2 (-2 x )3+ 5c 4 (1)1
(-2 x )4 + 5c 5 (1)0 (-2 x )5
= 1+5(-2 x ) +10(4 x 2)+10(-8 x 3)+5(16 x 4)+1(-32 x 5)
(1 2 x)5 = 1 – 10 x + 40 x 2 – 80 x 3 + 80 x 4 – 32 x 5
5
2 x
2.
x 2
Sol.
5 3
5 0 4 1 2
2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x
= 5c 0 - + 5c1 - + 5c 2 -
x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
2 1 0
3 4 5
2 x 2 x 2 x
+ 5c - + 5c - + 5c -
3 x 2 4 x 2 5 x 2
8 x 4 x 2 x x5
2 3 4
32 16 x
= 1 5 + 5 4 + 10 3 + 10 2 + 5 + 1
x x 2 x 4 x 8 x 16 32
5 3 5
2 x 32 40 20 5x x
∴ = 5 - 3 + -5 x + -
x 2 x x x 8 32
3. (2 x 3) 6
Sol.: (2 x 3)6 = 6c (2 x )6 (-3)0 + 6c (2 x )5 (-3)1 + 6c (2 x )4 (-3)2 + 6c (2 x )3 (-3)3
0 1 2 3
+ 6c (2 x )2 (-3)4 + 6c (2 x )1 (-3)5 + 6c (2 x )0 (-3)6
4 5 6
= 1(64 x 6) +6(32 x 5)(-3) +15 (16 x 4 )(9)+20(8 x 3)(-27) +15(4 x 4 )(81) + 6(2 x )(-243) + 1(729)
= 64 x 6 – 576 x 5+ 2160 x 4 - 4320 x 3 + 4860 x 2 – 2916 x + 729.
5
x 1
4.
3 x
Sol.:
5 4 3
5 0 1 2
x 1 x 1 x 1 x 1
= 5c 0 + 5c1 + 5c 2
3 x 3 x 3 x 3 x
2 1 0
3 4 5
x 1 x 1 x 1
+ 5c - + 5c - + 5c 5 -
3 3 x 4 3 x 3 x
HANDBOOK 85
MATHEMATICS
x5 x4 1 x3 1 x2 1 x 1 1
= 1 + 5 + 10 2 + 10 3 + 5 4 + 1 5
243 81 x 27 x 9 x 3 x x
5 3
x 5x 10 x 10 5 1
= + + + + 3 + 5
243 81 27 9x 3x x
6
1
5. x
x
6 0 1 2 3
1 61 51 41 3 1
x = 6c 0 x + 6c 1 x + 6c 2 x + 6c 3 x
Sol: x x x x x
4 5 6
1 1 1 01
+ 6c x + 6c x + 6c ( x
2
4 x 5 x 6 x
1 1 1 1 1 1
= 1( x 6 ) + 6( x5 ) +15 ( x 4 ) 2 + 20(x3) 3 +15( x 2 ) 4 + 6( x ) 5 + 1 6
x x x x x x
6
1 6 4 2 15 6 1
∴ x = x + 6 x + 15 x + 20 + 2 + 4 + 6
x x x x
4x 5 y
7
6.
4x 5 y =
7
4x 5 y + 7 c 4 x 5 y + 7 c 4 x 5 y + 7c 4 x 5 y
7 0 6 1 5 2 4 3
7c
0 1 2 3
Sol:
4x 5 y + 7c 4 x 5 y + 7c 4 x 5 y + 7 c 4 x 5 y
3 4 2 5 1 6 0 7
+ 7c
4 5 6 7
7
7c r 4 x 5 y
7 r r
=
r0
5
2 7
7. x y
3 4
5 5 0 4 1 3 2
2 7 2x 7 y 2x 7 y 2x 7 y
x y = 5c 5c
0 3 4 + 1 3 4 +
5c
Sol: 3 4 2 3 4
2 3 1 4 0 5
2x 7 y 2x 7 y 2x 7 y
5 5 5
+ c 3 3 4 + c 4 3 4 + c 5 3 4
5 r r
5
2x 7y
=
r 0
5c r
3
4
2 p 3q
8.
5 7
6
6 0 5 1 4 2
2 p 3q 2 p 3q 2 p 3q 2 p 3q
= 6c + 6c 1 + 6c 2 + 6c 3
Sol: 5 7 0 5 7 5 7 5 7
HANDBOOK 86
MATHEMATICS
3 3 2 4 1 5
2 p 3q 2 p 3q 2p 3q
+ 6c
4 5 + 6c
5 5 + 6c
5 7 7 7 6
0 6
2 p 3q
5 7
6 r r
2p
6
3q
r 0
6c r
=
5
7
9. Write down and simplify
9
th 2x 3 y
i) 6 term in
3 2
95 5
2x 3y
T6 = T 5+1 = 9c
Sol:
5
3 2
4 5
2x 3y
= 126
3 2
24 35
= 126 4 5 x4 y5
3 2
3
=126 x4 y 5
2
=189 x 4 y 5
ii) 7th term in 3x 4 y
10
3x 4 y
10 6 6
T7 T6 1 10c
6
Sol:
= 210 3x 4 y
4 6
= 210 (34 ) ( 46 ) x 4 y6
14
3p
iii) 10th term in 5q
4
14 9
3p
T10 T9 1 14c
9
4
5 2 9
Sol:
5
3p
= 2002 52
9
4
2002(35 )(59 ) 5 9
=
45
pq
8
3a 56
iv) r term in , 1 r 8
th
4 7
8 ( r 1) r 1
3a 56
Sol: Tr = Tr-1+1 = 8c
r 1
5
7
HANDBOOK 87
MATHEMATICS
9 r r 1
3a 56
= 8c
r 1 5 7
7
x3
v) Write the middle term in 3
6
th th
7 1 7 1
Sol: Middle terms are term, 1 term i.e T4, T5 are middle terms.
2 2
3
x3 4
i) T4 T31 7 c (3)
3
6
4
x3
3
ii) T5 T4 1 7 c (3)
4 6
10
x
vi) Write the middle term in 9 y
3
th
10 th
1 = 6 term is middle term i.e T6
Sol.: 2
5
x
T6 T5 1 10c 9y
5
5
3
Write the 4th term in x 2 y
12
vii)
x 2 y
9 3
T4 T31 12c
3
18
th 1
viii) Write the 13 term in 9 x , x0
3 x
12
6 1
T13 T121 18c 9x
12
3 x
9
3a b
10) Find the number of terms in the expansion of i) , ii) 3 p 4q
14
4 2
Sol.: i) No. of terms = 9+1=10
ii) No. of terms = 14+1=15
II
Using Binomial theorem, evaluate the following 96
3
1)
96 = 100 4
3 3
Sol.:
HANDBOOK 88
MATHEMATICS
= 3c (100) (-4) + 3c (100)2(-4)1 + 3c (100)1(-4)2+ 3c (100)0(-4)3
3 0
0 1 2 3
= (100)3 – 3(100)2(4) + 3(100)(4)2 – (4)3
= 1000000 – 120000 + 4800 – 64 = 884736
Using Binomial theorem, evaluate the following 102
5
2)
102 = 100 2
5 5
Sol.:
= 5c (100)5(2)0+ 5c (100)4(2)1+ 5c (100)3(2)2+ 5c (100)2(2)3
0 1 2 3
1 4 0 5
+ 5c (100) (2) + 5c 5 (100) (2)
4
= (100)5+ 5(100)4(2) + 10(100)3(2)2+ 10(100)2(2)3 +5(100)(2)4 + (2)5
= 10000000000+1000000000 + 40000000+800000+ 8000 +32 =
11040808032
Using Binomial theorem, evaluate the following 101
4
3)
101 = 100 1
4 4
Sol.:
= 4c (100)4(1)0 + 4c (100)3(1)1 + 4c (100)2(1)2 + 4c (100)1(1)3 + 4c
0 1 2 3 4
(100)0(1)4
= (100)4 + 4(100)3 + 6(100)2 + 4(100)1 + 1
= 100000000 + 4000000 + 60000 + 1
= 104060401
Using Binomial theorem, evaluate the following 99
5
4)
99 = 100 1
5 5
Sol.:
= 5c (100)5(-1)0+ 5c (100)4(-1)1+ 5c (100)3(-1)2 + 5c (100)2(-1)3
0 1 2 3
1 4 0 5
+ 5c (100) (-1) + 5c (100) (-1)
4 5
= (100) -5(100) + 10(100)3 - 10(100)2 + 5(100) – 1
5 4
= 10000000000 – 500000000 + 10000000 – 100000 + 500 – 1
= 10010000500 – 500100001
= 9509900499
5) Using Binomial theorem, indicate which is larger (1.1)10000 or 1000.
Sol: (1.1)1000 = (1+0.1)10000
= 10000C + 10000C1 0.1 + Other positive terms.
1
0
=1 + 10000 X 0.1 + Other positive terms 1001 other positive terms.
= >1000
Hence, (1.1)10000 > 1000
Find a b - a b . Hence, evaluate ( 3 + 2 ) 4 - ( 3 - 2) 4
4 4
6)
Sol: Using Binomial Theorem, the expressions, a b - a b , can be expanded as
4 4
a b - a b
4 4
= a b - a b = 4C a 4 b 0 + 4C1 a 3b1 + 4C2 a 2b 2 + 4C3 a1b3 + 4C a 0b4
4 4
0 4
HANDBOOK 89
MATHEMATICS
-[ 4C0 a 4b 0 - 4C1 a 3b1 + 4C2 a 2b 2 - 4C3 a1b3 + 4C a 0b4 ]
4
3 1 1 3
= 2[ 4C1 a b + 4C3 a b ]
= 2[ 4a 3 b + 4ab3 ]
=8ab (a 2 b 2 )
Now putting a = 3 and b = 2 , we have
3 2 3 2
2 2
( 3 + 2 )4 - ( 3 - 2 )4 = 8
= 8 6 (3+2) = 40 6
6 6
7) Find ( x +1)6 + ( x -1)6. Hence or otherwise evaluate 2 1) 2 1
Sol: Using Binomial Theorem, the expressions, x 1 + x 1 , can be expanded as
6 6
x 1 + x 1
6 6
x 1 + x 1 = 6C0 x 610 + 6C1 x 511 + 6C2 x 412 + 6C3 x 313 + 6C4 x 214 + 6C5 x115 + 6C6 x 016
6 6
+
6 x 1 6 x 1 6 x 412 6 x313 6 x 214 6C x115 6 x 016
6 0 5 1
C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 5 C6
= 2 6C0 x 6C2 x 6C4 x 6C6
6 4 2
=2( x 6+15 x 4+15 x 2+1)
Now putting x = 2 , we have
2 1) 2 1 = 2 2 15 2 15 2 1
6 6 6 4 2
= 2(8+60+30+1)
= 198.
n 1
8) Show that 9 8n 9 is divisible by 64, whenever n is a positive integer.
Sol: Using Binomial Theorem,
1 x
n 1
= n 1C x 0 + n 1C x1 + n 1C x 2 +……………+ n 1C x n 1
0 1 2 n1
Now putting x=8, we have
1 8
n1
= n 1C 80 + n 1C 81 + n 1C 82 +………….+ n 1C 8n 1
0 1 2 n1
9 = 1+(n+1)(8) + 8 n 1C ......... n 1Cn18
n1 2 n 1
2
9n1 1 8 n 1 64 n 1C ......... n 1C 8n 1
2 n1
9 - 8n - 9 = 64 n 1C ......... n 1C 8
n1
2 n 1
n 1
Now, RHS is divisible by 64 for all possible integers n. So, LHS is also divisible by 64.
n1
Hence, 9 - 8n – 9 is divisible by 64, whenever n is a positive integer.
n
9) Prove that 3 nC
r 0
r
r
= 4n
n
Sol: LHS = 3 nC
r 0
r
r
= 30 nC 31 nC 32 nC .......... 3n 1 nC 3n nCn
0 1 2 n1
HANDBOOK 90
MATHEMATICS
= nC 3 nC 3 nC 3 .......... nCn1 3n 1 nCn 3n
0 1 2
0 1 2
= (1+3)n = 4n
= RHS
10) Using Binomial Theorem prove that 50n – 49n – 1 is divisible by 492 for all positive
integers n.
Sol: 50n – 49n – 1 = (49+1)n – 49n – 1
= nC0 49 n nC1 49 n 1 .......... nCn2 49 2 nCn1 491 nCn 490 – 49n – 1
n1
= nC0 49 nC1 49 .......... nCn2 49 nCn1 49 1 49n 1
n 2 1
= 49 nC0 49n 1 nC1 49n 2 .......... nCn2 491 49n 1 49n 1
= 492 nC0 49n 2 nC1 49 n 3 .......... nCn2
This is divisible by 492 for all n.
∴50n – 49n – 1 is divisible by 492 for all positive integers n.
Exercise – 7(b)
I
1. If a and b are distinct integers, prove that a – b is a factor of an – bn , whenever n
is a positive integer. [Hint write an = (a – b + b)n and expand]
Sol: Here, an = (a – b + b)n = [(a – b) + b]n
By using Binomial Theorem, the expression [(a – b) + b]n can be expanded as
nC0 (a b)n b0 nC1 (a b)n1 b1 nC2 (a b)n2 b2 .......... nCn1 (a b)1 bn1 nCn (a b)0 bn
n 1 n 2 2 1 n 1
= (a b) nC1 (a b) b nC2 (a b) b .......... nCn1 (a b) b b
n n
an = (a – b) ( a b) n 1 nC (a b) n 2 b nC ( a b) n 3 b 2 .......... nC b n 1 b n
1 2 n1
an – bn = ( a b)n 1 nC ( a b) n 2 b nC ( a b) n 3 b 2 .......... nC b n 1
1 2 n 1
Now, a – b is a factor of RHS, so, a – b is also a factor of LHS.
Hence, a – b is a factor of an – bn, whenever n is a positive integer.
3 2 3 2
6 6
2. Evaluate
Sol: 3 2 3 2 = 6 3 6 3 2 6 3 2 3 2
6 6 6 5 4 2 3 3
C0 C1 C2 6C3
6 3 2 6 3 2 6 3 2 -
2 4 1 5 0 6
C4 C5 C6
6 3 6 3 2 6 3 2 6 3 2
6 5 4 2 3 3
C0 C1 C2 C3
6 3 2 6 3 2 6 3 2 ]
2 4 1 5 0 6
C4 C5 C6
= 2 6 3 2 6 3 2 6 3 2
5 3 3 1 5
C1 C3 C5
= 2 6 x 9 6 20 x 6 6 6 x 4 6
= 2[54 + 120 + 24] 6 = 396 6
HANDBOOK 91
MATHEMATICS
4 4
3. Evaluate a 2 a 2 1 + a 2 a 2 1
4 4
A) a2 a2 1 + a2 a2 1 =
4 a 4 a a 1 4 a a 1
1 2
2 4 2 3 2 2 2 2
C0 C1 C2
4 a a 1 4 a a 1 +
3 4
2 1 2 2 0 2
C3 C4
4 a 4 a a 1 4 a a 1
2 4 2 3 2
1
2 2 2
2
C0 C1 C2
4 a a 1 4 a a 1
2 1 2 3
2 0 2
4
C3 C4
= 2 4 a 4 a a 1 4 a
2 4 2 2
2
2 0
4
C0 C2
2
C4 a2 1
= 2 [a8 + 6a4 (a2 – 1) + (a2 – 1)2]
= 2 [a8 + 6a6 - 6a4 + a4+1 – 2a2]
= 2 [a8 + 6a6 - 5a4 – 2a2 + 1]
= 2a8 + 12a6 - 10a4 - 4a2+2
II
1. Find a approximation of (0.99)5 using the first three terms of its expansion.
Sol .: (0.99)5 = (1-0.01)5
5C0 0.01 5C1 0.01 5C2 0.01 .........
0 1 2
=
= 1 – 5(0.01) + 10(0.0001) + ……
1 – 0.05 + 0.001 = 0.951
4
x 2
2. Expand using Binomial Theorem 1 , x 0
2 x
4 4
x 2 x 2
Sol: Here, 1 = 1
2 x 2 x
4
x 2
Using Binomial Theorem, the expression 1 can be expressed as
2 x
4
x
= 4 C0 1
2
3 2 2 3 4
x 2 x 2 x 2 2
4C1 1 4C2 1 4C3 1 4C4
3 x 2 x 2 x x
4 3
x 2 x 4 x 8 16
2
x
1 4 1 6 1 x 2 4 1 3 4
2 2 x 4 x 2 x x
HANDBOOK 92
MATHEMATICS
4 3
x 8 x 4 4 8 4 16
1 1 6 2 1 4 3 2 4 …(1)
2 x 2 x x x x x
Again applying Binomial Theorem, We have
4 0 1 2 3 4
x x x x x x
1 = 4C0 + 4C1 + 4C2 + 4C3 + 4C4
2 2 2 2 2 2
x x2 x3 x4 3x 2 x3 x 4
= 1 + 4 x +6 x +4 x + = 1 + 2x + + +
2 4 8 16 2 2 16
3 0 1 2 3 4
x x x x x x
And 1 = 4C0 4C1 4C2 4C3 4C4
2 2 2 2 2 2
x x2 x3
= 1 3x 3 x 1x
2 4 8
3x 3 x 2 x3
= 1
2 4 8
4 3
x x
Now putting the value of 1 and 1 in (1), we have
2 2
4
x 2 = 3 x 2 x3 x 4 8 3 x 3 x 2 x 3 4 4 8 4
1 2 x 1 2 x - 1 + 6 2 1 - 4 3 2
2 2 16 x 2 4 8 x x x x
16
+ 4
x
3 x 2 x3 x 4 8 24 24 32 16 16
= 1 2x 12 6 x x 2 2 6
2 2 16 x x x x3 x 2 x 4
16 32 8 16 x 2 x3 x 4
= 4 3 2 4 x 5
x x x x 2 2 16
Find the expansion of 3 x 2 2ax 3a 2 using Binomial Theorem.
3
3.
Sol : Here, 3x 2 2ax 3a 2 = 3 x 2 2ax 3a 2
3 3
Using Binomial Theorem, the expression 3 x 2 2 ax 3a 2 can be expressed as
3
3C0 3x 2 2ax 3C1 3 x 2 2ax 3a 2 3C2 3x 2 2ax 3a 2 3C2 3a 2
3 2 1 2 3
= 3 x 2 2ax 3 9 x 4 4a 2 x 2 12ax 3 3a 2 3 3 x 2 2ax 9a 4 27a 6
3
HANDBOOK 93
MATHEMATICS
3x 2 ax 81a 2 x 4 36a 4 x 2 108a 3 x 3 81a 4 x 2 54a 5 x 27 a 6
2 3
=
………..(1)
Again applying Binomial Theorem, we have
3x 2ax = 3C0 3 x 2 3C1 3 x 2 2ax 3C2 3 x 2 2ax 3C3 2ax
2 3 3 2 1 2 3
= 27 x 6 3 x 18ax 5 3 x 12a 2 x 4 8a 3 x 3
= 27 x 6 54ax 5 36 a 2 x 4 8a 3 x 3
Now putting the value of 3 x 2 2ax in (1), we have
3
3x 2ax 3a =
2 2 3
[ 27 x 6 54 ax 5 36a 2 x 4 8a 3 x 3 ]+
81a x 36a x 108a x 81a x
2 4 4 2 3 3 4 2
54a5 x 27a 6
= 27 x 6 54 ax 5 117 a 2 x 4 116 a 3 x 3 117 a 4 x 2 54 a 5 x 27 a 6
Prove that c0 3C1 5C2 ....... 2n 1 Cn 2n 2 2
n 1
4.
Sol: Let S = c0 3C1 5C2 ....... 2n 1 Cn ….(1)
S = 2n 1 Cn 2n 1 Cn1 2n 3 Cn2 ..... C0
S = 2n 1 C0 2n 1 C1 2n 3 C2 ..... Cn ….(2)
n Cr nCnr
By adding (1) and (2), we get 2S = 2n 2 C0 2n 2 C1 ..... 2n 2 Cn
2S = 2n 2 C0 C1 ..... Cn C0 C1 C2 .....Cn 2n
S = 2n 2 2
n1
5. Prove that for any real numbers a, d;
a.C0 a d C1 a 2d C2 ..... a nd Cn 2a nd 2n 1
Sol: Let S= a.C0 a d C1 a 2d C2 ..... a nd Cn 2a nd 2n1 ……(1)
S= a nd cn [a n 1 d ]cn 1 a n 1 d cn 2 ..... ac0
S= a nd c0 [a n 1 d ]c1 a n 1 d c2 ..... ac 0
…….(2) nCr nCn r
By adding (1) and (2) we get
2S = 2a nd c0 2a nd c1 2a nd c2 ..... 2a nd cn
2S = 2a nd (c0 c1 c2 ..... cn )
2S = 2a nd 2
n
HANDBOOK 94
MATHEMATICS
C0 C1 C2 .....Cn 2n
S= 2a nd 2
n 1
c1 c2 c 2n 1 1
6. If n is a positive integer then prove that: c0 ....... n
2 3 n 1 n 1
c1 c2 c
Sol: Let S= c0 ....... n
2 3 n 1
1 1 1
S= nc0 nc1 nc2 ...... nc
2 3 n 1 n
n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1
(n + 1) S= nc0 nc1 nc2 ...... nc
1 2 3 n 1 n
n 1
= n 1C n 1C n 1C ....... n 1C r 1 nc r n 1Cr 1
1 2 3 n1
= [ n 1C n 1C n 1C ....... n 1C ] - ( n 1) cn1
0 1 2 n1
(n + 1)S = 2 n 1
n 1C 2 n 1
1
0
2n 1 1
S
n 1
7. If n is a positive integer and x is any non-zero real number, then prove that:
x x2 x3 xn 1 x n 1 1
C0 C1 C2 C3 ....... Cn
2 3 4 n 1 n 1 x
x x2 x3 xn
Sol: Let S= C0 C1
C2 C3 ....... Cn
2 3 4 n 1
1 1 2 1 3 1
S = nC0 nC1 x nC2 x nC3 x ....... nC x n
2 3 4 n 1 n
n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1
n 1 xS = nc0 x nc1 x 2 nc2 x 3 .............. nc x n 1
1 2 3 n 1 n
n 1 xS = n 1c1 x n 1c2 x 2 n 1c3 x3 .............. (n 1)c( n1) xn1
n 1 xS = (n 1)c0 x (n 1)c1 x (n 1)c2 x 2 .............. (n 1)cn1 x n1 - ( n 1) c0
n 1 xS = 1 x
n 1
1
1 x n 1 1
S
n 1 x
8. Prove that 2C0 5C1 8C2 ....... 3n 2 Cn 3n 4 2n 1
Sol: Let S = 2C0 5C1 8C2 ....... 3n 2 Cn -------------- (1)
S = 3n 2 Cn 3n 1 Cn 1 3n 4 Cn 2 ....... 2C0
S = 3n 2 C0 3n 1 C1 3n 4 C2 ....... 2Cn --------------- (2)
HANDBOOK 95
MATHEMATICS
By adding (1) & (2), we get
2S = 3n 4 C0 3n 4 C1 ......... 3n 4 Cn
2S = (3n+4) ( C0 C1 .......... Cn )
2S = (3n+4) 2n
2S = (3n+4) 2n-1. 2
S = 3n 4 2n1
9. Prove that C0 2C1 4C2 8C3 ....... 2n Cn 3n
Sol: Since 1 x = C0 C1 x C2 x 2 C3 x3 ....... Cn x n
n
Put x = 2
1 2
n
= C0 C1 2 C2 22 C3 23 ....... Cn 2n
3n = C0 2C1 4C2 8C3 ....... 2n Cn
∴ C0 2C1 4C2 8C3 ....... 2n Cn = 3n
10. If 1 x x 2 = a0 a1 x a2 x 2 ....... a2 n. x 2 n , then prove that:
n
i) a0 a1 a2 ....... a2 n 3n
3n 1
ii) a0 a2 a4 ....... a2 n
2
3 1
n
iii) a1 a3 a5 ....... a2 n1
2
n 1
iv) a0 a3 a6 a9 ....... 3
Sol: Let 1 x x 2 = a0 a1 x a2 x 2 ....... a2 n. x 2 n ----------- (1)
n
i) Putting x =1, in (1) , we get
(1+1+12) = a0 a1.1 a2 .12 ....... a2 n. .12 n
∴ a0 a1 a2 ....... a2 n 3n
ii) Since from (1), we have
a0 a2 a4 ....... a2 n 3n ---------------- (1)
Putting x = - 1, in (1), we get
a0 – a1 + a2 - ……… + a2n = 1 -------------- (2)
By adding (1) & (2) we get
2a0 + 2a2 + ………+ 2a2n = 3n +1
2( a0 a2 a4 ....... a2 n ) = 3n 1
3n 1
∴ a0 a2 a4 ....... a2 n =
2
iii) By subtracting (2) from (1), we get
2a1 2a3 ....... 2a2 n1 3n 1
2( a1 a3 ....... a2 n1 ) 3n 1
3n 1
∴ a1 a3 a5 ....... a2 n1
2
HANDBOOK 96
MATHEMATICS
iv) Putting x =1, in (1) , we get
a0 a2 a4 ....... a2 n 3n ------------- (1)
Putting x =𝜔, in (1) , we get
a0 a1 a2 ....... a2 n 2 n 0 ------------- (2) 1 2
0
Putting x = 2 in (1) , we get
a0 a1 2 a2 4 ....... a2 n 4 n 0 ------------ (3)
(1) + (2) + (3), we get
a0 (1+1+1) + a1 ( 1 2 ) + a2 ( 1 2 4 ) + a3 ( 1 3 6 ) + …………+a2n (
1 2 n 4 n ) = 3n
∴ a0 a3 a6 a9 ....... 3n 1
11. If P and Q are the sum of odd terms and the sum of even terms respectively in the
x a
n
expansion of then prove that:
i) P 2 Q 2 x 2 a
2 n
ii) 4 PQ x a x a
2n 2n
x a 2 = nC0 x n nC1 x n1 nC2 x n2a 2 nC3 x n3a3 .......... nCn1 xa n1 nCn a n
2 n
Sol.:
= nC0 x n nC2 x n2a 2 .......... nCn a n +
nC1 x n1a nC3 x n3a3 .......... nCn1 xa n1
= Sum of odd terms + Sum of even terms
x a2 = P + Q
2 n
Where P = nC0 x n nC2 x n 2 a 2 .......... nCn a n
Q = nC1 x n1a nC3 x n3a 3 .......... nCn1 xa n1
x a 2 = nC0 x n nC1 x n1a nC2 x n2a 2 nC3 x n3a 3 .......... 1 nCn a n
2 n n
i) P2 – Q2 = (P + Q) (P – Q)
= nC0 x n nC2 x n2a 2 .......... nC1 x n1a nC3 x n3a3 ......
nC0 x n nC2 x n2 a 2 .......... nC1 x n1a nC3 x n3a 3 ......
= nC0 x n nC1 x n1a nC2 x n2 a 2 ........ -
nC0 x n nC1 x n1a nC2 x n2a 2 ........
x a x a
n n
=
HANDBOOK 97
MATHEMATICS
P 2 Q 2 x a x a
n
∴ P2 Q2 x2 a2
n
ii) 4PQ P Q P Q
2 2
2
= nC0 x n nC1 x n 1a nC2 x n 2 a 2 .......... -
2
nC0 x n nC1 x n 1a nC2 x n 2 a 2 ........
2 2
= x a x a
n n
∴ 4PQ = x a x a
2n 2n
12. If 1 3 x 2 x 2 = a0 a1 x a2 x 2 ....... a20 x 20 , then prove that
10
i) a0 a1 a2 ....... a20 210
ii) a0 a1 a2 a3 ......... a20 410
Sol.: Let 1 3 x 2 x 2 = a0 a1 x a2 x 2 ....... a20 x 20 -------------- (1)
10
i) Putting x = 1 in (1) , we get
(1+3-2)10 = a0 a1 a2 ....... a20
∴ a0 a1 a2 ....... a20 210
ii) Putting x = -1 in (1) , we get
(1-3-2)10 = a0 a1 a2 ....... a20
(-4)10 = a0 a1 a2 ....... a20
∴ a0 a1 a2 a3 ......... a20 410
1.3.5........ 2n 1
13. Show that the middle term in the expansion (1+ x )2n is 2nx n .
n!
2n
Sol.: The middle term in the expansion (1+ x )2n is 1 i.e (n+1)th term.
2
Tn1 2ncn x n
=
2n ! x n
2n n !n!
=
2n ! x n
n!n!
HANDBOOK 98
MATHEMATICS
2n 2n 1 2n 2 .........4.3.2.1 n
= x
n!n!
2n 2n 2 ......4.2 (2n 1)(2n 3).....3.1 n
= x
n!n!
2n n 2n 2 (n 2)..........2.1 (2n 1)(2n 3).....3.1
= xn
n!n!
2n n! (2n 1)(2n 3).....3.1
= xn
n!n!
2n (2n 1)(2n 3).....3.1
= xn
n!
1.3.5....(2n 1)
Middle term Tn 1 = (2 x) n
n!
14 If the second, third and fourth terms in the binomial expansion (a+ x )n are
240,720 and 1080 respectively. Find the values of x , a and n.
Sol.: In the given expansion (a+ x ) n
T2 = 240 T1+1 = 240
nc1 a n 1 x 240 ----------------------- (1)
T3 = 720 T2+1 = 720
nc2 a n 2 x 2 720 --------------------- (2)
And
T3 = 1080 T3+1 = 1080
nc3 a n3 x3 1080 ------------------- (3)
n( n 1) n 1 1
a a xx
2
nc2 a n 2 x 2
=
720 2 =3
1 nc1 a n 1 x 240 na n 1 x
n(n 1)
= 3 (n-1) x = 6a ----------- (4)
2
n(n 1)(n 2 n 2 1 2
a a x x
3 nc3 a n3 x3 = 1080 6 =
3
2 nc2 a x 720
n2 2
n(n 1) n 2 2
a x 2
2
n 2 x = 3
3a 2
2 n 2 x 9a ---------------- (5)
5 2 n 2 x =
9a
4 (n 1) x 6a
2(2n-4) = 3(n-3) 4n - 8 = 3n – 3 n = 5
Put n = 5 in (4), we get 4 x = 6a
HANDBOOK 99
MATHEMATICS
x a
=
3 2
Put x = 3, a = 2, n = 5 in (1)
5c 2513 = 240
1
5 16 3 = 240
240 = 240
∴ n = 5, x = 3, a = 2
HANDBOOK 100
MATHEMATICS
8. SEQUENCES AND SERIES
Exercise 8(a)
1. Write the first five terms of the sequence whose nth term is an = n (n+2)
Sol.: Given that an = n (n+2)
Substituting n = 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 we have
a1 = 1 (1+2) = 3, a2 = 2 (2+2) = 8, a3 = 3(3+2) = 15,
a4 = 4 (4+2) = 24, a5 = 5 (5+2) = 35
Hence the required terms are 3, 8, 15, 24, and 35.
n
2. Write the first five terms of the sequence whose nth term is an =
n 1
n
Sol.: Given that an =
n 1
Substituting n = 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 we have
1 1 2 2 3 3
a1 = , a2 = , a3 = ,
11 2 2 1 3 3 1 4
4 4 5 5
a4 = , a5 =
4 1 5 5 1 6
1 2 3 4 5
Hence the required terms are , , , and
2 3 4 5 6
3. Write the first five terms of the sequence whose nth term is an = 2n.
Sol.: Given that an = 2n
Substituting n = 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 we have
a1 = 21 = 2, a2 = 22 = 4, a3 = 23 = 8, a4 = 24 = 16, a5 = 25 = 32
Hence the required terms are 2, 4, 8, 16 and 32.
2n 3
4. Write the first five terms of the sequence whose nth term is an =
6
2n 3
Sol.: Given that an = , Substituting n = 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 we have
6
1 1 1 5 7
a1 , a2 , a3 , a4 , a5
6 6 2 6 6
1 1 1 5 7
Hence the required terms are , , , and
6 6 2 6 6
5. Write the first five terms of the sequence whose nth term is an = (-1)n-1 5 n+1
Sol.: Given that an = (-1)n-1 5 n+1 , Substituting n = 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 we have
HANDBOOK 101
MATHEMATICS
1 -1 1+1 2
a1 = (-1) 5 = 5 = 25
2 -1 1+1 3
a2 = (-1) 5 = - 5 = - 125
a3 = (-1) 5 1+1 = 54 = 625
3 -1
a4 = (-1)4 -1 5 1+1 = -55 = - 3125
a5 = (-1)5 -1 5 1+1 = 56 = 15625
Hence the required terms are 25, -125, 625, -3125 and 15625.
n2 5
6. Write the first five terms of the sequence whose nth term is an = n
4
n2 5
Sol.: Given that an = n , Substituting n = 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 we have
4
3 9 21 75
a1 , a2 , a3 , a4 21 , a5
2 2 2 2
3 9 21 75
Hence the required terms are , , , 21 and
2 2 2 2
7. Find the indicated terms of the sequence whose nth term is an = 4n – 3 ; a17, a24.
Sol.: Given that an = 4n – 3, Substituting n = 17 , we have
a17 4 17 3 68 3 65
Substituting n = 24 we have
a24 4 24 3 96 3 93
n2
8. Find the indicated terms of the sequence whose nth term is an = ; a7
2n
n2
Sol.: Given that an = , Substituting n = 7 we have
2n
72 49
a7 =
27 128
9. Find the indicated terms of the sequence whose nth term is an = (-1)n-1 n3 ; a9
Sol.: Given that an = (-1) n-1 n3 , Substituting n = 9 we have , a9 1
9 1
93 93 729
n( n 2)
10. Find the indicated terms of the sequence whose nth term is an = ; a20
n3
n(n 2)
Sol.: Given that an = , Substituting n = 20, we have
n3
HANDBOOK 102
MATHEMATICS
20(20 2) 20 X 18 360
a20 = = =
20 3 23 23
II. 1. Write the first five terms of the sequence and obtain the corresponding series :
a1 3an 3an 1 2 for all n 1 .
Sol.: Given that a1 = 3, an = 3 an -1 + 2 for all n > 1 , Substituting n = 2, 3, 4 and 5, we have
a2 = 3 a21 + 2 = 3 a1 + 2 = 3 = 3 3 +2 = 11
a3 = 3 a31 + 2 = 3 a2 + 2 = 3 = 3 11 +2 = 35
a4 = 3 a4 1 + 2 = 3 a3 + 2 = 3 = 3 35 +2 = 107
a5 = 3 a51 + 2 = 3 a4 + 2 = 3 = 3 107 +2 = 323
Therefore the required terms are 3, 11, 35, 107 and 323.
Hence the corresponding series is 3 + 11+ 35 + 107 + 323 + ……
2. Write the first five terms of the sequence and obtain the corresponding series :
an 1
a1 = -1, an = ;n 2
n
an 1
Sol.: Given that a1 = -1, an = ; n 2 , Substituting n = 2, 3, 4 and 5, we have
n
1
a
a a 1 a 1
a2 = 2 1 1 , a3 = 31 2 2
2 2 2 3 3 3 6
1 1
a a 1 a a 1
a4 = 4 1 3 6 , a5 = 51 4 24
4 4 4 24 5 5 5 120
1 1 1 1
Hence the required terms are -1, − , − , - and -
2 6 24 120
1 1 1 1
Hence the corresponding series is 1, − , , - and - ….
2 6 24 120
3. Write the first five terms of the sequence and obtain the corresponding series :
a1 = a2 = 2, an = an 1 -1 , n > 2
Sol.: Given that a1 = a2 = 2, an = an 1 -1 , n > 2, Substituting n = 3, 4 and 5, we have
a3 = a31 -1 = a2 -1 = 2 – 1 = 1 , a4 = a41 -1 = a3 -1 = 1 – 1 = 0, a5 = a51 -1 = a4 -
1= 0 –1 = -1
Hence the required terms are 2, 2, 1, 0 and -1.
Hence the corresponding series is 2 + 2 + 1 + 0 + (-1)…..
4. The 4th term of a G. P. is square of its second term, and the first term is -3.
Determine its 7th term .
HANDBOOK 103
MATHEMATICS
Sol.: Let a be the first term and r be the common ratio of the G. P. .
∴ a = - 3.
We know that, an = a r n – 1 , ∴ 4
= a r3 = (-3) r3 and a 2 = a r1 = (-3)r
According to the question, [-3) r3 = [ (-3) r]2 -3r3 = 9r2 r = - 3.
Therefore , a7 = a r7 -1 = a r6 = (-3) (-3) 6 = (-3)7 = -2187
Hence, the seventh term of the G. P is -2187.
5. Which term of the following sequences :
(Sol.: 2, 2 √2 ,4 …………is 128 ?
(b)√3 , 3, 3 √3….. is 729 ?
1
(c)
3
, , …… is ?
Sol.: ( a ) 2, 2 √2 , 4……….
2√2
Here a = 2 and r = = √2
2
Let an = 128 a r n-1 =128 2 (√2) n-1 = 27 (√2) n-1 = 26
n1
1
2 2
= 26 =6 n = 13
2
Hence the 13th term of the given sequence is 128.
(b) √3 , 3, 3 √3…..
3
Here a = √3 and r = =√3
√3
Let a n = 729 a r n -1 = 729 √3 ( √3) n-1 = 36 ( 3) n = 36 (3) 2 = 36
2
= 6 n = 12.
Hence the 12th term of the given sequence is 729.
1 1 1
(c) , , …..
3 9 27
1
1 3 1
Here a = and r = 91 = =
3 9 3
3
n1 9 n 9
1 1 11 1 1 1
Let a n = a r n -1 = n =9
19683 19683 3 3 3 3 3
1
Hence, the 9th terms of the given sequence is .
19683
HANDBOOK 104
MATHEMATICS
6. For what values of x , the numbers - , x , - are in G.P ?
2 7
Answer : Here, - , x , - are in G. P.
7 2
7
x 2 7
x 2 = 1 x = ±1
2
2 x 7 2
7
Hence , for x = ± 1, the given numbers will be in G. P.
II. 1. Find the sum to indicated number of terms in the following geometric progressions
:
0.15,0.015,0.0015 ……. 20 terms.
0.015 ( )
Sol.: Here a = 0.15 and r = = 0.1 and Sn =
0.15
0.15(1 (0.1)20 ) 0.15(1 (0.1)20 ) 1
S20 = = = [ 1- (0.1)20]
1 0.1 0.9 6
2. Find the sum to indicated number of terms in the following geometric progressions :
√7, √21 , 3√7…… n terms
√ ( )
Sol Here, a = √7and 𝑟 = = √3= √3 and Sn =
√
√ [ √ √ [ √ √ √ [ √ √
Sn = = x = x
√ √ √ √ √
√ √ [ ]
=
3. Find the sum to indicated number of terms in the following geometric progressions :
1, - a , a 2, - a 3 ………..n terms (if a ≠-1)
Sol.: Here a = 1 and r = = −𝑎
( )
Sn =
[ )( ) ) ( )
Sn = =
—( )
4. Find the sum to indicated number of terms in the following geometric progressions :
x 3, x 5, x 7 ……………n terms (if x ≠ ±1)
Sol.: Here a = x 3 and r = = x2
( ) [( ) ] [ ]
Sn = Sn = =
HANDBOOK 105
MATHEMATICS
11
5. Evaluate (2 3 )
k 1
k
11
Sol.: (2 3 ) = ( 2 + 31) + ( 2 + 32) + ( 2 + 33) …..(2 + 3 11)
k 1
k
3 ( 311 1) 3
= 2 11 + ( 3 1 + 3 2 + 3 3 + ………….+ 3 11) = 22 + = 22 + ( 311 − 1)
3 1 2
6. The sum of first three terms of a G. P is and their product is 1. Find the common
ratio and the terms
Sol.: Let 𝑎, 𝑎𝑟 and 𝑎𝑟2 be the three terms of GP.
=
According to question, sum of first three terms 𝑎 + 𝑎𝑟 𝑎𝑟 ………(1)
Product of terms 𝑎 x 𝑎𝑟 x 𝑎𝑟 2 = 1 𝑎 3 𝑟 3 = 1
𝑎𝑟 = 1
Dividing equation (2) by (1) we have
2
= 10 + 10 𝑟 + 10 𝑟 = 39𝑟
2
10𝑟 – 29𝑟 + 10 = 0 (5𝑟 -2) (2𝑟 -5) = 0
𝑟 = or
If 𝑟 = from (1), we have a x =1
a=
2
2
Therefore, the three terms a, a𝑟 and a𝑟2 are given , x and x
5
, 1 and
If 𝑟 = from (1) we have a x =1 a =
Therefore the three terms a a𝑟 and a𝑟 2 are given by , 𝑥 and 𝑥( )
, 1 and
7. How many terms of G. P . 3, 32, 33…….are needed to give the sum 120 ?
Sol.: The given G. P is 3, 32, 33 ……….
HANDBOOK 106
MATHEMATICS
32
Here a = 3 and r = =3
3
Let n terms of this G. P be required to obtain the sum as 120.
[ ]
Sn = = 120= 120 3 (3n – 1) = 240 3 n – 1 = 80 3n = 34 n = 4
Hence, four terms of the given G. P. are required to obtain the sum as 120.
8. The sum of first three terms of a G. P is 16 and the sum of the next three terms is 128.
Determine the first term the common ratio and the sum of n terms of the G. P.
Sol.: Let the G. P be a, a𝑟 , a𝑟 2, a𝑟 3 ……………
The sum of the first three terms of a G. P is 16, therefore a + a𝑟 + a𝑟 2 = 16
2
a ( 1+ 𝑟 + 𝑟 ) = 16 ……………(1)
The sum of the next three terms is 128, so a 𝑟 3 + a 𝑟 4 + a 𝑟 5 = 128
3 2
ar (1 + 𝑟 + 𝑟 ) = 128 ……………..(2)
Dividing equation (2) by (1) we obtain
[ ] 3
= 𝑟 =8 𝑟=2
[
Putting the value of 𝑟 in equation (1), we have
𝑎 ( 1 + 2 + 22) = 16 7 𝑎 = 16 𝑎 =
( ) [ ]
Now Sn = Sn = = (2n -1)
9. Given a G. P with 𝒂 = 729 and 7th term 64, determine S7.
Sol.: Given that 𝑎 = 729 and 7th term 64.
𝑎 7 = 𝑎𝑟 7-1 = 64
729 𝑟 6 = 64 𝑟6 = 𝑟6=( )
𝑟=
7 2 7
2 729 1
729[1
( ) 3 3 128
Now Sn = Sn = = 729 x 3= 1 2187
2 1
1
3 3
2187 128
= 2187 =2187 – 128 = 2059
2187
HANDBOOK 107
MATHEMATICS
10.Find a G. P for which sum of the first two terms is -4 and the fifth term is 4
times, the third term.
Sol.: : Let the first term of the given G. P is a and the common ratio is 𝑟.
Sum of the first two terms is -4 , therefore a1 + a2 = - 4
a + a𝑟 = - 4 ………….(1)
The fifth term is 4 times the third term, therefore a5 = 4a3
a𝑟 4 = 4 x a𝑟 2 𝑟2 = 4 𝑟2 = ± 2
If 𝑟 = 2 from (1), we have a + a x 2 = - 4
3a = - 4
a=-
Therefore, the required GP a, a𝑟, a𝑟 2 …………..is given by - , - - x 2, - x 22
.
……. or , - , - ………….
If r = -2, from (1) we have a + a x (-2) = - 4
a=-4 a = 4.
Therefore the required GP a, a𝑟, a𝑟2 ………… is given by 4, 4 x (-2) x 4 x (-2)3
…………or 4, -8, 16………
11.If the 4th, 10th and 16th terms of a G.P are x , y and z respectively. Prove that
x , y , z are in G.P
Sol.: According to the given condition ,
a4 = a𝑟3 = x … (1),a10 = a𝑟9 = y …(2) ,a16 = a𝑟 15 =z ....(3)
Dividing (2) by (1) we have
= 𝑟6 = …………..(4)
Dividing (3) by (2) we have
6
= 𝑟 = ……….(5)
From (4) and (5) we have
= x, y, z are in G. P
12.Find the sum to n terms of the sequence 8, 88, 888, 8888………….
Sol.: The given sequence is 8, 88, 888, 8888…….
HANDBOOK 108
MATHEMATICS
This sequence is not a G. P , However, it can be changed to G. P by writing the terms as
Sn = 8, 88, 888, 8888……. n terms
[ 9 + 99+ 999+ 9999 + …….to n terms ]
[ (10-1) + (100-1)+ (1000-1)+ (10000-1)+ …….to n terms ]
[ ( 101 + 10 2 + 10 3 + 10 4 + ………..+ 10 n ) – (1 + 1+ 1+ 1 + ….. to n terms) ]
[ ( 101 + 10 2 + 10 3 + 10 4 + ………..+ 10 n ) – n]
( ) ( )
[ − 𝑛]= [ ]− 𝑛= ( 10n -1) - n
13.Find the sum of the products of the corresponding terms of the sequence 2,
𝟏
4, 8, 16, 32 and 128, 32, 8, 2,
𝟐
Sol.: The required sum of the product : 2 x 128 + 4 x 32 + 8 x 8 + 16 x 2 + 32 x
= 256 + 128 + 64 + 32 + 16 which is a GP with first term 256 and the common ratio
( )
Now Sn =
5
1 1
256[1 256[1 ]
2 32
= S5 = = - 512 [ ]= 16 x 31 = 496
1 1
1
2 2
14.Show that the products of the corresponding terms of the sequences a , a 𝒓,
a 𝒓2, …. a 𝒓n-1 and A, AR, AR2………. AR n-1 form a G. P and find the common
ratio.
Sol.: The required product of two series a x A + a 𝑟 x AR + ar2 x AR2 + …+ a 𝑟 n-1
x AR n-1
= aA+ aArR + aAr2R2 + ……….+ aArn-1 R n-1, which form a GP as the common ratio is
same.
Common ratio = = = 𝑟R
III.
1. Find four numbers forming a geometric progression in which the third term is
greater than the first term by 9, and the second term is greater than the 4th by 18.
Sol.: Let a be the first term and r be the common ratio of the G.P.
a1 = a, a2 = ar , a3 = ar2 , a4 = ar3
HANDBOOK 109
MATHEMATICS
By the given condition,
2 2
a3 = a1 + 9 a r = a + 9 a (r -1) = 9 ………….(1)
3 2
and a 2 = a 4 + 18 a r = a r + 18 a r (1- r ) = 18……….(2)
( ) 18
From (1) and (2) we
( )
=
9
r = -2
Substituting the value of r in (1) we obtain, 4a = a + 9 3 a = 9 a = 3
Hence the first four numbers of the G. P are 3, 3 (-2), 3 (-2)2 and 3 (-2)3 i.e., 3, -6, 12 and -24.
2. If the pth,qth and r th terms of a G. P are a , b and c, respectively. Prove that a q –r br – p
cp – q =1
Sol.: Let A be the first term and R be the common ratio of the G. P
p-1
a p = AR = a ………..(1), a q = ARq-1 = b …………..(2), a r = AR
r -1
= c …..(3)
Now, LHS = a q-r b r-p cp-q = (AR p 1 )q –r AR q 1 AR r 1
r –p pq
= A q –r R (p-1) (q –r) A r –p R (q -1) (r – p) A (p – q) R (r -1)(p-q)
= (A q –r + r –p + p – q ) x (R (p-1) (q –r) + (q -1)(r –p) + ( r – 1) + (r- 1) (p-q))
= A 0 R0 = 1 = RHS.
3. If the first and the nth term of a GP are a and b respectively and if P is the product of
n terms, prove that p2 = (ab)n
Sol.: Here, a is the first term . Let the common ratio be r .
b = a r n--1
Now P = a ar ar 2 ….. ar n-1 = a n (r. r2, r3 ….r n-1 )= a n
r 1+2+3+…….+ ( n-1)
n 1
[21 ( n 11)1]
= anr 2
( n 1) n
P anr 2
2
n n 1n
Therefore, p = a r 2 = a 2 r n 1 = a.a r n 1 = ab
2 n n n
4. Show that the ratio of the sum of first n terms of a G. P to the sum of terms from
(n+1)th to (2n)th term is .
Sol.: Let a be the first term and the common ratio be r.
Now, the ratio of the sum of first n terms of a G. P. to the sum of terms from (n+1)th to (2n)th
term is given by
( )
= ( ) ( )
HANDBOOK 110
MATHEMATICS
=( ) (
= = =
) ( )
5. If a , b, c and d are in G. P. show that ( a 2 + b2 + c2) (b2 + c2 +d2) = ( a b + bc+cd)2.
Sol.: Let the common ratio be r.
According to the question, b = a r, c= a r2 and d = a r3
LHS = ( a 2 + b2 + c2 ) (b2 + c2 + d2 ) = [ a 2 + ( a r)2 + ( a r)2 2 ] [ ( a r)2 + ( a r2) 2 + ( a r3) 2]
a 2 1 r 2 r 4 a 2 r 2 1 r 2 r 4
2
a 4 r 2 1 r 2 r 4 ………….(1)
RHS = ( a b+ bc + cd)2 = [ a ( a r) + ( a r) ( a r)2)+ ( a r)2 + ( a r2) 2 + ( a r3) 2]
= [ a 2 r (1+ r2 + r4] 2 = a 4 r2[ 1+ r2 + r4]2 ………….(2)
From (1) and (2), we get ( a 2 + b2 + c2) ( b2 + c2 + d2) = ( a b + bc+ cd)2
6. Insert two number between 3 and 81 so that the resulting sequence is G. P.
Sol.: Let G1 and G 2 be the two numbers between 3 and 81 such that the series, 3, G1, G2 , 81
forms a G. P.
Let a be the first term and r be the common ratio of the G. P.
Given that 81 = (3) (r)3 r3 = 27 r = 3 (Taking real roots only)
2 2
For r 3 , G1 = a r = (3) (3) = 9 and G2 = a r = (3) (3) = 27
Therefore the required two numbers are 9 and 27.
7.Find the value of n so that may be the geometric mean between a and b.
a n 1 b n 1
Sol.: Given that, ab
a n bn
1 1 1 1 1 1
a a
n n
n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1
a b a b 2 2 n
b n
a 2
b b
2
a b
2 2
0
1 1
n 1 n
1
n 1 n
1
a2 b2 a 2 b 2 0 a 2 b 2 0
1 1
n n 0
a 2
a 2 a
1
1 1
n b b
b 2
1
n
2
8.The sum of two numbers is 6 times their geometric means, show that numbers are in
the ratio of 3 2 2 : 3 2 2 .
Sol.: Let a and b are the two numbers whose geometric means is ab .
Given that, a b 6 ab …………(1)
HANDBOOK 111
MATHEMATICS
( a + b)2= 36 a b a 2 + b2 +2ab = 36 a b a 2 + b2 - 2ab = 32 a b
( a - b)2 = 32ab a – b = 4 2 ab
…………….(2)
From (1) and (2) we get 2a 6 ab 4 2 ab a 2 3 2 2 ab
And 2b 6 ab 4 2 ab b = 2(3 2 2)) ab
Therefore
a 2 3 2 2 ab
3 2 2
.
b 2 3 2 2 ab 3 2 2
9.If A and G be A. M and G. M., respectively between two positive numbers, prove that
the numbers are A A G A G .
Sol.: It is given that A and G are A. M and G. M between two positive numbers.
Let the two positive numbers be a and b.
AM = A = a + b = 2 A …………(1)
2
GM = G = ab ab = G2 ……………(2)
We know that (a-b)2 = (a + b)2-4ab
(a- b)2 = 4 A2 – 4G2 = 4 (A2 – G2) = 4 (A- G) (A + G)
a–b= 2 A G A G ………………(3)
From (1) and (2) we get 2a = 2A + 2 A G A G a=A+ A G A G
Substituting the value of a in (1) we get b = A A G A G
Therefore the two numbers a and b are A A G A G
10. The number of bacteria in a certain culture doubles every hour. If there were 30
bacteria present in the culture originally, how many bacteria will be present at the end
of 2nd hour , 4th hour and nth hour. ?
Sol.: It is given that the number of bacterial doubles every hour.
Therefore, the number of bacteria after every hour will form a G. P.
Here a = 30 and r = 2.
The number of bacteria at the end of 2nd hour a3 = a r 2 = (30) (2)2 = 120
The number of bacteria at the end of the 4th hour a5 = a r 4 = (30)(2)4 = 480
Hence number of bacteria at the end of nth hour an1 = a r n = (30)2n
HANDBOOK 112
MATHEMATICS
11. What will Rs.500 amounts to in 10 years after its deposit in a bank which pays
annual interest rate of 10% compounded annually ?
Sol.: The amount deposited in the bank is Rs.500.
1
At the end of first year, amount = Rs.500 1 = Rs. 500 (1.1)
10
At the end of 2nd year, amount = Rs. 500 (1.1) (1.1)
At the end of 3rd year, amount = Rs. 500 (1.1)(1.1)(1.1) and so on
∴ Amount at the end of 10 years = Rs. 500 (1.1) (1.1)………. (10 times)= Rs. 500 (1.1) 10
12. If A. M and G. M of roots of a quadratic equation are 8 and 5, respectively then
obtain the quadratic equation.
Sol.: Let the root of the quadratic equation be a and b
ab
According to the question, AM 8 a + b = 16 ……………..(1)
2
GM = √𝑎𝑏 = 5 ab = 25 …………………(2)
The quadratic equation is given by x 2 – x (Sum of roots ) + (Product of roots) = 0
x 2 x(a b) (ab) 0 x 2 16 x 25 0
Hence the required quadratic equation is x2 16 x 25 0
Exercise – 8 (C)
I.
1. Find the 20th term of the series 2 x 4 + 4 x 6 + 6 x 8 + …. + n terms
Sol.: The given series is 2 x 4 + 4 x 6 + 6 x 8 + …. + n terms
Here nth term = a n = 2n x (2n + 2) = 4n2 + 4n
a20 = 4 (20)2 + 4 (20) = 4 (400) + 80 = 1600 + 80 = 1680
Hence the 20th term of the series is 1680.
2.The sum of some terms of G. P. is 315 whose first term and the common ratio are 5
and 2 respectively. Find the last term and number of terms.
Sol.: It is given that the first term a is 5 and common ratio r is 2.
Let the sum of n terms be 315.
5 ( 2n -1) = 315 2n -1 = 63 2n = 64 2n = 26 n = 6
∴ The last term of the G. P. is 6th term = ar6-1 = (5) (2)5 = (5) (32) = 160
3. The first term of a G. P is 1. The sum of the third term and fifth term is 90. Find the
common ratio of G. P.
Sol.: Let a and r be the first term and the common ratio of the G. P respectively.
Given that a1 = 1, a3 = ar2 = r2 , a 5 = a r4 = r4 and r2 + r4 = 90
r4 + r2 – 90 = 0 r2 = 1 1 360 1 19 r = ± 3
2 2
HANDBOOK 113
MATHEMATICS
[Considering only real roots]
Hence the common ratio of the G. P. is ± 3
II.
1. The sum of three numbers in G. P is 56. If we subtract 1, 7, 21 from these numbers in
that order, we obtain an arithmetic progression. Find the numbers.
Sol.:Let the three numbers in G. P are a,ar and ar2.
From the given condition , a+ ar+ ar2 = a ( 1 + r + r2 ) = 56. …………..(1)
And also given that a-1, ar – 7, ar2 -21 are in A. P.
(ar – 7) – (a – 1) = (ar2 – 21) – (ar – 7)
ar2 – 2ar + a = 8
a (r2 + 1 – 2r ) = 8 ………….(2)
From (1) by (2) we get
a (1 r r 2 ) 56
2
1 r r2
7 6r2 – 15r + 6 = 0
a (r 1 2 r ) 8
2
r 1 2r
2r (r - 2) – (r -2) = 0 (2 r - 1) ( r - 2) = 0 r = 2 or 1
2
When r = 2 from the equation (1) we get a = 8, ar = 16 and ar 2= 32
1
When r = from the equation (1), we have a = 32 ar = 16 and ar 2= 8
2
1
Therefore when r = , the three numbers in G. P are 32, 16 and 8.
2
Therefore the three required numbers are 8, 16 and 32.
2. A G. P consists of an even number of terms. If the sum of all the terms is 5 times the
sum of terms occupying odd places, then find its common ratio.
Sol.: Let the G. P be T1, T2. T3…….. T2n and the number of terms = 2n
Let the G. P be a, ar, ar2………………
Given condition is T1 + T2 + T3 + …….+ T2n = 5 [ T1 + T2 + T3 + …….+ T2n-1 ]
T1 + T2 + T3 + …….+ T2n - 5 [ T1 + T3 + …….+ T2n-1 ] = 0
T2 + T4 +……………+ T 2n = 4 [ T1 + T3 + …..+ T2n-1 ]
a r 2 1
n
ar[ r 2 1]
n
=4x 2
r 2 1 r 1
ar = 4a r=4
Hence the common ratio of the G. P is 4.
𝒂 𝒃𝒙 𝒃 𝒄𝒙 𝒄 𝒅𝒙
3. If = = (𝒙 ≠ 𝟎) then show that a, b, c and d are in G. P.
𝒂 𝒃𝒙 𝒃 𝒄𝒙 𝒄 𝒅𝒙
Sol.: Given that =
( a + bx) (b – cx) = (a – bx) ( b + cx)
ab- acx + b2x – bcx2 = ab + acx – b2 X – bcx2
2b2x = 2 acx
= …………..(1)
HANDBOOK 114
MATHEMATICS
Now , =
(b + cx )(c- dx) = (b- cx)(c + dx)
bc- bdx + c2x – cdx2 = bc + bdx – c2 x – cdx2
2 c2x – 2bdx
= ……………(2)
From (1) and (2) we have = =
a, b, c and d are in G. P
4. Let S be the sum, P the product and R the sum of reciprocals of n terms in a G. P .
Prove that P2 Rn = Sn
a[r n 1]
Sol.: Let a the first term and r be the common ratio. Given that S ,
r 1
[ n 1] n
P = a.ar.ar2, ar3 …arn -1 = an r1+2+3+….+ (n-1) = a n r 2
1 1 1 1 1 r n 1 r n 2 r n3 r n 4 ........ 1 1 r n 1
and R 2 3 ... n 1
a ar ar ar ar ar n1 ar n 1 r 1
2 n n
2 ( n 1) n 1 r n 1
n 2n n(n-1) 1 r 1
n
LHS = P R = a n r 2 n 1 = [a r ] n n n 1
ar r 1 a r r 1
r n 1 n a r n 1
n
= a
n
= Sn = RHS
r 1 r 1
5. If a, b, c, d are in G. P prove that (an + bn), (bn + cn), (cn + dn) are in G. P.
Sol.: Let r be the common ratio of GP hence b = ar, c = ar2 and d = ar3
b n c n (ar ) n (ar 2 ) n a n r n 1 r n n
Now, n n r ..........(1)
a bn a n (ar ) n a 1 r n
1 r n n
c n d n ( ar 2 ) n ( ar 3 )n a n r 2 n
Now, n n
1 r n r ..........(2)
bn c n ar n (ar 2 ) n ar
c d
n n
b c
n n
From (1) and (2), we get n = n ( a n b n ), (b n c n ), (c n d n ) are in G. P.
b c n
a bn
6. If a and b are the roots of x2 – 3x + p = 0 and c, d are roots of x2 – 12x + q = 0 where
a, b, c, d form a GP. Prove that (q + p) : ( q – p) = 17 :15.
Sol.: Given that a, b, c , d form a G. P. Let the common ratio be r.
Therefore b = ar, c = ar2 and d = ar3
Now, a and b are the roots of x2 – 3x + p = 0
sum of roots = a+ b = 3 ………………….(1)
a (1+r)=3 and product of roots = ab = p a2r = p………..(2)
And c, d are roots of x2 – 12x + q = 0
HANDBOOK 115
MATHEMATICS
2
sum of roots = c+d=12, ar (1+r)=12 ………………….(3)
And product of roots = cd = q a2 r5 = q ……………….(4)
From (3) and (1) we get r2 = 4, r = 2
Case-I : If r = 2, from (1), a (1+2) = 3 a = 1
From (2), p = a2r = 2 and from (4), q = a2 r5 = 32
q p 32 2 34 17
Now, LHS = RHS
q p 32 2 30 15
Case-II: If r = 2, from (1), a (1 - 2) = 3 a = -3
From (2), p = a2r = -18 and from (4), q = a2 r5 = 288
q p 288 18 306 17
Now, LHS RHS
q p 288 18 270 15
7. The ratio of the A.M and G. M of two positive numbers a and b is m:n .
Show that a : b = m m 2 n 2 ; m m 2 n 2
Sol.: Let A and G are A. M and G. M between two positive numbers a and b.
AM = A = ………..(1) and GM = G = ab ………(2)
2
ab m
Given that =
2 ab n
Applying componendo and Dividendo rule both the sides
2
a b 2 ab m n a b mn
a b 2 ab m n b mn
2
a
a b mn
a b mn
Again applying componendo and Dividendo rule both the sides
a b a b mn mn
a b a b
mn mn
2 a mn mn
2 b mn mn
a mn mn 2 mn mn
Squaring both sides, we get
b mn mn 2 mn mn
a 2m 2 m 2 n 2 m m2 n2
b 2m 2 m 2 n 2 m m2 n 2
a : b (m m2 n2 ) : (m m2 n2 )
III.
1. Find the sum of the following series up to n terms
(i) 5 + 55 + 555 + …..
(ii) .6 + .66 +.666 + …..
HANDBOOK 116
MATHEMATICS
Sol.: (i) The given sequence is 5 + 55 + 555 + …..
This sequence is not a G.P. However, it can be changed to G. P by writing the terms as
5
Sn = 5 + 55 + 555 + ….. to n terms = [ 9 + 99 + 999 + …… to n terms]
9
5
= [ (10-1) + (100-1) + (1000-1) + …… to n terms]
9
5
= [ (101 + 102 + 103 + …… + 10 n) – (1 + 1+ 1+ …. to n terms)
9
5
= [ (101 + 102 + 103 + …… + 10 n) – n]
9
5 10(10 n 1) 5 10(10 n 1) 5 50 5
= 10 1 n 9 n (10n 1) n
9 9
9 81 9
(ii)The given sequence is .6 + .66 + .666 + …..
This sequence is not a G. P. However, it can be changed to G. P by writing the terms as
Sn = [.6 + .66 +.666 + ….. .. to n terms].
6
[.9 .99 .999 ..... to n terms]
9
2
= [ (1- 0.1) + (1-0.01) + (1-0.001) + …… to n terms]
3
2
= [ ( 1 + 1 + 1+ ….. to n terms ) – (0.1+ 0.01 + 0.001 + ….n terms ) ]
3
2
= [ ( n – {(0.1)1 + (0.1)2 + (0.1)3 + …….. + (0.1)n } ]
3
2 (0.1){1 (0.1) n } 2 2 0.1{1 (0.1) n 2 2
n n n {1 (0.1) n }
3 1 0.1 3 3 0.9 3 27
2. If f is a function satisfying f (x + y) = f(x) f(y) for all x, y N such that f(1) = 3 and
n
f ( x) =120. Find the value of n.
x 1
Sol.: Given that f (x + y) = f(x) f(y) for all x, y N …………(1)
n
And f(1) = 3 , f ( x) =120
x 1
Taking x = y = 1 in (1) we get f (1+ 1) = f (2) = f (1) f (1) = 3 x 3 = 9 = 32
Similarly, f (3) = f (1+ 2) = f (1) f (2) = 3 x 9 = 27 = 3 3
f (4) = f (1+3) = f (1) f (3) = 3 x 27 = 81 = 3 4
∴ f (1), f (2), f (3)….. i.e. 3, 9, 27, ….are in G.P. with common ratio 3.
n
Now f ( x) 120
x 1
f (1) + f (2) + f (3) + ………..+ f (n) = 120
3 + 32 + 33 + ………..+3n = 120
3(3n 1)
120 3 ( 3n-1) = 240 3n – 1 = 80 3n = 34 n = 4
3 1
Hence the value of n is 4.
3. A farmer buys a used tractor for Rs. 12000. He pays Rs. 6000 cash and agrees to pay
the balance in annual installments of Rs. 500 plus 12 % interest on the unpaid amount.
How much will the tractor cost him ?
HANDBOOK 117
MATHEMATICS
Sol.: It is given that the farmer pays Rs.6000 in cash.
Therefore , unpaid amount = Rs.12000 – Rs.6000 = Rs. 6000
Given that, the interest paid annually is 12% of 6000, 12% of 5500,…..
Thus, total interest to be paid = 12% of 6000 + 12 % of 5500 + ….. + 12% of 500
=12% (6000 + 5500 + 5000 + ….. + 500)
= 12% (500 + 1000 + 1500 +….. + 6000)
Now the series 500, 1000, 1500…. 6000 is an AP with the common difference of 500.
Let the number of terms of the A. P be n.
6000 = 500 + (n -1) 500 1 + (n -1) = 12 n = 12
12
Therefore, the sum of AP = [ 2 x 500 + (12 -1) x 500] =6 [100 + 5500] = 39000.
2
So, total interest to be paid = 12% of (500 + 1000 + 1500 + ……6000)
= 12% of 39000 = Rs. 4680
Therefore, the cost of tractor = Rs. 12000 + Rs. 4680 = Rs.16680.
4. Shamshad Ali buys a scooter for Rs.22000. He pays Rs.4000 cash and agrees to pay
the balance in annual installment of Rs.1000 plus 10% interest on the unpaid amount.
How much will the scooter cost him ?
Sol.: Given that Shamshad Ali buys a scooter for Rs.22000 and pays Rs.4000 in cash.
The Unpaid amount = Rs.22000 - Rs.4000 = Rs.18000.
Given that condition, the interest paid annually is 10% of 18000, 10% of 17000 ….. 10% of
1000
Thus, the total interest to be paid = 10% of 18000 +10% of 17000+ ……... + 10 % of 1000
= 10 % of (1000 + 2000 + 3000 + …… + 18000)
Here 1000, 2000, 3000….. 18000 are in A. P with common difference of 1000.
Let the number of terms be n 18000 = 1000 + (n -1) (1000) n = 18
18
Sn =1000 + 2000 + …. + 18000 = [ 2 x 1000 + (18-1)1000]
2
= 9 [ 2000 + 17000] = 171000
Total interest paid = 10% of (18000 + 17000 + 16000+ …. 1000)
= 10 % of Rs.171000 = Rs.17100.
Therefore, the cost of scooter = Rs.22000 + Rs.17100 = Rs.39100.
5. A person writes a letter to four of his friends. He asks each one of them to copy the
letter and mail to four different persons with instruction that they move the chain
similarly. Assuming that the chain is not broken and that it costs 50 paise to mail one
letter. Find the amount spend on the postage when 8th set of letter is mailed.
Sol. : Let the numbers of letters mailed be in G. P . i.e., 4, 42….. 48.
Here a = 4, r = 4 and n = 8.
a ( r n 1)
We know that the sum of n terms of a G.P.is S n
r 1
4(4 1) 4(65536 1) 4(65535)
8
S8 4(21845) 87380
4 1 3 3
Given that the cost to mail one letter is 50 paise
Cost of mailing 87380 letters = 87380 x 50 paise = Rs. 43690
Therefore the amount spent when 8th set of letter is mailed is Rs. 43690
HANDBOOK 118
MATHEMATICS
6. A man deposited Rs. 10000 in a bank at the rate of 5 % simple interest annually. Find
the amount in 15th year since he deposited the amount and also calculate the total
amount after 20 years.
Sol.: Given that a man deposited Rs. 10000 at the rate of 5% simple interest annually.
5
The Interest in first year = x Rs.10000 = Rs.500
100
th
The amount in 15 year = Rs.10000 + [Rs.500 + Rs.500 + Rs.500 + ….. 14 times ]
= Rs.10000 + 14 x Rs.500 = Rs.17000
Total Amount after 20 years = Rs.10000 + [Rs.500 + Rs.500 + Rs.500 + ….. 20 times ]
= Rs.10000 + 20 x Rs.500 = Rs.20000
7. A manufacturer reckons that the value of a machine, which costs him Rs.15625,
will depreciate each year by 20% . Find the estimated value at the end of 5 years.
Sol.: The value of machine = Rs.15625
Given that machine depreciates by 20% every year
The value of machine after every year is 80% of the original cost
4
of the original cost.
5
4 4 4 4 4
Therefore the estimated value at the end of 5 years =Rs.15625 x x x x x
5 5 5 5 5
= 5 x 1024 =Rs. 5120.
8. 150 workers were engaged to finish a job in a certain number of days. 4 workers
dropped out on second day, 4 more workers dropped out on third day and so on. It took
8 more days to finish the work Find the number of days in which the work was
completed.
Sol.: Let x be the number of days in which 150 workers finish the work.
Given condition is 150 x = 150 + 146 + 142 + …….( x + 8) terms
The series 150, 146, 142, …….( x +8) terms are in A. P. with difference -4
n
a = 150, d = - 4, n = x + 8, We know that S n 2a n 1 d
2
x8
150 x [ 2 x 150 + ( x + 8 -1) x ( -4)]
2
300 x = ( x + 8) (300- 4 x – 28)
300 x = 272 x – 4 x 2 + 2176 – 32 x
4 x 2 + 60 x – 2176 = 0
x 2 + 15 x -544 = 0
( x + 32) ( x – 17) = 0
x = -32 or 17
Here we consider x = 17 (because the no. of days can not be negative)
Therefore the no. of days in which the work was complete = (17 + 8) = 25.
Exercise – 8(d)
I. Find the sum to infinity in each of the following Geometric Progression.
1 1
1) 1, , ,....
3 9
1
Sol. : a = 1, r =
3
HANDBOOK 119
MATHEMATICS
a 1 3
S = 1.5
1 r 1 1 2
3
2) 6, 1.2, .24,…..
1
Sol.: a = 6, r =
5
a 6 30
S = 7.5
1 r 1 1 4
5
20 80
3) 5, , ,....
7 49
4
Sol.: a = 5, r =
7
a 5 35
S =
1 r 1 4 3
7
3 3 3
4) , , ,......
4 16 64
3 1
Sol.: a = ,r=
4 4
3
a 4 3
S =
1 r 1 5
1
4
1 1 1
5. Prove that 3 2 X 3 4 X 38...... 3 .
1 3
2
1 1 1 1 1
Sol.: 3 2
X 3 4
X 3 ...... 3
8 2
X 3 2
X
2
3 …….
2 3
1 1 1
.....................
2 2 2
=3
1
2
1
1
=3 2
31 3
1
2 3
1 1 1 a 1 1
Here .............. = = 2 1 ( a , r )
2 2 2 1 r 1 1 2 2
2
6. Let x = 1 + a + a 2 +…… and y = 1 + b + b2 +…..where a 1 and b 1 .
HANDBOOK 120
MATHEMATICS
xy
Prove that 1 + a b + a 2b2+…… = .
x y 1
Sol.: Given that x = 1+ a + a 2+……. and y = 1 + b + b2 + ……
a
we know that S
1 r
1 1 1 1 1
x 1 a a 1 and y b 1
1 a x x 1 b y
1 1 xy xy
Hence 1+ab+a2b2+…..= =
1 ab 1 1 xy xy x y 1 x y 1
1 1 1
x y
Multiple Choice Questions (Keys)
1. Here 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 is finite sequence.
2. an an 1 an 2 , n 2
3. Fibonacci sequence is 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8,……
4. Here a 15 = 4(15) + 6 = 60 + 6 = 66
5. Compact form of sequence is denoted by an
6. Here 2 + 4 + 6 + 8 + 10 = 30
4
n n 1
7. Here 2n 3 2 n + 3 = 2. 3.n = 4(4+1)+3(4)=20+12=32.
n 1 2
a
8. In G.P common ratio r = n 1 an 1 r.an
an
9. In G.P. nth term an a.r n 1
10. G.P. a ar ar 2 ... ar n1. n terms
r = 1 a + a + a + ……+ a (n terms) = n a .
11. The sum upto 5th term, i.e. 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 + 64 = 128.
1 1 1 1 1 32 16 8 4 2 1 63
12. 1
2 4 8 16 32 32 32
13. G.M = 3 x 12 36 6
12 3 15
14. A.M. =
2 3
G.M. = 12 x 3 36 6
15. AG
16. Here a + b = 10 x , a b = 9 x 2, a - b = 8 x
Then 2 a =18 x , 2b = 2 x a = 9 x , b = x
a : b =9:1
1) 3 2) 1 3) 2 4) 4 5) 2 6) 4 7) 4 8) 2 9) 3 10) 1
11) 4 12) 1 13) 2 14) 2 15) 2 16) 1
HANDBOOK 121
MATHEMATICS
9. STRAIGHT LINES
Exercise – 9(a)
1. Draw a quadrilateral in the Cartesian plane whose vertices are ((-4,5) 4,5) , (0, 7),
(5, -5) and (-4, -2)2) also find its area.
Sol: Let A (-4,5), B (0, 7) , C (5, -5) 5) D(
D(-4, -2)
2) be given vertices of the quadrilateral.
Area of quadrilateral ABCD = Area of ∆ ABC + Area of ∆ ADC
1
Area of ∆ ABC = x1 ( y2 y3 ) x2 ( y3 y1 ) x3 ( y1 y2 )
2
1
= 4 7 (5) 0(5 5) 5(5 7) = 29
2
A (-4, 5) D (-4, -2) C (5, -5)
Area of ∆ ADC =
1
4 2 ( 5) ( 4)( 5 5) 5(5 ( 2)
2
1 1
= 4(3) 4( 10) 5(7) = 12 40 35 =
2 2
⸫ Area of Quadrilateral ABCD = 29 + = = sq unit.
2. The base of an equilateral triangle with side 2a lies along the y-axisaxis such that the mid
point of the base is at the origin. Find the vertices of the triangle.
Sol: Let BC be the base of the triangle which lies on y axis and let the third vertex be A (b, 0)
Given that ∆ ABC is an equilateral.
AB = BC = CA
AB2 = BC 2 (b - 0)2 + (0 - a)2 = (0 - 0)2 + (a - (-a)2
b2 + a2 = (2a)2 = 4 a2
b2 =4a2 – a2 = 3a2
b = 3a2 = ± 3a
The vertices of the triangle are (0, a ), ( 3a, 0), (0, a ) Or (0, a) (- 3a , 0) (0, -a)
3. Find the distance between P ( x1 , y1 ) and Q ( x2 , y2 ) when
(i) PQ is parallel to the y-axis
(ii) PQ is parallel to the x-axis
Ans.: P ( x1 , y1 ) and Q ( x2 , y2 )
(i)PQ is parallel to y-axis
=> x1 = x2.
⸫ PQ =
( x2 x1 ) 2 ( y2 y1 ) 2
= 0 ( y2 y1 ) 2 =
( y2 y1 ) 2 = y2 y1
(ii)PQ is parallel to the x-
HANDBOOK 122
MATHEMATICS
axis y1 = y2
PQ =
( x2 x1 ) 2 ( y2 y1 ) 2
=
( x2 x1 ) 0
2 2
=
( x2 x1 ) x x
2
= 2 1
4. Find a point on the x-axis which is equidistant from the points (7,6) and (3,4).
Sol: Let a point on x-axis be A (a,0) , B (7,6) and C (3, 4)
Given that AB = AC AB2 = AC2
Distance between points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) is ( x2 x1 ) 2 ( y2 y1 ) 2
(7 a ) 2 (6 0) 2 = (3-a)2 + (4-0)2
60 15
60= 8a a =
8 2
15
Required point A ( ,0 )
2
5. Find the slope of a line, which passes through the origin and mid-point of the line
segment joining the points P (0, -4) and B (8,0).
Sol: Mid point of the line segment
x x y y 0 8 4 0
PB = 1 2 , 1 2 = , = (4, -2)
2 2 2 2
⸫ Slope of the line passing through origin (0,0) and point (4, -2) is
y2 y1 2 0 2 1
= = = =
x2 x1 40 4 2
6. Without using the Pythagoras theorem, show that the point (4, 4) (3, 5) and (-1, -1) are the
vertices of a right angled triangle.
y2 y1 5 4
Sol: Slope of line joining AB = 1
x2 x1 3 4
1 5 6 3
Slope of line joining BC =
1 3 4 2
4 (1) 5
Slope of line joining CA = 1
4 (1) 5
Slope of AB x slope of CA = -1 x 1 = -1
AB is perpendicular to CA
⸫ ∆ ABC is a right angle triangle.
7. Find the slope of the line which makes an angle of 300 with positive direction of y-axis
measured anti clock wise. Y
HANDBOOK 123
MATHEMATICS
Sol: Given that CBY = 300
CBY = OBA
OBA + BAO + AOB =1800
X
300 + BAO + 900 = 1800
BAO = 180 – 120 = 600
BAX
= 180 - 60 =120.
Slope of the line AB = Tan 120 = Tan (180-60)
(180 = - Tan 60 = -√3.
8. Without using distance formula, show that the points (-2,-1)
( 1) (4,0), (3,3) and (-3,2)
( are the
vertices of a parallelogram.
Sol: Let A (-2, -1)
1) B (4, 0) C (3,3) D ((-3,2)
y2 y1 0 (1) 1
Slope of AB =
x2 x1 4 (2) 6
30 3
Slope of BC = 3
3 4 1
2 3 1 1
Slope of CD =
3 3 6 6
2 ( 1) 3
Slope of DA = 3
3 (2) 1
Slope of AB = Slope of CD, Slope of BC = Slope of DA
1 1
Slope of AB x Slope of BC = ( 3) ( 1)
6 2
⸫ AB is not perpendicular to BC
x1 x2 y1 y2 2 3 1 3 1
Mid point of AC = , , ,1
2 2 2 2 2
4 3 0 2 1
Mid Point of BD = , ,1
2 2 2
Here adjacent sides are non perpendicular and opposite sides are parallel, diagon
diagonals
als bisect each
other.
⸫ Given points are vertices of a parallelogram.
9. Find the angle between the x-- axis and the line joining the points (3, -1)
1) and (4, -2)
y2 y1
Sol: Slope of the line joining (3, -1)
1) and (4, -2) is
x2 x1
2 (1) 2 1
= = -1
43 1
Let θ be the angle made by the line with xx- axis
Then tan θ= -1 Tan θ = Tan (1800 – 450 ) = Tan 135 0 , θ = 135 0.
HANDBOOK 124
MATHEMATICS
10. The slope of a line is double the slope of another line. If tangent of the angle between them
1
is . Find the slopes of the lines.
3
Sol: Let slope of first line = m
Slope of second line = 2m
If angle between the two lines is θ then
m1 m2 1 m 2m m
Tan θ = =
1 m1m2 3 1 m(2m) 1 2m2
m 1
2 = ±
1 2m 3
3m 1 2m 2
⸫ 1 + 2m2 = -3m
1
2m2 3m 1 0 m or -1
2
(or) -3m = -(1 + 2m2) = -1 -2m2
1
2m2 -3m +1 = 0 m = or 1
2
1
m , 1 .
2
11. A line passes through (x1, y1) and (h, k). If slope of the line is m, show that
k – y1 = m (h – x1).
Sol: Let A (x1, y1) , B (h,k)
y y
Slope of the line AB = 2 1
x2 x1
k y1
m= m (h x1 ) k y1
h x1
Exercise – 9(b)
I. In exercises 1 to 7, find the equation of the line which satisfy the given conditions.
1. Write the equations for the X-axis, Y-axis
Sol: Any point on X - axis is ( x , 0) as Y – coordinate on X - axis is zero, also slope of X - axis
is m=0
y – y 1 = m( x - x 1) y – 0 = 0( x – x 1) y = 0
Hence equation of X – axis is y = 0
Similarly we can determine the equation of Y – axis is x = 0.
HANDBOOK 125
MATHEMATICS
1
2. Passing through the point (-4, 3) with slope .
2
Sol: Equation of line in one point form is y – y 1 = m( x - x 1)
1
Here x1 , y1 4, 3 slope m =
2
1
y -3 = ( x +4) 2 y – 6 = x + 4 x 2 y 10 0
2
3. Passing through (0, 0) with slope m.
Sol: Equation of the line in one point form is y y1 m x x1
Here x1 , y1 0, 0 slope = m
y -0 = m( x -0) y = m x .
4. Passing through 2, 2 3 and inclined with the X – axis at an angle of 750 .
Sol: Given x1 , y1 2, 2 3
Slope m = tan750 = 2 3
Equation of a line in one point form is y – y 1 = m( x - x 1)
y2 3 2 3 x 2 y 2 3 2 x 4 3 x 2 3 (or)
2 3 x y4 0
3 1 x
3 1 y 4
3 1
5. Intersecting the X-axis at a distance of 3 units to the left of the origin with slope-2
Sol: If the line meets X – axis (negative side) at distance of 3 units then
x1 , y1 = (-3, 0) slope m = -2
Equation of line in one point form is
y - y 1 = m( x - x 1) y – 0 = -2( x +3)
y = -2 x – 6 2 x + y +6 = 0.
6. Intersecting the Y-axis at a distance of 2 units above the origin and making an angle of 300
with positive direction of the X-axis..
Sol: If the line intersect the Y-axis, at a distance of 2 units above the origin then
1
x1 , y1 0, 2 and slope m = Tan 300
3
Equation of a line in one point form
y – y 1 = m( x – x 1)
1
y2 x 0
3
HANDBOOK 126
MATHEMATICS
3y 2 3 x
x 3y 2 3 0
7. Passing through the points (-1, 1) and (2, -4).
Sol: Let the given points be
x1 , y1 A 1,1 and x2 , y2 B 2, 4
Required equation of the straight line is
y y
y y1 2 1 x x1
x2 x1
4 1
y 1 x 1
2 1
3( y – 1) = -5( x +1)
3 y -3 = -5 x – 5
5 x +3 y +2 = 0.
8. The vertices of PQR are P(2, 1), Q(-2, 3) and R(4, 5). Find equation of the
median through the vertex R.
Sol: Given P=(2, 1), Q = (-2, 3) and R = (4, 5) are three vertices of a PQR.
Let S be the mid point of PQ .
2 2 1 3
S , 0, 2
2 2
Now RS is the median, the equation of the median through R is
y y
y y1 2 1 x x1
x2 x1
25 3
y 5 x 4 y 5 x 4
04 4
4 y – 20 = 3 x – 12, 3 x – 4 y +8 = 0.
9. Find the equation of the line passing through (-3, 5) and perpendicular to the line joining
the points (2, 5) (-3, 6).
y y 6 5 1 1
Sol: Let P = (2, 5) and Q = (-3, 6). Now slope of PQ 2 1
x2 x1 3 2 5 5
1 1
Slope of line perpendicular to PQ = 5
slope PQ 1
5
Let x1 , y1 3, 5 and ,m = 5
Equation of the line is y y1 m x x1
y 5 5 x 3 y – 5 = 5 x +15 5 x – y +20 = 0
10. A line perpendicular to the line segment joining the points (1, 0) and (2, 3) divides it in
the ratio 1 : n. Find the equation of the line.
HANDBOOK 127
MATHEMATICS
Sol: Let the given points are A(1,0), B(2,3) let PQ divide AB in the ration 1 : n at R using
internally ratio we get
mx nx1 my2 ny1 2 n 3 0
R 2 , ,
mn m n 1 n 1 n
30
Slope of AB 3
2 1
1 1
Slope of PQ m1m2 1
slope of AB 3
Now equation of PQ is y y1 m x x1
3 1 n2
y x
1 n 3 n 1
1 n y 3 1 n 1 x n 2
n 1 3 n 1
3 y (n+1) -9 = -(n+1) x +(n+2)
(n+1) x +3(n+1) y = n+11
11. Find the equation of a line that cuts off equal intercepts on the coordinate axes and
passes through the point (2, 3).
Sol: Let a and b be the equal intercepts. Now equation of the straight line in the intercepts form
x y
1 becomes
a b
x y
1 x y a........................ 1
a b
If (1) passing through the point (2, 3) we get 2 + 3 = a
a = 5 put in equation (1) we get x + y = 5 x + y – 5 = 0.
12. If the portion of the straight line intercepted between the axes of co-ordinates is bisected
at (2p, 2q) write the equation of the straight line.
Sol: Let the straight line meets the co-ordinate axes at A(a, 0) and B(0, b) respectively.
Let M(2p, 2q) be the mid point of AB .
a0 0b
, 2 p, 2 q
2 2
a =4p, b = 4q
Now equation of the straight line in the intercept form is
x y x y
1 4
a b p q
13. Find the angle made by the line y = - 3 x 3 with positive direction of the X–axis
measured in the counter – clockwise direction.
Sol: Given line y = - 3 x 3
Compare with y = m x + c, m = - 3
HANDBOOK 128
MATHEMATICS
2
Now tan = - 3 then .
3
14. The intercepts of a straight line on the axes of co-ordinates are a and b. If p is the
length of the perpendicular from the origin to this line, write the value of p in terms of
a and b.
Sol: Let the equation of the straight line with a and b are intercepts on the co-ordinate axes is
x y
1
a b
bx ay ab
divides with a 2 b 2 on both sides
bx ay ab
a b
2 2
a b
2 2
a b2
2
Now perpendicular distance from origin is P
ab
P
a 2 b2
II. 1) Find the equation of the line passing through the point (2, 2) and cut off intercepts on the
axes whose sum is 9.
x y
Sol: Let the equation in the intercept form is 1 ………………(1)
a b
Given that a + b = 9, b = 9 – a
x y
Now equation (1) becomes 1
a 9a
2 2
1 , 2(9-a) + 2(a) = a(9-a)
a 9a
18 – 2a+2a = 9a –a2
a 2 9a 18 0
a 2 6a 3a 18 0
a(a – 6) – 3(a – 6) = 0 (a – 6) (a – 3) = 0
a =3 (or) a = 6, Now b = 6 (or) b = 3
x y x y
Required equations are 1 (or) 1
3 6 6 3
HANDBOOK 129
MATHEMATICS
2 x + y = 6 (or) x + 2 y = 6
2
2. Find the equation of the straight line through the point (0, 2) making an angle with the
3
positive X-axis. Also find the equation of line parallel to it and crossing the Y – axis at a
distance of 2 units below the origin.
2 2
Sol: Given inclination , so slope of the line is m = Tan =- 3
3 3
Given point (0, 2)
y – y 1 = m( x - x 1)
y – 2 = - 3 ( x – 0) 3 x + y -2 = 0………………(1)
The line BD parallel to AC
slope of BD is also m = - 3
It meets the Co-ordinate axis of Y at (0, -2)
B (0, -2)
Hence required equation is
y +2 = - 3 ( x -0) 3 x + y +2=0
3. The perpendicular from the origin to a line meets it at the point (-2, 9).
Find the equation of the line.
Sol: Let OR be the perpendicular drawn from origin to the line PQ .
9
Slope of OR =
2
1 1 2
Slope of PQ
slope of OR 9 9
2
2
m , x1 , y1 2, 9
9
Now equation of the straight line is y – y 1 = m( x - x 1)
2
y 9 x 2 9 y 81 2 x 4 2 x – 9 y + 85 = 0
9
4. The length L (in centimetres) of a copper rod is a linear function of its Celsius temperature.
In an experiment, if L = 124. 942 when C = 20 and L = 125.134 when C = 110, express L in
terms of C.
HANDBOOK 130
MATHEMATICS
Sol: Given L = 124.942 when C = 20 and L = 125.134 when C = 110 now take in the form of
ordered pair (20,124.942), (110,125.134) are two points
y2 y1
y y1 x x1
x2 x1
125.134 124.942
L – 124.942 = C 20
110 20
0.192
L – 124.942 = C 20
90
0.192
L= C 20 124.942
90
5. The owner of a milk store finds that he sell 980L of milk each week at Rs. 14/L and 1220L
of milk each week at Rs. 16/L assuming a linear relationship between selling price and demand,
how many litres could he sell weekly at Rs.17 / litres?
Sol:Let price and litre be denoted in the ordered pair (x, y). Where x denotes rupees / L and y
denotes the quantity of milk in litre.
Given (14, 980) and (16, 1220) are two points the linear equation is
y2 y1
y – y1 = x x1
x2 x1
1220 980 240
y – 980 = x 14 y – 980 = x 14 120x – y = 700
16 14 2
When price x = 17 Rs. Then (120)(17) – y = 700
y = 1340
He will sell weekly 1340L milk at the rate of Rs. 17/L
6. P(a, b) is the mid point of a line segment between the axes. Show that the equation of the
x y
line is 2 .
a b
Sol:Let the line meets the axes at A(h, 0) and B(0,k) and given P(a, b)
be the mid point of AB .
h0 0k
, a, b h = 2a and k = 2b
2 2
x y
Now intercept form of the straight line is 1 becomes
h k
x y x y
1, 2
2 a 2b a b
HANDBOOK 131
MATHEMATICS
7. The point R(h, k) divides a line segment between the axes in the ratio 1: 2. Find the
equation of the straight line.
Sol: Let the straight line meets the Co
Co-ordinate
ordinate axes at A=(a, 0) and B=(0, b), then equation of a
x y
line is 1 1
a b
Given R divides AB in the ratio 1 : 2 then
mx nx1 my2 ny1
R 2 ,
mn mn
0 2a b 0
= , h, k
1 2 1 2
2a b
h, k
3 3
3h
a , b 3k
2
Put in equation (1) we get
x y 2xx y
1 3
3h 3k h k
2
2k x + h y =3hk
8. By using the concept of equation of a lin
line,
e, prove that the three points are collinear
i) (3, 0), (-2, -2), (8, 2)
ii) (-5, 1), (5, 5), (10, 7)
iii) (a, b+c), (b, c+a). (c, a+b)
Sol: (i)
i) Let the given points are A(3, 0), B(
B(-2, -2) and C(8, 2)
y2 y1
Equation of line AB is y y1 x x1
x2 x1
2 0 2
y0 x 3 y x 3
2 3 5
5y = 2x –6
2 x – 5 y – 6 = 0…….(1)
Put C(8, 2) in equation (1)
2(8) – 5(2) -6 =0 0 = 0
Hence the points A, B and C are collinear
HANDBOOK 132
MATHEMATICS
(ii) Let the given points are A(-5, 1), B(5, 5) and C(10, 7).
y y
Equation of a line AB is y y1 2 1 x x1
x2 x1
5 1 2
y 1 x 5 y 1 x 5
55 5
5y – 5 = 2x +10 2x – 5y + 15 = 0……..(1)
On putting the point C(10,7) in equation (1)
2(10)-5(7) + 15 = 0 20 – 35 + 15 = 0 0 = 0
Hence A, B, C are collinear.
(iii) Let the given points are A = (a, b+c), B=(b, c+a) and C = (c, a+b).
y y
Equation of the line AB is y y1 2 1 x x1
x2 x1
c abc
y b c x a
ba
y – b – c = -1( x – a)
x + y – (a + b + c) = 0 (1)
on putting the point C = (c, a+b) we get
c + a + b – (a + b + c) = 0
(a + b + c) – (a+b+c) = 0 0 = 0
Hence A, B, C are collinear.
EXERCISE – 9(C)
I. 1) Reduce the following equations into slope intercept form and find their slopes and
y – intercepts.
(i) x +7y =0 (ii) 6 x +3 y –5=0 (iii) y = 0
1
Sol: (i) Given x + 7 y = 0 7 y x , y x 0
7
1
On comparing with y = m x + c we get, Slope m = , C = 0 is y – intercept
7
5
(ii) Given 6 x + 3 y – 5=0 3 y = - 6 x + 5 y = -2 x +
3
5
On comparing with y = m x + c we get , Slope m = -2 and y – intercept c =
3
HANDBOOK 133
MATHEMATICS
(iii) Given y = 0, y = 0 x + 0 On comparing with y = m x + c we get
Slope m = 0, y – intercept C = 0
2) Reduce the following equations into intercept form and find their intercepts on the axes
(i) 3 x + 2 y – 12=0, (ii) 4 x – 3 y = 6, (iii) 3 y + 2 = 0
Sol: Given equation 3 x + 2y – 12 = 0
3x 2 y x y
3 x + 2y = 12 1 1
12 12 4 6
x – Intercept =4, y – Intercept = 6
(ii) Given 4 x – 3 y = 6
4x 3 y x y 3
1. 1 , x – Intercept = , y – Intercept = -2
6 6 3 2 2
2
(iii) Given 3 y + 2 = 0 3 y = -2
y 2
0.x 1 , No intercept on x – axis, y – intercept =
2 3
3
3. Find the distance of the point (-1, 1) from the line 12( x +6) = 5( y -2)
Sol: Given equation is 12( x + 6) = 5( y – 2)
12 x + 72 = 5 y – 10
12 x – 5 y + 82 = 0……….(1)
Given point x1 , y1 1,1
ax1 by1 c
Perpendicular distance =
a2 b2
12 5 82 65
= = 5.
144 25 13
x y
4. Find the point on the X – axis whose distance from the line 1 are 4 units.
3 4
Sol: Let (h, 0) be any point the X– axis.
x y
Given line 1
3 4
HANDBOOK 134
MATHEMATICS
4 x + 3 y – 12 = 0 …………. (1)
Given perpendicular distance from (h, 0) to line (1) is 4
4h 0 12
4, 4 h 12 = 20, 4h – 12 = 20
16 9
4h – 12= 20 (or) 4h – 12 = -20, 4h = 32 (or) 4h=-8, h = 8 (or) h = - 2
Now the points on the X – axis are (8, 0) and (-2, 0)
5. Find the distance between the parallel lines (i) 15 x +8 y –34 =0, and 15 x +8 y +31=0
(ii) ( x + y ) +p = 0 and ( x + y ) – r = 0
Sol: (i) Given 15 x + 8 y – 34 = 0
15 x 8 y 31 0
cd
The distance between parallel lines a x +b y +c=0 and a x +b y +d=0 is
a2 b2
34 31 65
225 64 17
(ii) Given lines are x + y + p = 0 and x + y – r = 0
cd pr pr
Now distance between parallel lines = = =
a2 b2 l2 l2 2l
6. Find the equation of the line parallel to the line 3 x – 4 y +2 = 0 and passing through the
point (-2, 3).
Sol: Equation of a line passing through x1 , y1 and parallel to a x + b y + c = 0 is
a( x – x 1) + b( y - y 1) = 0.
Given line 3 x - 4 y +2=0, point ( x 1, y 1) = (-2, 3)
3( x +2) - 4( y -3) = 0 3 x – 4 y + 18 = 0
7. Find the equation of the line perpendicular to the line x – 7 y + 5 = 0 and having
x – intercept 3.
Sol: Equation of line passing through ( x1 , y1 ) and perpendicular to the line a x +b y +c=0 is
b( x x1 ) a( y y1 ) 0 .
Given line x – 7 y +5 = 0 and point is (3, 0)
-7( x -3) -1( y -0) = 0 -7 x – y +21 = 0 7 x + y -21 = 0
HANDBOOK 135
MATHEMATICS
8. Find the angle b/w the lines 3x y 1 and x + 3 y = 1.
Sol: Given lines are 3 x + y = 1 y = - 3 x +1
1x 1 1 1
m1 = - 3 , c1 = 1 and x + 3 y = 1 y = , m2 = , C2 =
3 3 3 3
3 1 1
3
m m2 3 = 1 3
Tan 1 = 300 (or) 1500
2
1 m1m2 1
1 3
3
1
3
9. The line through the points (h, 3) and (4, 1) intersects the line 7 x – 9 y – 19 = 0 at right
angle then find the value of h.
Sol: Let A = (h, 3) and B = (4, 1)
1 3 2
Slope of AB =
4h 4h
Given line 7 x – 9 y – 19 = 0 …..(1)
7 7 2 7
Slope of (1) is = m1m2 1 1
9 9 h 4 9
22
14 9h 36 9h = 22 h= .
9
10. Find the ratio in which the straight line 3 x + 4 y = 6 divides the line segment joining the
points (2, -1) and (1, 1).
Sol: The ratio of the line a x + b y +c = 0 divides the line segment joining the points x1 , y1 and
ax1 by1 c
x2 , y 2 is = .
ax2 by2 c
Given line 3x + 4y – 6 = 0 and x1 , y1 2, 1 , x2 , y2 1,1
(6 4 6) 4
Ratio ; Ratio is 4 : 1, opposite signs L11 0, L22 0
(3 4 6) 1
11.Find the point of intersection of the lines 7 x + y +3 =0 and x + y =0
Sol: Given lines 7 x + y +3 =0 and x + y =0
Let p x1 , y1 be the point of intersection
7 x1 y1 3 0...........(1)
x1 y1 0 0...........(2)
3 1 3 1
Solve (1) and (2) we get x1 , y1
6 2 6 2
HANDBOOK 136
MATHEMATICS
1 1
point of inter section = ,
2 2
12. Show that the line (a – b) x +(b-c) y = c – a, (b – c) x + (c – a) y = a – b
and (c – a) x + (a – b) y = b – c are concurrent.
Sol: Note : If L1 a1 x b1 y c1 0 , L2 a2 x b2 y c2 0 , L3 a3 x b3 y c3 0 , no two lines
are parallel and if non – zero numbers 1 , 2 and 3 exists such that 1 L1 2 L2 3 L3 0 then
L1 0 , L2 0 and L3 0 are concurrent.
Let 1 2 3 1 .
Given lines L1 L2 L3 (a – b + b – c + c – a) x +(b - c + c – a + a – b) y
0. x + 0. y = 0, 0 = 0
The lines are concurrent.
13. Find the value of P, if the lines x + p = 0, y + 2 = 0 and 3 x + 2 y + 5 = 0 are
concurrent.
Sol: Given lines are x + p = 0…….. (1), y + 2 = 0 ……. (2), and 3 x + 2 y + 5 = 0 ……(3)
Solve (1) and (2) we get P = ( – P, - 2) put in (3)
1
-3p – 4 + 5 = 0, -3p + 1 = 0, P = .
3
14. Find the area of the triangle formed by the following straight lines and the co-ordinate
axes (i) x – 4 y + 2 = 0, (ii) 3 x – 4 y + 12 = 0
Sol: Note :- The area of the triangle formed by the straight line a x +b y +c=0 with coordinate
c2
axes is sq.u.
2 ab
c2 4 1
(i) Given line x – 4 y + 2 = 0, Hence area = = sq.u .
2 ab 2 1 4 2
2
(ii) Given line 3 x – 4 y + 12 = 0, Hence area c 144
144
6 Sq.u
2 ab 2 3 4 24
II) 1. Prove that the line through the point x1 , y1 and parallel to the line A x x+B y +C= 0 is
A( x – x 1)+B( y – y 1) = 0.
Sol: Given line A x + B y + C = 0 …….(1)
Equation of the line parallel to line (1) is A x + B y + K = 0 ….(2)
If (2) passing through x1 , y1 we get Ax1 By1 K 0
HANDBOOK 137
MATHEMATICS
K = -A x 1 - B y 1, put in (2) A x + B y – A x 1 – B y 1 = 0 A x x1 B y y1 0
2. Two lines passing through the point (2, 3) intersect each other at an angle of 600. If slope
of one line is 2, find the equation of the other line.
Sol: Let m be the slope of the required line
Let m1 = m and m2 = 2 given line slope
m1 m2
Now Tan
1 m1m2
m2
Tan60 0 3 1 2m m 2 3 2 3m m 2 (or) - 3 2 3m m 2
1 2m
m 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 1 m 2 3
m
2 3 m
2 3
2 3 1 2 3 1
Required equations are
y –3=
2 3 x 2 and y – 3 = 2 3 x 2
2 3 1 2 3 1
2 3 x 2 3 1 y 8 3 1 and 2 3 x 2
3 1 y 8 3 1 0
3. Find the equation of the right bisector of the line segment joining the points
(3, 4) and (-1, 2).
Sol: Let the given points are P(3, 4) and Q(-1, 2).
x x y y 3 1 4 2
Let M be the midpoint PQ : M = 1 2 , 1 2 , 1,3
2 2 2 2
y2 y1 2 4 2 1
Slope of PQ
x2 x1 1 3 4 2
1
Slope of perpendicular bisector is = 2
slope of PQ
Equation of right bisector is y – y 1 = m( x - x 1)
y – 3 = -2 ( x – 1) y – 3 = -2 x + 2 2 x + y – 5 = 0
4. Find the co-ordinate of the foot of the perpendicular from the point (-1, 3) to the line
3 x – 4 y – 16 = 0.
Sol: If Q(h, k) is the foot of the perpendicular from P( x 1, y 1) on the straight line
a x + b y +c = 0 then (h – x1) : a = (k – y 1) : b = -(a x 1 + b y 1 + c) : a2+b2.
HANDBOOK 138
MATHEMATICS
Given P = ( x 1, y 1) = (-1, 3), Q = (h, k) be the foot of the perpendicular.
Given line 3 x – 4 y – 16 = 0
h 1 k 3 3 12 16 31 93 124
h + 1 = , K -3 =
3 4 9 16 25 25 25
68 49 68 49
h= ,k=- (h, k) ,
25 25 25 25
5. The perpendicular from the origin to the line y = m x +c meets it at the point
(-1, 2). Find the values of m and c.
Sol: Let 0 = (0, 0) and given point P = (-1, 2)
Given line is y = m x + c ….(1)
(slope of OP ) x (slope of line(1)) = - 1
2 1
m 1 , m =
1 2
1 5
The point (-1, 2) lies on the line (1) 2 = - m + c 2 = - + c c =
2 2
1 5
m= and c =
2 2
6. If p and q are the lengths of perpendiculars from origin to the lines x cos - y sin =
kcos2 and x sec + y cosec = k respectively then prove that p 2 4q 2 k 2 .
Sol: Given lines are x cos - y sin = kcos2 ………….(1)
and x sec + y cosec = k
x y k
k x sin + y cos = sin 2 ……….. (2)
cos sin 2
Given p = perpendicular distance from (0, 0) to line ….(1)
0 0 K cos 2
= k cos 2
cos2 sin 2
q = perpendicular distance from (0, 0) to line ……(2)
K
00 sin 2
2 k
= sin 2
sin cos
2 2 2
Now L.H.S = p 2 4q 2
HANDBOOK 139
MATHEMATICS
k2
= k 2 cos 2 2 4 sin 2 2 = k 2 cos 2 2 sin 2 2 = k 2 = R.H.S
4
7. In the ABC with vertices A(2, 3), B(4, -1) and C(1, 2) find the equation and length of
the altitude from the vertex A.
Sol: Given vertices of a ABC are A=(2, 3), B = (4, -1), C = (1, 2)
Let AD be the altitude.
(slope of BC) (slope of AD) = -1
2 1
(slope of AD) = - 1 Slope of AD = 1
1 4
Equation of AD is y – y 1 = m( x - x 1) y – 3 = 1( x -2) x - y +1 = 0
y y 2 1
Equation of BC is y – y1 = 2 1 x x1 y + 1 = x 4
x2 x1 1 4
y +1 = -x + 4 x +y –3 =0
ax1 by1 c 2 33 2
Length of altitude AD 2
a 2 b2 11 2
8. If P is the length of the perpendicular from origin to the line whose intercepts on the
1 1 1
axes are a and b then show that 2 2 2 .
p a b
x y
Sol: Equation of the line in the intercept form is 1 b x + a y – ab = 0 ……(1)
a b
Given p = perpendicular distance from (0, 0) to the line(1)
ab 1 a 2 b2 1 1
p= 2 2 2 2
b2 a 2 p2 ab a b
9. A straight line meets the co-ordinate axes in A and B. Find the equation of the straight
line when (i) AB is divided in the ratio 2 : 3 at (-5, 2) (ii) AB is divided in the ratio 1 : 2 at (-5,
4) (iii) (p, q) bisects AB .
Sol: Let the line meets the co-ordinate axes at A(a, 0) and B(0, b).
Such that OA = a, OB = b.
(i) Let P(-5, 2) divides AB in the ratio 2 : 3 then
0 3a 0 2b
, 5, 2
5 5
3a 2b 25
5, 2 a ,b 5
5 5 3
HANDBOOK 140
MATHEMATICS
3 x y
Now equation of the straight line is 1 3 x – 5 y + 25 = 0
25 5
(ii) Let P(-5, 4) divides AB in the ratio 1 : 2
2a b 2a b 15
, 5, 4 5, 4 a , b 12
3 3 3 3 2
2 x y
Now equation AB is 1 -8 x + 5 y = 60 8 x -5 y +60=0
15 12
(iii) Let P(p, q) bisects the line segment AB
a 0 0b
, p, q a = 2p, b = 2q
2 2
x y x y
Now equation of the straight line in 1 2
2 p 2q p q
10. A triangle of area 24 sq. units is formed by a straight line and the co-ordinate axes in
the first quadrant. Find the equation of a straight line, if it passes through (3, 4).
Sol: Let the straight line meets X -axis at A(a, 0) and Y-axis at B(o, b)
1
Area of OAB = 24 ab 24 ab = 48… (1)
2
x y
Intercept form of the straight line is 1 , this passing through (3, 4)
a b
3 4
We get 1 3b + 4a = ab 4a + 3b= 48…(2)
a b
2
4a 3b 4 4a 3b = 48 48 =0 4a – 3b = 0 …(3)
2 2
4a – 3b =
Solve (2) and (3) 4a + 3b = 48
4a – 3b = 0 (add)
8a = 48 a = 6
Put a = 6 in equation (3) 24 – 3b = 0
3b = 24 b = 8
x y
Now equation is 1 4 x 3 y 24 0
6 8
11. Find the set of values of ‘a’ if the prints (1, 2) and (3, 4) lie to the same side of the
straight line 3 x – 5 y + a = 0.
Sol: Find L11 ax1 by1 C , L22 ax2 by2 C
case(i) L11 < 0 and L22 < 0 then points lies on the same side.
HANDBOOK 141
MATHEMATICS
3 – 10 + a < 0 and 9 – 20 + a < 0
a < 7 and a < 11
a < 7-------(1)
case(ii) L11 > 0 and L22 > 0 then also points lies on the same side of the line now
3-10+a>0 and 9-20+a>0, a>7 and a>11 a>11--------(2)
The set of values of a is (- , 7) (11, )
12. Show that the lines 2 x + y – 3 = 0, 3 x + 2 y – 2 = 0 and 2 x –3 y –23 = 0 are con current.
Find the point of concurrency.
Sol: Given lines are 2 x + y –3 = 0……….(1), 3x x + 2 y – 2 = 0……..(2)
2 x – 3 y – 23 = 0…….. (3)
x y 1 x y 1
Point of intersection of (1) and (2) is ; x = 4, y = 5
2 6 9 4 4 3 4 5 1
Point of intersection is P(4, -5) put in equation …(3)
2(4)-3(-5)-23 = 0 8 + 15 – 23 = 0 23 – 23 = 0 ; 0 = 0
Hence the lines are concurrent and point of concurrency is (4, -5).
13. Find the value of p if the following lines are concurrent (i) 3 x +4 y =5, 2 x +3 y =4,
p x +4 y = 6.
Sol: Given lines are 3 x +4 y – 5 = 0 (1), 2 x +3 y – 4 = 0 (2), p x +4 y – 6 = 0 (3)
x y 1 x y 1
Solve (1) and (2) ( x , y ) = (-1, 2)
16 15 10 12 9 8 1 2 1
Put (-1, 2) in equation (3) we get p(-1) + 4(2) – 6 = 0 -p + 2 = 0; p = 2
14. If 3a + 2b + 4c = 0 then show that the equation a x +b y +c=0 represents a family of
concurrent straight lines and find the point of concurrency.
Sol: Given line a x +b y +c=0 …………….(1)
Given condition is 3a+2b+4c=0 4c = -3a-2b C = 3a 2b put in equation (1)
4
we get a x + b y - 3a 2b 0 4a x +4b y – 3a – 2b = 0
4
a(4 x -3)+b(4 y -2) = 0 is in the form of 1 L1 2 L2 0 represents family of lines
L1 4 x 3 0 , L2 4 y 2 0
The point of intersection of L1 and L2 is point of concurrency
4x = 3 4y =2
HANDBOOK 142
MATHEMATICS
3
x = y = 1
4 2
Point = 3 , 1 .
4 2
III) 1) Find the point on the straight line 3 x + y + 4 = 0 which is equidistance from the
points (-5, 6) and (3, 2).
Sol: Given equation of a line is 3 x + y + 4 = 0 ………………(1)
Let A(-5, 6) and B(3, 2) are two given points
Let P , be any point on the line and equidistance to A and B.
P , lies on (1) then 3 4 0 ……..(2)
5 6 3 2
2 2 2 2
and PA = PB, PA2 = PB2
2 25 10 2 36 12 2 9 6 2 4 4 16 8 48 0
2 6 0 ………..(3)
6 4 8 18 10 10
,
1
Solve (2) and (3) , = , = (-2, 2)
1 4 3 1 3 2 3 2 5 5
1 6 2 1
2. A straight line through P(3, 4) makes an angle of 600 with the positive direction of the
X – axis. Find the co-ordinates of the points on the line which are 5 units away from P.
Sol: Given point P = (3, 4) = ( x 1, y 1)
Given angle 600
Given distance r = 5
The points on the line are x1 r cos , y1 r sin
5 5 3 6 5 8 5 3 11 8 5 3
= 3 5cos 600 , 4 5sin 600 3 , 4 , ,
2 2 2 2 2 2
and also x1 r cos , y1 r sin
5 5 3 1 85 3
= 3 5c os 600 , 4 5sin 600 = 3 , 4 = , .
2 2 2 2
3. A straight line through Q( 3 , 2) makes an angle with the positive direction of
6
X–axis. If the straight line intersects the line 3 x – 4 y +8=0 at P. Find the distance PQ.
Sol: Given line 3 x – 4 y + 8 = 0 …….(1)
HANDBOOK 143
MATHEMATICS
Given point Q( x 1, y 1) = ( 3 , 2), Let PQ = r and angle .
6
P = x1 r cos , y1 r sin = 3 r cos , 2 r sin
6 6
r 3 r
P = 3 , 2 lies on (1)
2 2
r 3 r 3r
3 3 4 2 8 0 3 8 2 r 8 0
2 2 2
r
3 0 ; r 6 ; the distance PQ = r = 6.
2
3
4. A straight line through Q(2, 3) makes an angle with the negative direction of X-axis.
4
If the straight line intersects the line x + y – 7 = 0 at P. find the distance PQ.
Sol: Given line x + y – 7 = 0 ………………(1)
3
Given point Q = ( x 1, y 1) = (2, 3) and angle with negative direction means in the
4 4
positive direction of X – axis
, Let PQ = r
4
r r
Now P = x1 r cos , y1 r sin = 2 r cos ,3 r sin = 2 ,3
4 4 2 2
r r 2r
P lies on line (1) then we get, 2 3 7 0 2; r 2
2 2 2
The distance PQ = r 2
5. Show that the lines x + y = 0, 3 x + y = 0 and 3 x + y – 4 = 0 forms an isosceles
triangle.
Sol:Given straight lines are x + y = 0 …..(1),3 x + y -4 = 0 …….(2) , x + 3 y – 4 = 0 ….(3)
Let A x1 , y1 be the point of intersection of (1) and (2)
4 0 0 4
A= x1 , y1 = , 2, 2
1 3 1 3
Let B = ( x2 , y2 ) be the point of intersection of (2) and (3)
4 12 4 12
B = x2 , y2 , 1,1
9 1 9 1
Let C = x3 , y3 be the point of intersection of (3) and (1)
HANDBOOK 144
MATHEMATICS
0 4 4 0
C = x3 , y3 , = (-2, 2)
1 3 1 3
Vertices of triangle are A = (2, -2), B = (1, 1), C = (-2, 2)
AB = 1 9 10, BC 9 1 10
CA = 16 16 32
AB BC 10
ABC is isosceles triangle.
EXERCISE : 9(d)
I) 1. Find the value of K for which the line (k -3)x – (4-k2) y +k2-7k+6=0 is
(a) parallel to the x -axis (b) parallel to the y -axis (c) passing through origin.
Sol: Equation of given line is (k – 3) x -(4-k2) y +(k2 – 7k + 6) = 0….. (1)
k 3
(a) If line (1) parallel to x – axis then slope = 0 0k 3
4 k 2
1
(b) If line (1) parallel to y-axis then slope =
0
k 3
4 k 2 0 ; k 2
4 k2
(c) If a line (1) passing through O(0, 0) then constant is zero
k 2 7k 6 0 k 6k 1k 6 0 k 1 k 6 0
2
k 1 or k 6
2. Find the equations of the lines which cut off intercepts on the axes whose sum and
product are 1 and – 6 respectively.
x y
Sol:Let the intercept form of the straight line is 1........(1)
a b
Given a + b = 1 ………..(2), a b = - 6 ……..(3)
Solve (2) and (3) we get a – a 2 = -6 a = - 2 (or) a = 3
x y
If a = -2 we get b = 3 then equation is 1 3x – 2y + 6 = 0
2 3
x y
If a = 3 we get b = -2 then equation is 1 2x – 3y – 6 = 0
3 2
x y
3. What are the point on the y – axis whose distance from the line 1 is 4 units.
3 4
Sol: Let (0, h) be any point on the y – axis given line is 4 x + 3 y -12 = 0 …..(1)
Given perpendicular distance from (0, h) to line (1) is 4
HANDBOOK 145
MATHEMATICS
0 3h 12 32 8
4 3h 12 =20 3h – 12 = 20 h = (or) h = -
16 9 3 3
32 8
The points on y-axis are 0, (or) 0,
3 3
4. Find the perpendicular distance from the origin to the line joining the points
(cos , sin ) and (cos , sin ).
Sol: Equation of the line joining the points
Let A = (cos , sin ) and B = (cos , sin )
2 cos sin cos
sin sin 2 2 =- 2
Slope of AB
cos cos
2sin sin sin
2 2 2
cos
2 x cos
Equation of the line AB is y - sin =
sin
2
y sin - sin sin = -x cos +cos cos
2 2 2 2
x cos +y sin = cos cos + sin sin
2 2 2 2
x cos + y sin = cos ………(1)
2 2 2
0 0 cos
2
perpendicular distance from 0(0, 0) to line (1) is P
2
cos 2 sin
2 2
P cos
2
5. Find the equation of the line parallel to y -axis and drawn through the point of
intersection of the lines x – 7 y + 5 = 0 and 3 x + y = 0.
Sol: Given lines are x – 7 y + 5 = 0…….(1), 3 x + y = 0……….(2)
5
Put y =-3 x in equation (1) x + 21 x +5 = 0 x =
22
HANDBOOK 146
MATHEMATICS
5 15
Put x = we get y =
22 22
5 15
P ,
22 12
5
Any line parallel to y-axis is in the form x = h x 22 x 5 0
22
x y
6. Find the equation of a line drawn perpendicular to the line 1 through the point
4 6
where it meets the y-axis.
x y
Sol: Give line is 1 6 x + 4 y – 24 = 0 3 x +2 y -12= 0……..(1)
4 6
Line (1) meets the y -axis at P = (0, 6)
Equation of perpendicular line is b( x - x 1) – a( y - y 1) = 0
2( x – 0) – 3( y – 6) = 0 2 x – 3 y + 18 = 0
7. Find the length of the perpendicular from the point (3, 4) to the straight line
3 x – 4 y + 10 = 0.
Sol: Perpendicular distance from (3, 4) to the line
ax1 by1 c 9 16 10 3
3 x – 4 y + 10 = 0 is = =
a b
2 2
9 16 5
8. Find the distance between the following parallel lines (i) 3 x – 4 y – 12=0 and
3 x -4 y – 7 = 0 (ii) 5 x – 3 y – 4 = 0 and 10 x – 6 y -9 = 0.
Sol: The distance between the parallel lines
cd
a x + b y + c = 0 and a x + b y +d = 0 is
a2 b2
(i) Given lines are 3 x – 4 y – 12 = 0… (1)and 3 x – 4 y – 7 = 0 … (2)
cd 12 7 5
Distance between parallel lines (1) and (2) is = =1
a b
2 2
9 16 5
(ii) Given lines are 5 x – 3 y -4 = 0 and 10 x -6 y – 9 = 0
First equation can be taken as 10 x -6 y – 8 = 0 ………(1) x y
and second equation 10 x – 6 y – 9 = 0 …….(2)
8 9 1 1
distance between parallel lines (2) and (2) is =
100 36 136 2 34
9. Find the value of K if the straight lines y – 3k x + 4 = 0 and
HANDBOOK 147
MATHEMATICS
(2k -1) x -(8k-1) y – 6 = 0 are perpendicular.
Sol: Given line are y – 3k x + 4 = 0 ……(1)
Slope of (1) is m1 = 3k And (2k – 1) x – (8k – 1)y -6 = 0 ………….(2)
2k 1
Slope of (2) is m2 =
8k 1
m1m2 1 3k
2k 1 1 6k 2 3k 8k 1 0 6k 2 6k k 1 0
8k 1
6k(k+1) – 1(k+1) = 0
1
k= (or) k = -1
6
10. (-4, 5) is a vertex of a square and one diagonal is 7 x – y + 8 = 0. Find the equation of
the other diagonal.
Sol: Given point (-4,5)
4,5) does not lies on the given diagonal.
The other diagonal is perpendicular line
b( x – x 1) –a( y - y 1) = 0
-( x + 4) – 7 ( y – 5) = 0 - x – 7 y + 31 = 0
x + 7 y -31 = 0
II. 1) Find the area of thee triangle formed by the lines y – x = 0 and x + y =0 and x -k=0.
Sol:Given lines are y = x … (1) , y = - x … (2) and x = k ………..(3) x y
(1) and (2) are perpendicular
erpendicular lines O(0, 0), A=(k
A=(k, k),
B= (k, -k)
1
Area of OAB = OM AB
2
1 2k 2
= k 2k k 2 units
2 2
2. Find the value of P so that the three lines 3 x + y -2 = 0, p x +2 y -3=0
3=0 and 2 x - y -3 = 0
may intersect at one point .
Sol: Given that lines are con current and
3 x + y - 2 = 0….(1), P x +2 y - 3= 0 … (2), 2 x – y – 3 = 0 ……(3)
3 2 4 9
Solve (1) and (3) we get ( x , y ) = , 1, 1
3 2 3 2
Put (1, -1) in equation (2)
P(1) +2(-1) - 3 = 0 ; P=5
HANDBOOK 148
MATHEMATICS
3) If three lines whose equations are y = m1 x + c1, y = m2 x +c2 and y = m3 x + c3 are
concurrent then show that m1 c2 c3 m2 c3 c1 m3 c1 c2 0 .
Sol:Given lines are m1 x y c1 0......... (1) , m2 x y c2 0......... (2)
m3 x y c3 0......... (3) are concurrent
c c c m c m
solving (1) and (2) we get ( x , y ) = 1 2 , 1 2 2 1
m2 m1 m2 m1
c c c m c m
Substituting ( x , y ) = 1 2 , 1 2 2 1 in equation (1)
m2 m1 m2 m1
m3 c1 c2 c1m2 c2 m1 c 0
We get m3 c1 c2 - c1m2 c2 m1 + c3 m2 m1 =0
m2 m1 m2 m1 3
m3 c1 c2 - c1m2 c2 m1 + c3m2 c3 m1 =0 m1 c2 c3 + m2 c3 c1 m3 c1 c2 0
4. Find the equation of the line through the point (3, 2) which makes an angle of 450 with
line x – 2 y =3.
Sol: Let m be the slope of the line which makes an angle 450 with given line x –2 y =3 and
passing through (3, 2).
1
Let m1 = m, m2 = slope of line x – 2 y – 3 = 0 = and 450
2
1
m1
Tan
m1 m2
Tan450 2 2m 1 1
1 m1m2 m 2m
1
2
2m – 1 = (2 + m) 2m – 1 = 2+m (or) 2m -1 = - 2 – m
1
m = 3 3m = -1 m =
3
case (i) m = 3, x1 , y1 = (3, 2)
y – 2 = 3( x - 3) 3 x – y – 7 = 0
1
Case (ii) m = , x1 , y1 = (3, 2)
3
1
y -2 = ( x – 3) 3 y – 6 = - x +3 x + 3 y – 9 = 0
3
Required equations are 3 x – y – 7 = 0, x + 3 y – 9 = 0.
HANDBOOK 149
MATHEMATICS
5. Find the equation of the line passing through the point of intersection of the lines
4 x + 7 y – 3= 0 and 2 x – 3 y + 1 = 0 that has equal intercepts on the axes.
Sol: Given lines are 4 x + 7 y -3 = 0 …(1), 2 x – 3 y +1 = 0 …(2)
79 6 4 1 5
solve (1) and (2) (x, y)= , ,
12 14 12 14 13 13
Let a, a are intercepts on the co-ordinate axes equation of line in the intercept form is
x y
1 (3)
a a
1 5 1 5 6
x + y = a passing through , we get aa
13 13 13 13 13
6 6
put a = in equation (3) we get x + y = 13 x + 13 y – 6 = 0.
13 13
6. Show that the equations of the lines passing through origin and making an angle with
y m tan
the line y = m x +c is .
x 1 m tan
Sol: Let m be the slope of the line passing through origin and making an angle with the line
y =mx +c
m1=M and m2 = m, let be the angle
m1 m2 M m M m
Tan Tan Tan
1 m1m2 1 Mm 1 Mm
M – m = Tan 1 Mm M – m = Tan 1 Mm (or) M – m = - Tan 1 Mm
M-Mm Tan = m+Tan (or) M+ MmTan = m - Tan
m Tan m Tan
M= (or)
1 mTan 1 mTan
m Tan
slopes are
1 mTan
m Tan y m Tan
The equations passing through origin y = x (or)
1 mTan x 1 mTan
7. In what ratio, the line joining (-1, 1) and (5, 7) is divided by the line x + y = 4?
Sol: The ratio is -
ax1 by1 c
1 1 4 4 1
ax2 by2 c 5 7 4 8 2
HANDBOOK 150
MATHEMATICS
Ratio is 1 : 2
8. Find the equation of the straight line passing through (1, 3) and (i) parallel to (ii)
perpendicular to the line passing through the points (3, -5) and (-6, 1).
Sol: Let A = (3, -5) and B=(-6, 1)
2
i) Slope of parallel line is also m = - , let x1 , y1 1,3
3
2
Now equation of the line is y – 3 = - x 1 3 y – 9 = - 2 x + 2
3
2 x + 3 y – 11 = 0
3
ii) Slope of line perpendicular to AB is m = and passing through (1, 3) is
2
3
y –3= ( x – 1) 2 y – 6 = 3 x – 3
2
3 x – 2 y + 3 = 0
9. Find the equation of the line perpendicular to 3 x + 4 y + 6 =0 and making an intercept
– 4 on X – axis.
Sol: Equation given line is 3 x + 4 y + 6 = 0 ……………..(1)
The point is P = (-4, 0)
Now perpendicular line is b( x - x 1) – a( y - y 1) = 0
4 x 4 3 y 0 0 4 x 3 y 16 0
10. A(-1, 1), B(5, 3) are opposite vertices of a square in XY – plane. Find the equation of a
diagonal (not passing through A, B) of the square.
Sol: Given A = (-1, 1), B = (5, 3) are two opposite vertices of a square
Let M be the mid point of AB and CD
1 5 1 3
M= , 2, 2
2 3
3 1 2 1
Slope of AB =
5 1 6 3
1
Slope of the diagonal CD 3
slope of AB
Equation on of the diagonal is y – 2 = -3( x - 2) y – 2 = -3 x + 6 3 x + y – 8 = 0
11. Find the foot of the perpendicular (3, 0) upon the straight line 5 x +12 y -41=0.
HANDBOOK 151
MATHEMATICS
Sol: If (h, k) is foot of the perpendicular from x1 , y1 to the line a x + b y + c = 0 then
h x1 k y1 ax1 by1 c h 3 k 0 15 0 41
a b a b
2 2
5 12 25 144
h 3 k 26 2
5 12 169 13
10 k 2
h–3=
13 12 13
10 49 24
h = 3 = k=
13 13 13
49 24
foot of the perpendicular ,
13 13
12. Show that the distance of the point (6, -2) from the line 4 x + 3 y = 12 is half the distance of
the point (3,4) from the line 4 x -3 y =12.
ax 1 by1 c
Sol: Perpendicular distance from x1 , y1 to the line ax by c 0 is
a 2 b2
Let d1 = perpendicular distance from (6, -2) to the line 4 x + 3 y – 12 = 0
24 6 12 6
=
16 9 5
Let d2 = perpendicular distance from (3, 4) from the line 4 x –3 y =12 4 x -3y-12=0
12 12 12 12 6
= = 2. = 2d1
16 9 5 5
1
d1 d2
2
III. 1) Find the distance of the line 4 x +7 y +5=0 from the point (1, 2) along the line
2 x - y =0.
Sol: Let the equation of AB is 4 x +7 y +5 = 0 … (1) PQ is 2 x – y = 0 ……. (2)
Solve (1) and (2) we get Q
4 x + 7(2 x ) + 5 = 0 18 x = -5
5 5
x= and y =
18 9
HANDBOOK 152
MATHEMATICS
5 5
Q , , P = (1,2)
18 9
2 2 2 2
5 5 23 23
Now PQ length is = 1 2 =
18 9 18 9
23 1 23
= 1 5 .
9 4 18
2. Find the direction in which a straight line must be drawn through the point
(-1, 2). So that its points of intersection with the line x + y =4 may be at a distance of 3
units from the point.
Sol: Let m be the slope of the line passing through P(-1, 2)
y -2 = m( x +1) m x - y + 2 + m = 0 ……(1)
and given line is x + y = 4 x + y – 4 = 0 ….(2)
Solve (1) and (2) put y = 4 – x in equation (1)
m x – 4 + x + 2 + m = 0 x (1 + m) = 2 – m
2m
x= put in equation …………(2)
1 m
2m 4 4 m 2 m 2 5m
y=4- =
1 m 1 m 1 m
2 m 2 5m
point of intersection is Q ,
1 m 1 m
Given PQ = 3; PQ2 = 9
2 2
2 m 2 5m
2 9 2 m 1 m 2 5m 2 2m 9 1 m
2 2 2
1
1 m 1 m
3 3m 9 1 m 1 m2 1 m2 2m
2 2 2
m 0 (or) m is not defined.
The line is parallel to x – axis (or) parallel to y -axis
3. The hypotenuse of a right angled triangle has its ends at the points (1, 3) and
(-4, 1). Find the equations of the legs (perpendicular sides)of the triangle.
Sol: Let A = (1, 3) and B = (-4, 1)
Let C 900 then BC is a line parallel to x – axis it equation is y = 1.
HANDBOOK 153
MATHEMATICS
And AC is parallel to y –axis it equation is x =1
C = (1, 1)
Equations of legs are x = 1, y = 1 (or) x = -4, y = 3
4. Find the image of the given point w.r.t to the given line
(i) point (3, 8) w.r.t line x + 3 y = 7
(ii) point (1, 2) w.r.t line 3 x + 4 y – 1=0
Sol:(i) Let (h, k) be the image of the point ( x 1, y 1) w.r.t the line a x + b y +c = 0 then
h x1 k y1 2 ax1 by1 c
.
a b a 2 b2
x1 , y1 = (3, 8) and line x +3y –7=0
h 3 k 8 2 3 24 7 40
= 4
1 3 1 9 10
h3 k 8
4 , 4 h = -1, k = -4
1 3
Image (-1, -4)
(ii) x1 , y1 = (1, 2) and line is 3 x + 4 y – 1=0
h 1 k 2 2 3 8 1 20 4
=
3 4 9 16 25 5
h 1 4 k 2 4 12 16 7 6
, h = 1, k 2 h = ,k
3 5 4 5 5 5 5 5
image = 7 6
,
5 5
5. If the lines y = 3 x + 1 and 2 y = x + 3 are equally inclined to the line
y = m x + 4, find the value of m.
Sol: Let the angle between the lines y = 3 x + 1 and y = m x + 4 is ,
m1 = 3, m2 = m Tan 3 m (1)
1 3m
x 3
And also take angle between y = and y = m x +4 is also .
2 2
1 1
m1 = , m2=m. Hence Tan = 2
m
1 2m
2 2
m 2m
1
2
from (1) and (2) we get 3 m 1 2m
1 3m 2m
By taking positive sign (3 – m) (2+m) = (1+3m) (1-2m)
HANDBOOK 154
MATHEMATICS
6 + 3m – 2m –m = 1 – 2m +3m – 6m2 5m2 = - 5 m2 = -1 not possible
2
Again taking negative sign we get 3 m 1 2m
1 3m 2m
(3 – m)(2+m) = -(1-2m)(1+3m) 6 + 3m - 2m – m2 = -(1+3m – 2m – 6m2)
7m2 – 2m -7 = 0
m = 2 4 4 49 =
2 2 50
=
20 1 5 2 1 5 2
14 14 14 7
6. If sum of the perpendicular distance of a variable point P( x y ) from the lines x + y -5 = 0
and 3 x -2 y +7=0 is always 10. Show that P must move on a line.
Sol: Given equations of lines are x + y – 5 = 0……..(1)
3 x – 2 y + 7 = 0 …..(2)
Given sum of the perpendicular distances from P( x y ) to line (1) and (2) is 10.
x y 5 3x 2 y 7 x y 5 3x 2 y 7
10 10
11 94 2 13
13 ( x + y – 5) = 10 2 . 13 2 13x 2 y 7
13 2 13 x
13 2 2 y 7 2 5 13 10 26 0 is a straight line
7. Find the equation of the line which is equidistant from parallel lines
9 x + 6 y – 7 = 0 and 3 x + 2 y + 6 = 0.
Sol: Mid way line between parallel lines a x + b y + c1 = 0 and a x + b y + c2 =0,
c c
a x +b y + 1 2 0
2
Let the given lines are 9 x +6 y –7 = 0 ..(1) and 3 x + 2 y +6 =0 9 x + 6 y +18 = 0 ..(2)
7 18
Now required line is 9 x 6 y 0 18x 12 y 11 0 .
2
8. A ray of light passing through the point (1, 2) reflects on the x -axis at point A and the
reflected ray passes through the point (5, 3) find co-ordinate of A.
Sol: Let P(1, 2) and Q(5, 3)
Let A(h, 0) be the ray through P(1, 2) is reflected
30 3 2 0 2
Slope of AQ in Tan = and slope of AP is - tan =
5 h 5h 1 h h 1
HANDBOOK 155
MATHEMATICS
3 2 13
h =
5 h h 1 5
13
A h,0 ,0
5
9. Prove that the product of the lengths of the perpendiculars drawn from the points
x y 2
a 2 b 2 , 0 and a 2 b 2 , 0 to the line cos sin 1 is b .
a b
Sol: Given line (b cos )x + (a sin ) y – ab = 0 ….(1)
Let d1 = perpendicular distance from
a 2 b 2 , 0 the line (1) =
b cos a 2 b 2 ab
b 2 cos 2 a 2 sin 2
d2 = perpendicular distance from a 2 b 2 , 0 to line (2) =
b cos a 2 b 2 ab
b2 cos 2 a 2 sin 2
= a b cos a b
b a 2 b2 cos ab b a2 b2 cos ab 2 2 2 2 2
product d1d2 = .
b2 cos2 a 2 sin 2 b2 cos2 a2 sin 2 b 2 cos 2 a 2 sin 2
a 2 cos2 b 2 cos a 2 a 2 1 sin 2 b2 cos a 2
2
=b 2
=b
b2 cos2 a2 sin 2 b2 cos 2 a 2 sin 2
a 2 sin 2 b2 cos
= b2 b2
b cos a sin
2 2 2 2
10. A person studying at the junction (crossing) of two straight paths represented by the
equations 2 x – 3 y + 4 = 0 and 3 x + 4 y – 5 = 0 wants to reach the path whose equations is
6 x -7 y + 8 = 0 in the least two. Find the equation of the path that he should follow.
Sol:Let the given lines are 2 x – 3 y + 4 = 0….(1), 3 x + 4 y - 5 = 0….(2)
and other line 6 x – 7 y + 8 = 0……….(3)
Let point of intersection of (1) and (2) is P
15 16 12 10 1 22
P=(x,y)= , ,
8 9 8 9 17 17
1 22
Equation of the line perpendicular to (3) and passing this P = , is the least path
17 17
1 22
Hence 7 x 6 y 0 7 17 x 1 6 17 y 22 0
17 17
119 x 102 y 125 0 .
HANDBOOK 156
MATHEMATICS
11. Show that the lines x -7 y – 22 = 0, 3 x + 4 y + 9 = 0 and 7 x + y – 54 = 0 form a right
angled isosceles triangle.
Sol: Let the equations of the given lines are
x – 7 y – 22 = 0 (1), 3 x + 4 y + 9 = 0 (2), 7 x + y – 54 = 0 (3)
Let be the angle between (1) and (2)
1 3
Slope of (1) is m1 = , slope of (2) m2 =
7 4
1 3 4 21
m m2 25
Tan 1 = 7 4 = 28 = 1
1 m1m2 3 28 3 25
1
28 28
450
3
Let be the angle between (2) and (3) slope of (2) is m1 = , slope of (3) is m2 = -7
4
3 7 3 28
m1 m2 4 = 25 1
Tan = 4 1 =
1 m1m2 21 4 21 25
1
4 4
450
Let be the angle between (1) and (3)
1800 450 450 1800 900
450 , 450 , 900
right angled Isosceles triangle.
12. Find the equation of the straight line passing through the point (-3, 2) and making an
angle of 450 with the straight line 3 x – y + 4 = 0.
Sol: Let m be the slope of line passing through the point (-3, 2) and making an angle 450 with line
3 x – y + 4 = 0.
Let m1 = m, =450 and m2 = slope of line 3 x – y + 4 = 3
m1 m2
Now Tan =
1 m1m2
m3
Tan450
1 3m
m – 3 = 1 + 3m (or) m – 3 = -(1+3m)
m = -2 (or) 4m = 2
case (i) If m = - 2 and ( x 1, y 1) = (-3, 2) then equation of the line is
HANDBOOK 157
MATHEMATICS
y – 2 = -2( x + 3) 2 x + y + 4 = 0
1
case (ii) If m = and ( x 1 , y 1) = (-3, 2) then equation of the line is
2
1
y –2= ( x +3) x – 2 y + 7 = 0
2
Required equations are x – 2 y + 7 = 0 and 2 x + y +4 = 0
HANDBOOK 158
MATHEMATICS
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
1) = 450 (inclined) m = Tan450 = 1; C = 3
y = x +3
2) Let O = (0, 0), P(5, 2), Q(6, -15)
2 15 5
m1 = slope of OP = m2 = slope of OQ = m1m2 = -1,
5, 6 2 , 2
3) A = (3, 0), B = (4, 0), C = (5, 0)
By verification (2, 2) and (5, 0) satisfiers ( verification (2, 2) and (5, 0))
C2 144
4) 6
2 ab 24
C2 4
5) 2
2 ab 2 cos .sec
a2
6) 1 a 24 2 6
24
7) A = (3, 0), B(4, 0), C = (5, 0)
By verification (2, 2) and (5, 0) satisfies 2 x + 3 y = 10
x y x y
8) 2; 2; 4 x 3 y 24 0
x1 y1 3 4
1 b
9) m1 = -3, m2 = , m3 = -
a 2
m1 m2 = -1 m2 x m3 = -1
3 1 b
1 1
a 3 2
a=3 b=6
ab = (3) (6) = 18
HANDBOOK 159
MATHEMATICS
2 2 2
x y k
10) 2
l m
1 2
l m
l= 1, m = 2, k = l
x2 y 2 l 2 4x2 y2 l 2
= 36 x 2 9 y 2 4l 2
1 4 9 4 9
11) By verification (1, -10) satisfies 3 x + y + 7 = 0
12 10 7 15
12)
13 13
13) Result only 4p2 + q2 = a2
14) By verification (1) and (4) are parallel lines now
5 0 34 39
(1) distance 3
25 144 13
5 0 44 49
(2) distance = 5x + 12y+34=0 is parallel line which is at a distance of 3 units.
13 13
1 c1 c2 1 15 5 1
15. r 2 1
2 a2 b2 2 5 2
Area = r 2 1
2
6 3 2
16) Slope of AB = and Slope of the line r to AB
4 2 3
2
Equation is y – 1 x 4 2 x + 3 y – 11 = 0
3
4 3 11 10 5
Ratio = 5:8
12 15 11 16 8
x y
17) Let 1 be the line x + y = a perpendicular distance from origin is a = 2
a a
HANDBOOK 160
MATHEMATICS
Now equation is x + y = 2 ……(1) and Given line y = 2 x 3 2 ….. (2)
From (1) and (2) we get x = -1 and y = 2 +1;
x0 = -1, y0= 2 1
2 x0 y0 2 2 1 2 1
ac
18) If a, b, c are in AP then b
2
a – 2b + c = 0 ax by c 0 ; x, y 1, 2
19) From (18) the line passing through fixed point
20) By verification option (2) and (3) satisfies the 2 x – 3 y = 5 and distance from option is
9 1 10 and 4 25 29
Option (3) not satisfies.
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS KEYS
1) 2 2) 3 3) 1 4) 3 5) 3 6) 2 7) 1 8) 1 9) 1 10) 1
11) 1 12) 1 13) 1 14) 1 15) 4 16) 2 17) 2 18) 3 19) 1 20) 2
HANDBOOK 161
MATHEMATICS
10. CONIC SECTIONS
CIRCLE
Exercise -10(a)
I. In each of the following exercise 1 to 5
1. Find the equation of the circle with Centre(0,2) and radius 2.
Sol: The equation of a circle with centre C(h,k) and radius ‘r’ is (𝑥 − ℎ) + (𝑦 − 𝑘) =𝑟
Here C(h, k) = (0, 2) and r = 2
(𝑥 − 0) +(𝑦 − 2) =2 𝑥 + 𝑦 − 4𝑦 = 0
2.Find the equation of the circle with centre (-2, 3) and radius 4.
Sol: C(h, k) = (-2, 3) and ɤ = 4
(𝑥 + 2) +(𝑦 − 3) = 4
𝑥 + 𝑦 +4𝑥 – 6y -3 = 0
1 1 1
3. Find the equation of the circle with Centre , and radius
2 4 12
1 1 1
Sol: C(h,k) = , and r =
2 4 12
2 2 2
1 1 1
x y 𝑥 + 𝑦 − 𝑥 − + + − =0
2 4 12
36 x 36 y 36 x 18 y 11 0
2 2
4. Find the equation of the circle with Centre (1,1) and radius 2
Sol: C (1,1) and r = √2
2
2
x 1 y 1
2 2
x2 y 2 2 x 2 y 0
5. Find the equation of the circle with Centre (-a,-b) and radius a2 b2 .
Sol: C(h,k) = (-a,-b) and r = a2 b2
( x a )2 ( y b)2 ( a 2 b 2 )2
x 2 y 2 2ax 2by a 2 b 2 a 2 b 2 0
x 2 y 2 2ax 2by 2b 2 0
In each of the following Exercises 6 to 10
6. Find the centre and radius of the circle ( x 5) 2 ( y 3) 2 36
2
Sol: ( x 5) 2 ( y 3) 2 36 ( x (5) 2 ( y 3) 2 36
Centre C(h,k) =(-5,3) and radius r = 36
7. Find the centre and radius of the circle x 2 y 2 4 x 8 y 45 0
2 g 4, 2 f 8, c 45
Sol: x 2 y 2 2 gx 2 fy c 0 ,
g 2, f 4
C ( g , f ) (2, 4) and r g 2 f 2 c = 4 16 45 65
HANDBOOK 162
MATHEMATICS
8. Find the centre and radius of the circle x 2 y 2 8 x 10 y 12 0
Sol: C( g , f ) (4, 5) , r g 2 f 2 c 16 25 12 53
9. Find the centre and radius of the circle 2 x 2 2 y 2 x 0
1
Sol: x 2 y 2 x 0
2
1
2 g , 2 f 0, c 0
2
1
g , f 0
4
1 1
C ( g , f ) , 0 and r
4 4
10. Find the centre and radius of the circle 1 m 2 ( x 2 y 2 ) 2cx 2mcy 0
2c 2mc
Sol: x 2 y 2 x y 0
1 m2 1 m2
c mc
C ( g , f ) ,
1 m 1 m2
2
r g2 f 2 c C
11. Find the equation of the circle passing through origin and having the centre at (-4,-3).
Sol:Centre C(-4,-3) and point P(0,0)
Radius, r =CP =√16 + 9 = 5
The equation of circle is (𝑥 − ℎ) +( 𝑦 − 𝑘) = 𝑟
(𝑥 + 4) +( 𝑦 + 3) =5 x 2 y 2 8 x 6 y 0
12. Find the equation of the circle passing through (2,-1) having the centre at (2,3).
Sol: P (2 1) and C (2,3) ( h, k )
r CP 0 42 4
The equation of circle is x h ( y k )2 r 2
2
( x 2) 2 ( y 3) 2 42 x 2 y 2 4 x 6 y 3 0
13. Find the equation of the circle passing through (-2,3) having the centre at (0,0).
Sol: P ( 2,3) and C (0, 0) (h, k )
r CP 4 9 13
The equation of circle is x 2 y 2 13
14. Find the equation of the circle passing through (3,4) having the centre at (-3,4).
P (3, 4) and C ( h, k ) ( 3, 4)
Sol:
r CP ( 3 3) 2 (4 4) 2 6
The equation of a circle ( x 3) 2 ( y 4)2 62
x 2 y 2 6 x 8 y 11 0
HANDBOOK 163
MATHEMATICS
15. Find the value of a if 2 x ay 3 x 2 y 1 0 represents a circle and also find its radius.
2 2
Sol: 2 x 2 ay 2 3 x 2 y 6 0 a 2
3 1
x2 y 2
x y 0
2 2
9 1 1 21
r
16 4 2 4
16. Find the values of a, b if ax 2 bxy 3 y 2 5 x 2 y 3 0 represents a circle. Also find the
radius and centre of the circle.
Sol: If ax 2 2hxy by 2 2 gx 2 fy c 0 represents a circle then a = b and h = 0,
a 3 and b = 0.
The given equation becomes 3x 2 3 y 2 5 x 2 y 3 0
5 2
2g 2f
3 3 5 1
c 1 Centre C ( g , f ) , ,
5 1 6 3
g f
6 3
25 1
r 1
36 9
25 4 36 65 65
36 36 6
17. If x 2 y 2 2 gx 2 fy 12 0 represents a circle with centre (2,3) find g, f and its radius.
Sol: Given x 2 y 2 2 gx 2 fy 12 0 ,Centre C ( g , f ) (2,3) & c 12 , g 2 and f 3
Radius r= g 2 f 2 c = 4 9 12 5
18. If x 2 y 2 rgx 2 fy 0 represents a circle with centre (-4,-3) then find g, f and the
radius of the circle.
Sol: Given x 2 y 2 rgx 2 fy 0 , Centre C ( g , f ) ( 4, 3) and c 0
g 4, f 3 & C 0
r g 2 f 2 c 16 9 25 5
19. If x 2 y 2 4 x 6 y c 0 represents a circle with radius 6 then find the value of c.
Sol: Let x 2 y 2 4 x 6 y c 0
2 g 4 2 f 6
g 2 f 3
Given that radius r=6 = g 2 f 2 c c 23
HANDBOOK 164
MATHEMATICS
20. Find the equation of a circle which is concentric with x 2 y 2 6 x 4 y 12 0 and passing
through (-2, 14).
Sol: Let the equation of circle which is concentric is x 2 y 2 6 x 4 y k 0
Given that it passes through the point (-2,14)
4+196+12-56+k =0 k = -156
Required equation of circle is x 2 y 2 6 x 4 y 156 0
21. Find the equation of a circle with centre (2,2) and passes through the point (4,5).
Sol: Given that centre C(h,k) = (2,2) and P(x,y) = (4,5)
4 2
2
Radius r CP = (5 2) 2 = 13
13
2
x 1 y k r 2 x 2 y 2
2 2 2 2
Required equation of circle is x 2 y 2 4 x 4 y 5 0
22. Does the point (-2.5, 3.5) lie inside, outside or on the circle x 2 y 2 25 ?
Sol: S11 x12 y12 25 (2.5)2 (3.5)2 25 6.25 12.25 25 6.50 0
S11 0. The Given point lies inside the circles x 2 y 2 25
(II)1. If the abscissae of points A,B are the roots of the equation x2 2ax b2 0 and ordinates
of A,B are roots of y 2 2 py q 2 0 then find the equation of a circle for which AB is a
diameter.
Sol:Let x 2 2ax b2 0 (1) and y 2 2 py q 2 0 (2)
If x1 , x2 are the roots of equation (1) and y1 y2 are the roots of equation (2) then
x1 x2 2a , x1 x2 b 2 and y1 y2 2 py1 y2 q 2
If A ( x1 , y1 ) & B( x2 , y2 ) are end points diameter AB then
( x x1 )( x x2 ) ( y y1 )( y y2 ) 0
x 2 ( x1 x2 ) x x1 x2 y 2 ( y1 y2 ) y y1 y2 0
x 2 (2a) x b2 y 2 (2 p) y q 2 = 0
x 2 2ax b 2 y 2 2 py q 2 0
Required equation of circle is x 2 y 2 2ax 2 py (b 2 q 2 ) 0
2. Show that A(3, -1) lies on the circle x 2 y 2 2 x 4 y 0 . Also find the other end of the
diameter through A.
Sol:Let x 2 y 2 2 x 4 y 0 (1) and A(3, 1) ( x, y )
3 1
2 2
2(3) 4(1) 0
9 1 6 4 0
A(3, 1)lies on the circle.
Center C ( g , f ) (1, 2)
x 3 1 y
Mid point of AB C (1, 2) , (1, 2)
2 2
x3 y 1
1, 2 x 3 2, y 1 4 x 1 y 3
2 2
The other end point of diameter through A is B(x, y) = (-1,-3)
HANDBOOK 165
MATHEMATICS
3. Show that A(-3,0) lies on x y 8 x 12 y 15 0 and find the other end of diameter
2 2
through A.
Sol:Let S = x 2 y 2 8 x 12 y 15 0 ….(1) and A(-3, 0) = x, 0
CentreC(-g, -f) = (-4, -6)
(-3)2 + 0 +8(-3) + 12(0) + 15 =0
9 – 24 + 0 + 15 = 0
A(-3, 0) lies on the circle S = 0
If B x, y is an another end point of diameter AB then
centre of circle = mid point of AB
x3 y 0 x3 y
(-4, -6) = , 4 , 6 x 5, y 12
2 2 2 2
The other end point of diameter AB is B x, y = (-5, -12).
4. Find the equation of the circle whose center lies on the x - axis and passingthrough (-2,3)
and (4,5)
Ans.: Let equation of the circle be x 2 y 2 2 gx 2 fy c 0 (1)
Given that centre C ( g , f ) lies on x –axis i. e f 0 f 0
If equation (1) passes through (-2,3) then
(2)2 (3)2 2 g (2) 2 f (3) c 0
4 9 4 g 6 f c 0 4 g c 13 (2)( f 0)
If equation (1) passes through (4,5) then
(4) 2 52 2 g (4) 2 f (5) c 0 16 25 8 g 10 f c 0
8g+c = -41 (3) ( f 0)
7 67
Solving(2) and (3) we get g 3 and c 3
7 67
Required equation of circle is x 2 y 2 2 x 0 3x 3 y 14 x 67 0
2 2
3
3
III.1. Find the equation of the circle passing through the points (4,1) and (6,5) and
Whosecentre is on the line 4 x y 16
Sol:Let equation of the circle be x 2 y 2 2 gx 2 fy c 0 (1)
If equation (1) passes through (4,1) then
4 1
2 2
2 g (4) 2 f (1) c 0 16 1 8 g 2 f c 0
8 g 2 f c 17 (2)
If equation (1) passes through (6, 5) then
6 52 2 g 6 2 f 5 c 0 36 25 12g 10 f C 0
2
12 g 10 f c 61 3
Given that centreC(-g, - f ) lies on 4x + y = 16 then
4(-g) + (- f ) = 16 -4g – f = - 16………….(4)
Solving (2) and (3) we get 4 g 8 f 44.............. 5
Solving (4) and(5) becomes 7 f 28 f 4 , We get g 3 ,We get C =15
Required equation of circle is x 2 y 2 6 x 8 y 15 0
HANDBOOK 166
MATHEMATICS
2. Find the equation of a circle which passes through (2,3) and (-1,1) Whose centre is on
the line x 3 y 11 0 .
Sol:Let equation of circle be x 2 y 2 2 gx 2 fy c 0 (1)
If equation (1) pass through (2,3) then
22 32 2 g (2) 2 f (3) c 0
4 g 6 f c 13 (2)
If equation (1) passes through (-1,1) then
1 1
2 2
2 g (1) 2 f (1) c 0
- 2 g 2 f c 2 (3)
If c(-g,-f) lies on x 3 y 11 0
g 3 f 11 0 (4)
5 7
Solving (2), (3)& (4) we get f , g & C 14
2 2
Required equation of circle is x 2 y 2 7 x 5 y 14 0
3. Find the equation of the circle which passes through(2,-3) and (-4,5) and having the
centre on 4 x 3 y 1 0
Sol:let the equation of circle be x 2 y 2 2 gx 2 fy c 0 (1)
Equation (1) passes through (2,-3), then 4 g 6 f c 13 (2)
Equation (1) passes through (-4,5), then 8 g 10 f c 41 (3)
If centre ( g , f ) lies on 4 x 3 y 1 0
Solving (2), (3) & (4), we get g 1, f 1, & C 23
The equation of required circle is x 2 y 2 2 x 2 y 23 0
4. Find the equation of a circle which passes through (4,1), (6,5) and having the centre on
4x+3y -24 = 0.
Sol:Let the equation of the circle be x 2 y 2 2 gx 2 fy c 0 1
(4,1) ( x, y )
42 12 2 g (4) 2 f (1) c 0 8 g 2 f c 17 (2)
(6,5) ( x, y )
62 52 2 g (6) 2 f (5) c 0 12 g 10 f c 61 (3)
If centre c ( g , f )lieson 4 x 3 y 24 0 then
4( g ) 3( f ) 24 4 g 3 f 24 (4)
5
Solving (2), (3)& (4), we get f 4, g , C 11
2
The equation of required circle is x 2 y 2 5 x 8 y 11 0
5. Find the equation of the circle with radius 5 whose centre lies on x-axis and passes through
the point (2,3).
Sol:Let the equation of the circle with centreC(h, k) and radius ‘r’ be ( x – h)2 + ( y - k)2 = r2…(1)
HANDBOOK 167
MATHEMATICS
Given that r = 5 and ( x , y ) = (2, 3) i.e. (2 – h)2+(3-k)2 = 52
If centreC(h, k) lies on x -axis then k = 0
(2 – h)2 + 32 = 52 22 + h2 – 4h = 25 – 9 (h+2) (h-6) =0, h = -2 or 6.
From equation (1)
Case -1 Case -2
When h =6, k =0,r =5 wwhen h =-2, k =0,r =5
( x 6)2 y 0 52 x 2 y 0 52
2 2 2
x 2 y 2 12 x 36 25 0 x 2 y 2 4 x 4 25 0
x 2 y 2 12 x 11 0 x 2 y 2 4 x 21 0
The required equations of the circles are x 2 y 2 12 x 11 0, x 2 y 2 4 x 21 0
6. Find the equation of the circle passing through (0,0) and making intercepts a change the
font on the coordinate axes.
Sol: let the equation of the circle be x 2 y 2 2 gx 2 fy c 0 (1)
if ( x, y ) (0, 0) then c 0
a
( x, y ) (a, o) then a 2 2 ga c 0 g
2
b
and ( x, y ) (0, b) then b 2 2 fb c 0 f
2
Substitute g,f,c values in Eq (1)
a b
x2 y 2 2 x 2 y00
2 2
The required equation of the circle is x 2 y 2 ax by 0
7. Find the equation of circle passing through each of the following three points
(i) (0,0) (2 ,0) (0,2)
Sol: Let equation of the circle be x 2 y 2 2 gx 2 fy c 0 (1)
Since eqn (1) passes through (0,0), then c 0 ,
Since eqn (1) passes through (2,0), then 4 0 4 g c 0 , g 1
Since eqn (1) passes through (0,2), then 4 4 f c 0 , 4 f 4 ( c 0) , f 1
Substituting g,f,c values in eqn(1) x y 2(1) x 2(1) y c 0
2 2
The required equation of the circle x 2 y 2 2 x 2 y 0
(ii) (3,4),(3,2),(1,4)
Sol: Let equation of the circle be x 2 y 2 2 gx 2 fy c 0 (1)
HANDBOOK 168
MATHEMATICS
Since eqn (1) passes through (3,4), then
9 16 6 g 8 f c 0 6 g 8 f c 25 (2)
Since eqn (1) passes through (3,2), then
9 4 6 g 4 f c 13 6 g 4 f c 13 (3)
Since eqn (1) passes through (1,4), then
1 16 2 g 8 f c 0 2 g 8 f c 17 (4)
Solving (2),(3) & (4) we get g 2, f 3& c 11
Substituting g, f ,c values in eq(1) we get x y 4 x 3 y 11 0
2 2
The required equation of the circle x 2 y 2 4 x 3 y 11 0
(iii) (2,1), (5,5) (-6,7)
Sol: Let equation of the circle be x 2 y 2 2 gx 2 fy c 0 (1)
Since eqn (1) passes through (2,1), then 4 g 2 f c 5 (2)
Since eqn (1) passes through (5,5) then 10 g 10 f c 50 (3)
Since eqn (1) passes through (-6,7)then 12 g 14 f c 85 (4)
1
Solving (2),(3) & (4) we get g , f 6 & c 5
2
Substituting g, f ,c values in eq(1) we get x y x 12 y 5 0
2 2
The required equation of the circle x 2 y 2 x 12 y 5 0
EXERCISE – 10 (b)
I. In each of the following exercise 1 to 6, find the coordinates of the focus, axis of the
parabola, the equation of directrix and the length of the latusrectum
1) y 2 12 x
Sol: Given equation of the parabola is
y 2 4 3 x a=3
Focus s= (a,0) = (3,0)
Axis is x -axis y =0
Equation of the directrix x a x 3
and length of the latusrectum = 4a =12
2) x 2 6 y
Sol:Given equation of the parabola is x 2 6 y
HANDBOOK 169
MATHEMATICS
3 3
x2 4 y a
2 2
3
Focus S= (0,a) = 0,
2
Axis is y -axis x =0
3
Equation of directrix y a y=
2
3
Length of latusrectum = 4a = 4 =6
2
3) y 8 x
2
Sol:Given equation of the parabola is y 2 8 x
y 2 4 2 x
a2
Focus s= a, 0 2, 0
Axis is x -axis y =0
Equation of directrix x a x 2
Length of latusrectum = 4a = 4(2) =8
4) x 2 16 y
Sol:Given equation of the parabola is x 2 16 y x 2 4(4 y ) a 4
Focus S=(0,-a) = (0,-4)
Axis is y -axis x =0
Equation of directrix is y a y 4
Length of latusrectum = 4a=16
5) y 2 10 x
5 5
Sol:Given equation of the parabola is y 2 10 x y 2 4 x a
2 2
5
Focus s= (a,0) = , 0
2
Axis is x -axis y 0
5
Equation of directrix is x a x
2
Length of latusrectum = 4a 10
6) x 2 9 y
9 9
Sol:Given equation of parabola is x 2 9 y x 2 4 y a
4 4
9
Focus s=(0,-a) = 0,
4
Axis is y -axis x =0
HANDBOOK 170
MATHEMATICS
9
Equation of directrix is y =a y
4
Length of latusrectum = 4a=9
In each of the exercise 7 to 12, find the equation of the parabola that
satisfy the given conditions.
7) Focus (6,0), directrix x =-6
Sol: Given, focus s= (6,0) a 6
And directrix x =-6
The equation of the parabola is
y 2 4ax
y 2 4 6 x
y 2 24 x
8) Focus (0,-3) and directrix y =3
Sol: Given Focus s= (0,-3) a 3 and its lies on y -axis And directrix y =3,
The equation of the parabola is x 2 4 ay
x 2 12 y
9) Vertex (0,0) Focus (3,0)
Sol:Given Focus S =(3,0) a 3 and it lies on x -axis in Q1
The equation of the parabola is y 2 4ax y 2 4 3 x
y 2 12 x
10) Vertex (0,0), Focus (-2,0)
Sol: Given focus S= (-2,0) a 2 and it lies on x -axis in Q2
The equation of the parabola is y 2 4ax
y 2 4 2 x
y 2 8x
11) Vertex (0,0) passing through (2,3) and axis is along x -axis.
Sol: Given axis is x -axis and vertex = (0,0), so equation of the parabola is of the form
y 2 4ax or y 2 4ax . But it passes through (2,3). That isit lies in Q1 .
So required equation of the parabola is y 2 4 ax
32 4a 2
9 8a
9
a
8
Equation of the parabola is 2 y 2 9 x
12) Vertex (0,0) passing through (5,2) and symmetric with respect to Y-axis
Sol:Given vertex = (0,0) and parabola symmetric about Y-axis. So, the form of the parabola is
x 2 4ay it passes through the point (5,2)
HANDBOOK 171
MATHEMATICS
5 4a 2
2
25
a
8
Equation of the parabola is x 2 4ay
25
x2 4 y
8
2 x 25 y
2
II. 1) Find the equation of the parabola whose focus is S(3,5) and vertex is A (1,3)
Sol:Given focus S= (3,5) and vertex A = (1,3)
Let SA meets the directrix at Z x2 , y2
A is mid point of SZ
x 3 y2 5
2 , 1,3 X1 , Y1
2 2 M P
x2 1, y2 1
Z 1,1
5 1
Let slope of SZ is m1 1
3 1 A(1,3
Z S
Let slope of directrix MZ be m2 )
Since SZ MZ x2 , y 2 Directrix
m1 m2 1
m2 1
Equation of the directrix is y-1=-1(x+1) x y 0
Let P x1 , y1 be any point on the parabola. By the definition of parabola.
SP
1 SP PM
PM
SP 2 PM 2
2
x y
x1 3 y1 5
2 2
1 1
1 1
2 2
x y
2
x 6 x1 9 y 10 y1
2
1
2
25 1 1
2
2 x 12 x1 18 2 y 20 y1 50 x12 y 21 2 x1 y1
1
2
1
2
2 x12 12 x1 18 2 y12 20 y1 50 x12 y 21 2 x1 y1 0
x 21 2 x1 y1 y 21 12 x1 20 y1 68 0
Equation of the locus of P is the parabola
x 2 2 xy y 2 12 x 20 y 68 0
2) Find the equation of the parabola whose focus is (-2,3) and direction is the line
2 x 3 y 4 0 Also find the length of the latus roctum and the equation of the axis
of the parabola.
HANDBOOK 172
MATHEMATICS
Sol:Given focus S(-2,3)& Equation of directirix is 2 x 3 y 4 0
Let p ( x1 y1 ) be any point on the parabola by the definition of the parabola we have
SP
=1
PM
2
2 x 3 y1 4
( x1 2) ( y1 3) 1
2 2
22 32
2
2 x 3 y1 4
x 4 x1 4 y 6 y1 9 1
1
2
1
2
22 32
13( x12 4 x1 4 y12 6 y1 9) 4 x12 9 y12 16 12 x1 y1 24 y1 16 x1
9 x12 12 x1 y1 4 y12 68 x1 54 y1 153 0
Equation of the locus of P is the parabola 9 x 2 12 xy 4 y 2 68 x 54 y 153 0
Length of the latus rectum=4a 2(2a) 2d
2(The dis tan ce from the focus (2,3) to the directrix (2 x 3 y 4 0)
2(2) 3 3 4 1
2 2
2 3
2 2
13
2
Length of the latus rectum 4 a
13
2
Since axis is perpendicular to the directrix ,slope of the directrix 2 x 3 y 4 0 is
3
3
slope of the axis is and axis passing through the focus (-2,3)
2
3
Equation of the axis is y 3 ( x 2) 2 y 6 3x 6 3x 2 y 12 0
2
3) Find the equation of the parabola whose axis is parallel to X-axis and which passes
through the points (-2,1), (1,2) and (-1,3)
Sol: Let A = (2,1) B (1, 2) and C (1,3)
The equation of the parabola whose axis is parallel to X axis is x ly 2 my n (1)
Given that A(-2,1) (1) l m n 2 (2)
Let B (1, 2) (1) 4l 2m n 1 (3)
and C (1,3) (1) 9l 3m n 1 (4)
By solving (2),(3) and (4) we get
5 21
l , m , n 10
2 2
Put the values of l , m, n in (1), we get
The required equation of the parabola is
5 21
x y2 y 10 or 5 y 2 2 x 21 y 20 0
2 2
HANDBOOK 173
MATHEMATICS
4) Find the equation of the parabola whose axis is parallel to Y-axis and which passes
through the points (4,5),(-2,11) and (-4,21)
Sol: Let A (4,5) , B (2,11) , C (4, 21)
The equation of the parabola whose axis is parallel to Y- axis is y lx 2 m x n (1)
Let A (4,5) (1) 16l 4m n 5 (2)
B (2,11) (1) 4l 2m n 11 (3)
C (4,21) (1) 16l 4m n 21 (4)
By solving (2) ,(3)and (4) we get
1
l , m 2and n 5
2
1
Equation of the parabola is y x 2 2 x 5 or x 2 4 x 2 y 10 0
2
ELLIPSE
x2 y2
I. 1. Find the eccentricity of the ellipse 1
9 16
x2 y 2
Sol:Given Ellipse is 1
9 16
a2 9, b2 16
b2 a 2 16 9 7
Since b>a eccentricity e 2
e =
b 16 4
2. Find the length of the latus rectum of the ellipse x 16 y 2 16
2
Sol: Given ellipse is x2 16 y 2 16
x2 y2
1 a 16, b 1, a >b
2 2
16 1
2b 2 2 1 1
Length of latusrectum =
a 4 2
II. In each of the exercises 1 to 9, find the coordinates of the foci, the vertices, the length of
major axis, the minor axis, the eccentricity and the length of the latus rectum of the ellipse
x2 y2
1. 1
36 16
x2 y2
Sol:The given equation is 1
36 16
x2 y2
Here, the denominator of is greater than the denominator of
36 16
Therefore, the major axis is along the x-axis, while the minor axis is along the
y-axis
x2 y 2
On comparing the given equation with 2 2 1
a b
C a 2 b2 36 16 20 2 5
HANDBOOK 174
MATHEMATICS
Now we have a=6 and b=4.
Therefore,the coordinates of the foci are 2 5,0 and 2 5, 0
The coordinates of the vertices are (6,0) and (-6,0)
Length of major axis = 2a=12
Length of minor axis = 2b=8
c 2 5 5
Eccentricity, e=
a 6 3
2b 2 2 16 16
Length of latusrectum =
a 6 3
x2 y 2
2. 1
4 25
x2 y 2 x2 y 2
Sol: The given equation is 1 or 2 2 1
4 25 2 5
2
y x2
Here, the denominator of is greater than the denominator of
25 4
Therefore, the major axis is along the y-axis, while the minor axis is along the
x-axis.
x2 y2
On comparing the given equation with 2 2 1
b a
Now, we have b=2 and a=5,
c a 2 b2 25 4 21
Therefore, the coordinates of the foci are 0, 21 and 0, 21
The coordinates of the vertices are (0,5) and (0,-5)
Length of major axis = 2a=10
Length of minor axis=2b=4
c 21
Eccentricity, e=
a 5
2b 2 2 4 8
Length of latus rectum
a 5 5
x2 y 2
3. 1
16 9
x2 y2 x2 y2
Sol:The given equation is 1 or 2 2 1
16 9 4 3
2
x y2
Hence, the denominator of is greater than the denominator of
16 9
Therefore, the major axis is along the x-axis, while the minor axis is along the
y-axis.
x2 y 2
On comparing the given equation with 2 2 1
a b
Now, we have a=4 and b=3
c a 2 b2 16 9 7
Therefore, the coordinates of the foci are 7, 0
HANDBOOK 175
MATHEMATICS
The coordinates of the vertices are 4,0
Length of major axis =2a=8
Length of minor axis =2b=6
c 7
Eccentricity, e
a 4
2b 2 2 9 9
Length of latus rectum =
a 4 2
x2 y2
4. 1
25 100
x2 y2 x2 y2
Sol: The given equation is 1 or 2 2 1
25 100 5 10
y2 x2
Hence, the denominator of is greater than the denominator of
100 25
Therefore, the major axis is along the y-axis, while the minor axis is along the x-axis
x2 y 2
On comparing the given equation with 2 2 1
b a
Now, we have b=5 and a=10
c a 2 b2 100 25 75 5 3
Therefore, the coordinates of the foci are 0,5 3
The coordinates of the vertices are 0, 10
Length of major axis = 2a = 20 length of minor axis = 2b=10
c 5 3 3
Eccentricity, c=
a 10 2
2b 2 2 25
Length of latusrectum 5
a 10
x2 y2
5. 1
49 36
x2 y2 x2 y 2
Sol: The given equation is 1 or 2 2 1
49 36 7 6
2
x y2
Here, the denominator of is greater than the denominator of
49 36
Therefore, the major axis is along the x-axis, while the minor axis is along the
y-axis
x2 y2
On comparing the given equation with 2 2 1
a b
Now, we have a=7 and b=6
c a 2 b2 49 36 13
Therefore, the coordinates of the foci are 13, 0
The coordinates of the vertices are 7, 0
Length of major axis = 2a = 14
length of minor axis = 2b= 12
HANDBOOK 176
MATHEMATICS
c 13
Eccentricity, e=
a 7
2b 2 2 X 36 72
Length of latusrectum
a 7 7
x2 y2
6. 1
100 400
x2 y2 x2 y2
Sol: The given equation is 1 or 2 2 1
100 400 10 20
2
y x2
Here, the denominator of is greater than the denominator of
400 100
Therefore, the major axis is along the y-axis, while the minor axis is along the
x-axis.
x2 y 2
On comparing the given equation with 2 2 1
b a
we have b=10 and a=20
c a 2 b2 400 100 300 10 3
Therefore, the coordinates of the foci are 0, 10 3
The coordinates of the vertices are 0, 20
Length of major axis = 2a = 40
length of minor axis = 2b= 20
c 10 3 3
Eccentricity, e
a 20 2
2b 2 2 X 100
Length of latusrectum 10
a 20
7. 36 x 2 4 y 2 144
Sol:The given equation 36 x 2 4 y 2 144
x2 y 2 x2 y2
36 x 2 4 y 2 144 can be written as 1 2 2 1 ----------------(1)
4 36 2 6
2
y x2
Here, the denominator of 2 is greater than the denominator of 2
6 2
Therefore, the major axis is along the y-axis, while the minor axis is along the x-axis.
x2 y 2
On comparing equation (1) with 2 2 1
b a
Now, we have b=2 and a= 6.
c a 2 b 2 36 4 32 4 2
Therefore, the coordinates of the foci are 0, 4 2
The coordinates of the vertices are 0, 6 .
HANDBOOK 177
MATHEMATICS
Length of major axis = 2a=12
Length of minor axis = 2b = 4
c 4 2 2 2
Eccentricity, e
a 6 3
2b 2 2 4 4
Length of latusrectum
a 6 3
8. 16 x 2 y 2 16 .
Sol: The given equation is 16 x 2 y 2 16
x2 y 2 x2 y2
It can be written as 1 2 2 1 ---------------(1)
1 16 1 4
y2 x2
Here, the denominator of is greater than the denominator of .
42 12
Therefore, the major axis is along the y-axis, while the minor axis is along the x-axis.
x2 y2
On comparing equation (1) with 1
b2 a2
Now, we have b=1 and a=4.
c a 2 b 2 16 1 15
Therefore, the coordinates of the foci are 0, 15 .
The coordinates of the vertices are 0, 4 .
Length of major axis = 2a = 8
Length of minor axis = 2b = 2
c 15
Eccentricity, e
a 4
2b 2 2 1 1
Length of latusrectum
a 4 2
9. 4 x 2 9 y 2 36 .
Sol:The given equation is 4 x 2 9 y 2 36
x2 y 2 x2 y2
It can be written as 1 2 2 1 -------------(1)
9 4 3 2
HANDBOOK 178
MATHEMATICS
2
x y2
Here, the denominator of is greater than the denominator of .
32 22
Therefore, the major axis is along the x-axis, while the major axis is along the y-axis.
x2 y 2
On comparing the given equation with 1
a 2 b2
We have a=3 and b=2. Therefore, c a 2 b 2 9 4 5
Therefore, the coordinates of the foci are 5, 0
The coordinates of the vertices are 3, 0
Length of major axis = 2a=6
Length of minor axis = 2b=4
c 5
Eccentricity , e
a 3
2b 2 2 4 8
Length of latusrectum
a 3 3
2
II. 10: Find the equation of the ellipse with focus at (1,-1), e and directrix as
3
x y2 0
Sol:Let p(x ,y) be any point on the ellipse.
Given equation of the directrix is x y 2 0
By the definition of ellipse SP=e.PM
SP 2 e 2 .PM 2
2 2
2 x y 2
x1 1 y1 1 1 1
2 2
3 11
4 x1 y1 2
2
x1 1 y1 1
2 2
9 2
9 x12 2 x1 1 y12 2 y1 1 2 x12 y12 4 2 x1 y1 4 y1 4 x1
7 x12 4 x1 y1 7 y12 26 x1 10 y1 10 0
Locus of p x1 , y1 is 7 x 2 4 xy 7 y 2 26 x 10 y 10 0
HANDBOOK 179
MATHEMATICS
This is equation of the required ellipse.
11. Find the equation of the ellipse in the standard form whose distance between the foci is 2
15
and the length of latusrectum is
2
x2 y 2
Sol:Let the equation of the required ellipse is 1 ------------ (1) a b 0
a 2 b2
Given distance between foci = 2
2ae =2 => ae=1
15
And length of latusrectum =
2
2b 2 15 15
b 2 a
a 2 4
Since b 2 a 2 ae
2
15 1
a a 2 1 a 4 or a
4 4
Since b 2 a 2 (ae)2 b2 16 1 15 and a 2 16 a b 0
x2 y 2
∴The requiredequation of ellipse is 1.
16 15
12.Find the equation of the ellipse in the standard form such that distance between foci is 8
and distance between directrix is 32.
x2 y2
Sol: Let the equation of the required ellipse is 2 2 1, ( a b 0) -----------(1)
a b
Given distance between foci= 8
2 ae 8 ae 4 and distance between directrix =32
2a a
32 16
e e
a
Now ae x = 4 x 16 a2 =64
e
Since b 2 a 2 ae b 2 64 4 64 16 b2 48
2 2
x2 y2
∴From (1) equation of ellipse is 1
64 48
In each of the following exercises 13 to 23, find the equation for the ellipse that satisfies the
given conditions:
13. vertices (±5,0), foci (±4,0).
Sol: vertices (±5,0), foci (±4,0).Here, the vertices are on the x- axis .
HANDBOOK 180
MATHEMATICS
x2 y2
Therefore, the equation of the ellipse will be of the form = 1,
a 2 b2
where a is the semi-major axis. Accordingly, a 5, c 4
It is known that a 2 b2 c2 b2 25 16 b 9 3
x2 y2 x2 y2
Thus, the equation of the ellipse is 2 2 1 or 1.
5 3 25 9
14: vertices (0,±13), foci (0,±5).
Sol: vertices (0,±13), foci (0,±5).Here, the vertices are on the y –axis.
x2 y 2
So, the equation of the ellipse will be of the form 2 2 =1, where a is the semi- major axis
b a
,Accordingly, a 13, c 5
It is known that a 2 b2 c2 169 b2 25 , b2 169 25 , b 144 12
x2 y2 x2 y2
Thus, the equation of the ellipse is 2 2 =1 or 1
12 13 144 169
15. vertices (±6,0), foci (±4,0).
Sol: vertices (±6,0), foci (±4,0). Here, the vertices are on the x-axis.
x2 y2
Therefore, the equation of the ellipse will be of the form 2 2 = 1,
a b
where a is the semi - major axis.Accordingly, a 6, c 4
. It is known that a 2 b2 c2 , 36 b2 16 , b2 36 16 b 20
x2 y2 x2 y 2
Thus, the equation of the ellipse is 2 1 ( or ) 1
2
6 20 36 20
16. Ends of major axis (±3,0), ends or minor axis (0,±2)
Sol: Ends of major axis (±3,0), ends or minor axis (0,±2)
Here, the major axis is along the x- axis .
x2 y2
Therefore, the equation of the ellipse will be of the form =1,
a 2 b2
where a is the semi-major axisAccordingly, a 3, b 2
x2 y 2 x2 y2
Thus, the equation of the ellipse is 2 2 1 1
3 2 9 4
17.Ends of major axis (0,±√𝟓), ends or minor axis (±1,0).
Sol: Ends of major axis (0,±√5), ends of minor axis (±1,0).
Here, the major axis is along the y- axis.
Therefore the equation of the ellipse will be of the form + =1
where a is the semi-major axis. Accordingly, a = √5and b = 1
HANDBOOK 181
MATHEMATICS
2
x y2 x2 y 2
Thus, the equation of the ellipse is 1 1.
5
2
12 1 5
18.Length of major axis 26, foci (±5,0).
Sol: Length of major axis 26, foci (±5,0).
Since the foci are on the x- axis, the major axis is along the x-axis.
x2 y2
Let equation of the ellipse will be of the form 2 2 =1, where a is the semi-major axis
a b
Accordingly, 2a 26
a 13 and c 5
It is known that a 2 b2 c2
∴ 132 b2 52
169 b2 25 , b2 169 25 , b 144 12
2 2
x y x2 y2
Thus, the equation of the ellipse is 2 2 1 1
13 12 169 144
19. Length of minor axis 16, foci (0,±6).
Sol: Length of minor axis 16, foci (0,±6).
Since the foci are on the y- axis, the major axis is along the y-axis.
x2 y 2
Therefore, equation of the ellipse will be of the form 2 2 1 ,
b a
where a is the semi-major axis
Accordingly, 2b=16
b = 8 and c =6. It is known that a 2 b2 c2 =64+36 = 100
x2 y2 x2 y2
Thus, the equation of the ellipse is 2
2 1 1
8 10 64 100
20. foci (±3,0), a =4.
Sol: foci (±3,0), a =4.
Since the foci are on the x- axis, the major axis is along the x-axis.
x2 y2
Therefore, equation of the ellipse will be of the form 2 2 =1,
a b
where a is the semi-major axis
Accordingly c =3 and a =4. It is known that a 2 b2 c 2 b2 16 9 7
x2 y2
Thus, the equation of the ellipse is 1 .
16 7
21.b=3, c=4, centre at the origin; foci on the x-axis.
Sol:It is given that b = 3, c = 4, centre at the origin; foci on the x axis.
Since the foci are on the x-axis, the major axis is along the x-axis.
x2 y2
Therefore, the equation of the ellipse will be of the form = 1,
a 2 b2
Where a is the semi – major axis.
HANDBOOK 182
MATHEMATICS
Accordingly, b = 3, c = 4. It is known that a 2 b 2 c 2
a 2 32 42 9 16 25 a5
x2 y 2 x2 y 2
Thus, the equation of the ellipse is 1 1
5 2 32 25 9
22. Centre at (0, 0), major axis on the y-axis and passes through the points (3,2) and (1,6).
Sol: As the centre is at (0, 0) and the major axis is on the y-axis, the equation of the ellipse will be of
the form
2 2
x y
2
2 1 ...(1) , Where a is the semi major axis.
b a
The ellipse passes through points (3, 2) and (1,6). Therefore,
9 4
2
2 1 ...(2)
b a
1 36
1 ...(3)
b2 a 2
On solving equations (2) and (3), we have b 2 10 and a 2 40
x2 y2
Thus, the equation of the ellipse is 1 4 x 2 y 2 40
10 40
23. Major axis on the xaxis and passes through the points (4, 3) and (6,2).
Sol: Since the major axis is on the x-axis, the equation of the ellipse will be of the form
x2 y 2
1 ...(1)
a2 b2
Where, a is the semimajor axis. The ellipse passes through points (4, 3) and (6, 2).
Therefore,
16 9 36 4
1 ...(2) , 1 ...(3)
a 2 b2 a 2 b2
On solving equations (2) and (3), we have a 2 52 and b2 13
x2 y2
Thus, the equation of the ellipse is 1
52 13
x 2 4 y 2 52
HYPERBOLA (EXERCISE-10(d)
y 2 x2
I.1) Find the eccentricity of hyperbola 1
b2 a2
HANDBOOK 183
MATHEMATICS
2 2
y x
Sol:Given hyperbola 2
2 1
b a
x2 y 2
1 is called conjugate hyperbola.
a2 b2
a2 b2
eccentricity e
b2
2) Find the eccentricity of equilibrium of equilateral hyperbola.
Sol: In an equilateral hyperbola b = a then the hyperbola is called rectangular hyperbola.
a2 a2 2a 2
eccentricity e 2
a2 a2
3) Find the length of the conjugate axis of the hyperbola 3 x 2 4 y 2 12
x2 y2
Sol: Given hyperbola 3x 2 4 y 2 12 1
4 3
x2 y 2
Compare with 1,
a2 b2
we get a 2 4 a 2 and b 2 3 b 3
Length of the conjugate axis 2b = 2 3
4) Find length of the transverse axis of a hyperbola x 2 4 y 2 4
x2 y 2
Sol: Given equation of the hyperbola is x 2 4 y 2 4 1
4 1
x2 y 2
Compare with 1 we get a 2 4 a 2 and b 2 1 b 1
a2 b2
Length of the transverse axis is 2 a = 2(1) =2
2b2 27
Latus rectum = 2 18
a 3
II. In each of the exercise 1 to 6 find the co-ordinates of the foci and the vertices, the eccentricity,
and the length of the latus rectum of the hyperbolas
x2 y2 y2 x2
1) 1 2) 1 3) 9 y 2 4 x 2 36 4) 16 x 2 9 y 2 576
16 9 9 27
5) 5 y 2 9 x 2 36 6) 49 y 2 16 x 2 784
HANDBOOK 184
MATHEMATICS
2 2
x y
Sol: Given equation 1
16 9
x2 y2
compare with 1 we get a 2 16 a 4 and b 2 9 b 3 ,
a 2 b2
c 2 a 2 b 2 , c 2 25 c 5
Here in a hyperbola equation co-efficient of x 2 is positive. So transverse axis is along the x-axis
Foci = (c, 0) (5, 0)
Vertices = ( a, 0) ( 4, 0)
c 5
Eccentricity e
a 4
2b 2 18 9
Latus rectum =
a 4 2
y2 x2
2)Sol: Given equation 1
9 27
y 2 x2
Compare with 1 we get a 2 9 a 3, b 2 27 b 3 3 ,
a2 b2
c 2 a 2 b 2 9 27 36
c 6 (c must be positive)
Here in the hyperbola equation y 2 is positive co-efficient, so major axis is y-axis.
Foci = (0, c) (0, 6)
Vertices = (0, a ) (0, 3)
c 6
Eccentricity e 2 (c a )
a 3
2b 2 2(27)
Length latus rectum 18
a 3
Note:In hyperbola equation, if the co-efficient of x 2 is positive then its transverse axis is
x-axis and if the co-efficient of y 2 is positive then its transverse axis y-axis.
9 y2 4x2
3) Sol: Given equation 9 y 2 4 x 2 36 divided by 36 we get 1
36 36
HANDBOOK 185
MATHEMATICS
2 2
y x y 2 x2
1 compare the equation with 2 2 1 we get
4 9 a b
a2 4 a 2 , b2 9 b 3
c 2 a 2 b 2 4 9 c 13 (c is positive only)
Here, is the hyperbola the co-efficient of y 2 is positive so transverse axis is along y-axis
Foci = (0, c) (0, 13)
Vertices = (0, a ) (0, 2)
c 13
Eccentricity e
a 2
2b 2 2 9
Latus rectum 9
a 2
4) Given equation is 16 x 2 9 y 2 576 divide by 576 we get
16 x 2 9 y 2 576
576 576 576
x2 y 2
1
36 64
x2 y 2
Now, comparing with 1 we get
a2 b2
a 2 36 a 6 and b 2 64 b 8
c 2 a 2 b 2 36 64 100 c 10 ( c 0 )
Here in hyperbola equation the co-efficient x 2 is positive, so transverseaxis is along x-axis
Foci= ( c, 0) ( 10, 0)
Vertices = ( a, 0) ( 6, 0)
c 10 5
Eccentricity e
a 6 3
2b 2 2 64 64
Latus rectum =
a 9 3
5) Given equation is 5 y 2 9 x 2 36 divided with 36 we get
HANDBOOK 186
MATHEMATICS
2 2
5y 9x
1
36 36
Y2 X2 y 2 x2
1 compare with 2 2 1
36
5
4 a b
36 6 2
Weight a 2 a ,b 4 b 2
5 5
36 56 56 2 14
c2 a 2 b2 4 c
5 5 5 5
Here in the hyperbola equation the co-efficient of y 2 is a positive so transverse axis is along y-axis
2 14
Foci = (0, C ) (0, )
5
6
Vertices = (0, a ) (0, )
5
c 14
Eccentincity e =
a 3
2b 2 2 4 4 5
Latusrectum=
a 6 3
( )
5
6) Given equation is 49 y 2 16 x 2 784 divided it by 784 we get
49 y 2 16 x 2 784
784 784 784
y2 x2
1
16 49
y 2 x2
compare with 1weget
a 2 b2
a 2 16 a 4
b 2 49 b 7
c 2 a 2 b 2 16 49 65 c 65 ( c 0)
Here in the hyperbola equation the co-efficient y 2 is positive so the transverse axis is along y - axis
HANDBOOK 187
MATHEMATICS
Foci = 0, 0, 65
Vertices = (0, a) (0, 4)
c 65
Eccenticity = a
a 4
2b 2 2 49 49
Latusrectum =
a 4 2
In each of the exercise 7 to 16 find the equations of the hyperbola satisfying the given
conditions
7.vertices ( 2, 0), foci ( 3, 0)
Sol: since given vertices ( 2, 0) and foci ( 2, 0)
Lies on the x- axis, and the co-efficient of x 2 is positive, the equation of hyperbola is in the form of
x2 y 2
1
a2 b2
Given a 2, and c 3
c a b
2 2 2
a 4 b2 b2 5 b 5
x2 y 2
Now equation of hyperbola is 1
4 5
8. Vertices (0, 5) , foci (0, 8)
Sol:Given vertices (0, 5) and (0, 8) lies on the y –axis
y 2 x2
Now hyperbola in the form of 1
a2 b2
Given (0, a) (0, 5) and (0, C ) (0, 8)
a 5, c 8
c 2 a 2 b 2 b 2 64 25 39 b 39
y2 x2
Equation of the hyberbola is 1
9 16
9. Vertices (0, 3) and (0, 5) foci
x2 y 2
Sol:Given vertices (0, 3) and foci (0, 5)b 2 1(0, 13) lies on y-axis.
16 9
Hence equation of the hyperbola will be the form.
y2 x2
1
a b
Given that vertices (0, 0) (0, 2)
And Foci (0, c) (0, 5)
a 3 and c 5
c a b 2 25 a b 2 b 2 16
2 2
HANDBOOK 188
MATHEMATICS
y2 x2
a 2 9 and b 2 16 equation of the hyperbola is 1
9 16
10. Foci ( 5, 0) and the length of transverse axis 8:
Sol:Given foci ( c, 0) ( C , 0) ( 5, 0) lies on x axis them transverse axis is along x axis
equation of the hyperbola is
x2 y 2
1
a2 b2
Given 2a = 8 a 4, c 5 c 2 a 2 b 2 25 = 16+ b 2
b 2 9, a 2 16
x2 b2
Now equation of hyperbola is 1
a2 b2
x2 y 2
1
16 9
11 Foci (0, 13) the conjugate axis is of length 24.
Sol:Given foci (0, 13) lies on the y-axis and x- coordinate zero.
Here the equation of the hyperbola will be the form
y2 x2
1
a 2 b2
Where it is given that foci (0,±13) = (0,±C), and conjugate axis 2b = 24 b=12,c =13
c2 = a 2 b2
169 = a 2 +144
a 2 = 169-144 = 25
a 2 = 25 and b 2 = 144 we get the equation of the hyperbola is
y2 x2
1
25 144
12. Foci (±3 5 , 0) the latusrecture is of length 8.
Sol: Given foci = (±3 5 , 0)lies on x-axis as y – axis co-ordinate is zero.
Hence equation of hyperbola will be the four
x2 y 2
1
a2 b2
Given foci (±3 5 , 0)= (±𝐶, 0), C = 3 5
2b 2
And length of latusrectum is =8
a
b 2 = 4a, c 2 = a 2 b 2
(3 5 )2= a 2 +4a
a 2 +4a-45 = 0
a 5, a 9 not possible
a 2 =25 and b 2 = 4x5=20
HANDBOOK 189
MATHEMATICS
2
x y2
Now equation of the hyperbola is 1
25 20
13. Foci (±4,0) the latusrectum is of length 12.
Sol: Given focus (±4,0) lies on x-axis and y- co-ordinate is zero. Given length of latusrectum is
2b 2
= 12, b 2 = 6a
a
Given foci (±𝐶, 0) = (±4,0)
C = 4 (C > 0)
c2 = a 2 b2
16 = a 2 6a , a 2 6a 16 0 (a 2)(a 8) = 0
a 2, a 8 not possible
2 2
here a =2, a = 4, b = 6(2) =12
x2 y2
Now equation of the hyperbola is 1
a 2 b2
x2 y 2
1
4 12
4
14) vertices (±7,0) and e = .
3
c 4
Sol: Given vertices (±7,0) lies on x-axis as y – co-ordinate is zero and e = =
a 3
a=7 and we know that
28
c2 = a 2 b2 , C =
3
2
28 784 49 343
= 49+ b b =
2 2
3 9 1 9
x2 9 y2
Now required equation of the hyperbola is 1
49 343
15) Foci (0, 10 ) and passing through (2,3).
Sol: Given foci (0, 10 ) lies on y-axis a x co-ordinate is zero. Now equation of the hyperbola is
y 2 x2
in the form of - =1-----------(1)
92 b2
HANDBOOK 190
MATHEMATICS
Given foci (0, 10 ) = (0, C) C = 10 , C 2 = 10
Now C 2 = a 2 b 2
10 = a 2 b 2
b 2 = 10- a 2 -----------(2)
If (1) passing through (2,3) we get
9 4
2
2 1 from (2)
9 b
9 4
1
9 10 a 2
2
90 9a 2 4a 2 10a 2 a 4
a 2 5(or )a 2 18
If a 2 = 5 from (2) b 2 =5
For a 2 = 18, b 2 = is negative, not possible
y 2 x2
The equation of the hyperbola is 1.
5 5
16) Find the equation of the hyperbola of given length of transverse axis 6 and whose vertex bisects
the distance between centre and focus.
Sol:Given length of Transverse axis, 2a 6
a=3 a 2 =9
let (0,0) be the centre and (c,0) be the focus and vertex is (a,0) =(3,0).
Given vertex bisects the centre and focus
vertex is the mid point
0c 00
, 3,0 c=6
2 2
We know that c 2 = a 2 b 2 36 9 b 2 b 2 27
The required equation of the hyperbola is 3 x 2 y 2 27
Exercise 10(e)
I.
1. If a parabola reflector is 20cm in diameter and 5cm deep, find the focus.
HANDBOOK 191
MATHEMATICS
Sol: Taking vertex of the parabola reflector at origin ,x- axis along the axis of parabola. The equation
of the parabola is y 2 4ax ----------(1)
Given diameter is 20cm and depth is 5cm, P(5,10) be any point on the parabola (1)
P(5,10)
100 2a a 5
5 10 cm
focus (a, 0) (5, 0) o s
20 cm
2. An arch is in the form of a semi ellipse. It is 8m wide and 2m high at the centre. Find the height of
the arch at a point 1.5m from one end,
x2 y 2
Sol: let the equation of the ellipse is 1 -------(1).
a 2 b2
Here 2a 8 a 4 and b 2 B
x2 y 2 Q
Now equation (1) becomes 1 ---------(2) 2m
16 4 K
If AP = 1.5 then P = (2.5,0) A' 4m O
P
4m A
Let Q = (2.5,k) be any point on the parabola (2) 8m
(2.5) 2 k 2 k2 6.25 16 6.25 9.75
1 1 k 2 =2.4375,
16 4 4 16 16 4
k = 1.56m
II.
1. An arch is in the form of a parabola with its axis vertical. The arch is 10 m heigh and 5m wide
at the base. How wide it is 2m from the vertex of the parabola.
Sol: since axis is vertical let the required equation of the parabola is x 2 4ay -------(1)
Y
5
let OB = 10m, AC =5, AB =CB = . 5
2
m 5
2
m
2 C B A
5 K
10m
Hence the co-ordinator of A = ( ,10) Q R P
2 X
25 5
X' O
From (1) = 40 a a =
4 32
Y'
5
Equation of parabola is x 2 = 4( )y 8 x 2 = 5y -----------(2),
32
HANDBOOK 192
MATHEMATICS
k k
let PQ = K, RP = OR = 2, let p =( ,2) lies on (2)
2, 2
8k 2
=5 (2), k 2 = 5 k 5 = 2.23 m
4
2. The cable of a uniformly loaded suspension bridge hangs in the form of a parabola. The road
way which is horizontal and 100 m long is supported a vertical wires attached to the cable. The
longest wire being 30m and shortest being 6m. find the length of a supporting wire attached to
the roadway 18m from the middle.
Sol: Since wires are vertical. Consider the equation of the parabola is x 2 4ay ------(1)
Y
Q(50,24)
P
24
(18,k)
18m
R
X
X' S 50m 0 6m 50m
6m
100 m
Y'
Focus is at the middle of the cable the shortest and longest vertical supports are 6m and 30 m and
road way is 100 m long.
Q(50,24) put in eq (1)
2500
50 4a 24
2
a
96
2500
Hence equation (1) becomes x 2 4 y ----------(2)
96
Let PR = K , let the point P(18,k) will satisfies equation of the parabola (2)
2500 2500 324 x 24 324 x 6 194
18
2
k k 324 k k 3.11 .
24 24 2500 625 625
Required length is 6+k = 6+3.11 = 9.11m.
3. A rod of length 12 cm moves with its ends always touching the co-ordinate axis. Determine the
equation of the focus of a point P on the rod which is 3cm from the end in contact with the x-
axis.
Sol: let A and B be the ends of the rod moves on the x-axis and y – axis respectively.
Let P(x,y) be any point on the focus. Let P divides AB in the ratio 3:9.
HANDBOOK 193
MATHEMATICS
Let M and N are projection from t p to the x-axis and B(0,b)
y-axis respectively, let MAP and NPB
y 9
In a right angled triangle MAP sin = -----(1)
3
P(x,y)
and in a right angled triangle NPB N
x X
cos = Y
9
A(9,0)
x2 y 2
now cos 2 sin 2 1 1 O X M
81 9
III.
1. Find the area of the triangle formed by the lines joining the vertex of the parabola x 2 12 y to
the two ends of itslatusrectum.
Sol: Given equation of the parabola x 2 12 y ---------(1)
Since 4a 12 a 3
Focus is C = (0,3)
1 1
Area of OAB = ( ABxOC ) 12 3 18 sq. units
2 2
Y
C(0,3)
B A
X' X
O
Y'
2. A man running a race course notes that the sum of its distances from two flag posts from him is
always 10 m and the distance between the flag posts is 8m. Find the equation of the path traced by
the man.
Sol: The path traced by the man is an Ellipse Let S and S1 be the flag Posts and P (x,y) be any print
on the Locus.
SP + S1P = 2a 10 a 5
P(x,y)
A' S' O S A
HANDBOOK 194
MATHEMATICS
Since the coordinates of S and S are (c,o) and (-c,o),therefore distance between s and s1 is 2C = 8,
1
C= 4 and c2 = a2b2 ⇒ 16=25-b2 b 2 = 25-16=9 b=3
x2 y2
The required equation of the Ellipse is 1
25 9
3. An equilateral Triangle is inscribed in the parabola y2 = 4ax where one vertex is at the vertex of
the parabola. Find the length of the side of the Triangle.
Sol: Given equation of the Parabola is y 2 = 4ax → (1)
Let OAB is an equilateral Triangle inscribed in the parabola B
Let OB=l = OA = AB l
PA = PB = , BOA 600 BOP 300 300
O 300 P
PB 1 PB
In a Triangle BOP Sin 300
l 2 l
A
l
PB (2)
2
OP 3 OP 3l
and cos 30 0 OP
OB 2 l 2
3l l
B (OP, PB) ( , ) willsatisfies y 2 4ax
2 2
2
l 3l
4a l 8 3a
4 2
length of the side of the equilateral Triangle is 8 3a .
MCQ’s Circles
1. By solving the lines 2x+y-7=0 and x+3y-11=0 we get the centre of the circle C(2,3) = (-g,-f).
Equations of the required circle x 2 y 2 4 x 6 y c 0 since it passes through (5,7) we get
C = -12
Required circle is x 2 y 2 4 x 6 y 12 0
2. Given centre A(2,1), P (10,7)
AP = 8 2 6 2 100 10
Given PQ = 5 since Q lies on circle
Then the radius of circle AQ = AP-PQ =10-5=5
r = 5
Then radius g 2 f 2 c r g 2 f 2 c r 2 4+1-C=25, C = -20.
HANDBOOK 195
MATHEMATICS
3. Required equation of the circle x y 2 2ax 2 py b 2 q 2 0
2
radius r g 2 f 2 c a 2 p 2 b 2 q 2
4. The equation of the circle concentric with given circle be x 2 y 2 6 x 12 y C 0 .
Radius of the given circle r 9 2 36 2 15 30 .
If area is double then A1 2 A R 2 2. r 2 R 2 2r 2 2 x30 60
R 2 g 2 f 2 c 60 9 36 C C 15
Required circle is x 2 y 2 6 x 12 y 15 0 .
5. Let ABCD be square inscribed in circle centre G = (1,-2),
(1, radius = 2 , diameter = 2 2
.
2
Let ‘a’ be length of side of square then a 2 a 2 2 2 8
2a 2 8 a 2 4 a 2 square sides are parallel to coordinate axis there
coordinates of vertex of square are
1
2 Cos 450 , 2 25 sin 450 2, 1 and 0, 3 ,
other two vertexes of square are 2, 1 2 and 0, 3 2
=
2,1 , 0, 1
These are not in given options.
6. The equation of the circle with centre C Cos , Sin and radius 1 is.
x Cos y Sin
2 2
12
x 2 y 2 2 x Cos 2 y Sin 0
7. r1 4 16 44 8
r2 9 16 96 121 11
r1 : r2 8 :11
8. Given lines are parallel distance between parallel lines is diameter of the circle.
C1 C2 10 9 19
d
a b 2 2
36 64 10
19
rd
2 20
4
9. Given circle x 2 y 2 16 r 16 perimeter of the circle = 2 r
3 3 3
2 4 8
3 3
10. Given circle x 2 y 2 x 3 y 10 0 , g 1 , f = 3 , c 10 ,
3 2 2 3
HANDBOOK 196
MATHEMATICS
r g 2 +f2 c
r 1 9 10 10 10 10 0
4 4 3 4 3 12
Parabola MCQ’S
1) S 0,0 , Z 2, 0
Mid point of SZ = vertex 1, 0
2) S 0, 3 , Z 0,3
Required parabola
x 2 4ay 4(3 y)
x 2 12 y
3) Since the given parabola y 2 4ax passes through 3,2
2 2 4a.3
4a 4 .
3
4a 4
Length of the latusrectum 4a
3
4) Given vertex A 3,0
Directrix is x 5 0 x 5
Z 5,0 then a AZ 2
Equation of the required parabola
y 0 4 2 x 3
2
y k 4a x h
2
y 2 8 x 3
Ellipse MCQ’S
1) e 1
2
HANDBOOK 197
MATHEMATICS
a 4 a 4e a 4 a 2
e 2
b 2 a 2 1 e 2 4 1 1
4 4
43
3
Required equation of ellipse
2
x2 y 1 3 x 2 4 y 2 12
4 3
2) ae 4 , e 4
5
ae 4 a 4 4 a 5
5
b 2 a 2 1 e 2 25 1 16 25 25 259 9
Required equation of the ellipse is
x2 y2 2
1 x 2 y 2 1
2
25 9 5 3
3) The Ellipse x 2 4 y 2 4 is inscribed in a rectangle aligned with the coordinate axes, which in
turn is inscribed in another ellipse that passes through the point 4,0 . Then the equation of the
ellipse is
Sol:- Given Ellipse x 2 4 y 2 4
x2 y 2
1 a 2 4 a 2 , b2 1 b 1
4 1
x2 y 2
Let E 1 be required Ellipse
a 2 b2
16 0
Given E passes through 4,0 then 1 a 2 16
a 2 b2
4 1
And E passes through 2,1 then 2 1 b2 4
16 b 3
Required Ellipse is x 2 12 y 2 16
4) Since focus is at the origine. The distance from the focus to the directrix is given by
a ae 4
e
Put e 1
2
2a a 4 3a 2 4 a 8 3
2
5) Major axis = 3 (Minor axes ) of ellipse
HANDBOOK 198
MATHEMATICS
2a 3 2b a 3b
a 2 b2 9b 2 b 2 8b2 2 2
Centricity e 8
a 2
9b 2
9b 2 3 3
6) x 2 3 y 2 6 Given Ellipse
x2 3 y 2 6 x2 6 y 2 2 1
a2 b2 62 4 2
e 2
a 6 6 3
MCQ’s Hyperbola
1) Let P (x,y) be any point on the hyperbola,
SP
Here e 2, S (1, 1), l x y 1 0
PM
SP 2 2( PM ) 2
2
x y 1
( x 1) ( y 1) 2
2 2
x 2 y 2 2 x 2 y 2 x 2 y 2 1 2 xy 2 y 2 x
2 xy 4 x 4 y 1 0
SP
2) 5, S (0, 0), l 3 x 4 y 1 0(1)
PM
2
3x 4 y 1
( x 0) 2 ( y 0)2 ( 5) 2
25
5 x 2 5 y 2 9 x 2 16 y 2 1 24 xy 8 y 6 x
4 x 2 11y 2 24 xy 6 x 8 y 1 0
3) (± a , c) = (±2, 0), (±c, 0) = (± 3, 0) (2)
a =2, c=3, c 2 a 2 b2
9 = 4+ b 2 b 2 5, a 2 4
x2 y 2
Now equation 1
4 5
4) Given hyperbola 9 y 2 4 x 2 36
HANDBOOK 199
MATHEMATICS
2 2
y x
1
4 9
a 2 4 a 2, b2 9 b 3
c 2 a 2 a 2 4 9 13
foci (o, ±𝑐) = (𝑜, ± 13 )
x 2 y 1
2 2
5) Equation of hyperbola will be 1
12 4
Here a 2 = 12, b 2 =4
Focal length of the hyperbola is 2 a 2 b 2 8
x2 y2
6) 1
9c c5
9-c> 0, 𝑐−5> 0
c< 9, c> 5
5< 𝑐 < 9
x2 y 2
7) Given ellipse 1
9 5
a 2 b2 4 2
e
a2 9 3
x2 y 2
Given hyperbola 1
9 5
14
e'
3
2 14
ee'
9
8) c2 a 2 b2 25 16 9 , foci (3,0) and c2 a2 b2 4 b2 , foci ( 4 b 2 , 0)
4 b2 3 b 2 5
9) e2 cos 2 2 sin 2 c 1
Foci = 1, 0
Abscissae of foci is constant.
HANDBOOK 200
MATHEMATICS
Multiple Choice Questions (KEY)
CIRCLES:
1) 3 2) 4 3) 1 4) 1 5) 4 6) 2 7) 1 8) 4 9) 3 10) 4
PARABOLA:
1) 1 2) 1 3) 2 4) 1
ELLIPSE:
1) 4 2) 2 3) 1 4) 4 5) 1 6) 2
HYPERBOLA:
1) 3 2) 1 3) 2 4)(𝑜, ± 13 ) 5) 3 6)1 2 14 8)2 9)4
7)
9
HANDBOOK 201
MATHEMATICS
11. INTRODUCTION TO THREE DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
Exercise 11 (a)
1. A Point is on the x -axis. What are its y - coordinate and z co ordinates ?
Sol: The Co- ordinates of any point on the x -axis is the form of x, 0, 0 . So its y - co ordinate
and z - co-ordinates are zero.
2. A point is in the XZ- plane . What can you say about its y - Co-ordinate ?
Sol: Any point on the XZ- plane will have the Co- ordinates x, 0, z then its y - co- ordinate is
zero.
3.Name the octants in which the following points lie 1, 2,3 , 4, 2,3 , (4, 2, 5) ,(4,2,-5),
4, 2, 5 , 4, 2,5 , 3, 1, 6 , 2, 4, 7 .
Sol: Given points are 1, 2,3 , 4, 2,3 ,(4,-2,-5), 4, 2, 5 , 4, 2, 5 , 4, 2,5 , 3, 1, 6 ,
2, 4, 7 .
Octants I II III IV V VI VII VIII
Coordinate
x + - - + + - - +
y + + - - + + - -
z + + + + - - - -
Therefore the given points lies in I,IV,VIII,V,VI,II,III,VII
4. Fill in the blanks :-
(i) The x - axis and y -axis taken together determine a plane known as XY-Plane
(ii) The Co-ordinates of points in the XY- Plane are of the form ( x, y,0)
(iii) Three Co-ordinate planes divides the space into eight octants
5. (i) The point x, o, o lies on X-axis
(ii) The point 0, y , 0 lies on Y- axis
(iv) The point 0, 0, z lies on Z-axis
(v) The point x, y , 0 lies on XY - plane
(vi) The point ( x,0, z) lies on XZ- plane
HANDBOOK 202
MATHEMATICS
EXERCISE: 11 (b)
I ) 1) Find the distance between the following pairs of
(i) 2,3, 5 and 4,3,1 (ii) 3, 7, 2 and 2, 4, 1
(iii) 1, 3, 4 and (1,-3,4) (iv) 2, 1,3 and 2,1,3
Sol: (i) Let the given points are A 2, 3, 5 x, y , z and B 4,3,1 x2 , y2 , z2
x2 x1 y2 y1
2
Required distance AB
2 3 4 7 1 2
2 2 2
4 0 16 20 2 5
(ii) Let the given points are A 3, 7, 2 x, y , z and
B (2, 4, 1) ( x2 , y2 , z2 )
x2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
2 2 2
Required distance AB
2 3 4 7 1 2
2 2 2
43
(iii) Let the given points are A 1,3, 4 x, , y1 , z1 and B 1, 3, 4 x2 y2 , z2
x2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
2 2 2
Required distance AB
1 1 3 3 4 4
2 2 2
4 36 64 10 4 2 26
(iv) Let the given points are A 2, 1,3 x1 y1 , z1 and B ( 2,1, 3) ( x2 , y2 , z2 )
x2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
2 2 2
Required distance AB
2 2 1 1 3 3
2 2 2
16 4 0 20 2 5
2) Find the distance of P (3, 2, 4) from the origin
Sol: Given point is p 3, 2, 4 x1 , y1 , z1 co-ordination of origin O 0, 0, 0
The distance OP x12 y12 z12 9 4 16 = 29
HANDBOOK 203
MATHEMATICS
3) Find the value of x if the distance between (5, 1, 7) and x,5,1 is 9 units.
Sol: Let the given points are A 5, 1, 7 x1 , y1 , z1 and B x, 5,1 x2 , y2 , z2
x2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
2 2 2
and also given that AB 9 9
x 5 5 1 1 7 x 5
2 2 2 2
9 36 36 9
x 5
2
Squaring on both sides, we get 9
x 5 3 x 8 (or) x 2
II) 1) Show that the points 2,3, 5 , 1, 2,3 and 7, 0, 1 are collinear.
Sol: Let the given points are A 2,3, 5 , B 1, 2,3 and C 7, 0, 1
1 2 2 3 3 5
2 2 2
AB 9 1 4 14
7 1 0 2 1 3
2 2 2
BC 36 4 16 2 14
7 2 0 3 1 5
2 2 2
AC 81 9 36 126 3 14
Clearly AB+BC=AC
AB + BC 14 2 14 3 14 , AC 3 14
Hence the given points are collinear.
2) Verify the following :
(i) 0, 7, 10 , 1, 6, 6 and 4, 9, 6 are the vertices of an isosceles triangle .
(ii) 0, 7,10 , 1, 6, 6 and 4,9, 6 are the vertices of a right angled triangle.
(iii) 1, 2,1 , 1, 2, 5 , 4, 7,8 and 2, 3, 4 are vertices of a parallelogram.
Sol: (i) Let A 0, 7, 10 ¸ B 1, 6, 6 and C 4,9, 6 are the vertices of a triangle
1 0 6 7 6 10
2 2 2
AB 18 3 2
4 1 9 6 6 6
2 2 2
BC 18 3 2
Clearly AB = BC = 3 2 . Hence triangle is an Isosceles triangle.
HANDBOOK 204
MATHEMATICS
(ii) Let A 0, 7,10 , B 1, 6, 6 and C 4,9, 6 are the vertices of a triangle then side
1 0 6 7 6 10
2 2 2
AB 1 1 16 18 3 2
4 1 9 6 6 6
2 2 2
BC 9 9 18 3 2
4 0 9 7 6 10
2 2 2
CA 16 4 16 36 6
2
None AB 2 BC 2 18 18 36 CA2 36 36
AB 2 BC 2 CA2
ABC is right-angled Triangle at B.
(iii) Let A 1, 2,3 , B 1, 2,5 , C 4, 7,8 and D 2, 3, 4 are vertices of
quadrilateral. ABCD.
1 1 2 2 5 3
2 2 2
AB 4 16 4 24 2 6
4 1 7 2 8 5 9 25 9 43
2 2 2
BC
4 2 7 3 4 8 4 16 4 24 2 6
2 2 2
CD
2 1 3 2 4 1
2 2 2
DA 9 25 9 43
4 1 7 2 8 3
2 2 2
AC 25 81 25 131
2 1 3 2 4 5 1 1 1 3
2 2 2
BD
None = AB = DC, BC=DA, and AC BD
ABCD quadrilateral is parallelogram .
3) Find the equitation of the set of points. Which are equidistant from the points
(1,2,3) and (3,2,-1)
Sol: Let P ( x, y, z ) be any point on the locus. Let the given points are A= (1,2,3) and
B (3,2,-1)
Given geometric condition is PA PB PA2 PB2
x 1 ( y 2)2 ( z 3)2 = x 3 y 2 z 1
2 2 2 2
HANDBOOK 205
MATHEMATICS
x 1 2 x y 4 4 y z 9 6z x2 9 6 x y 2 4 4 y z 2 1 2 z
2 2 2
Therefore x 2 z 0 .
4) Find the equation of set of points P, the sum of whose distance from A 4, 0, 0
and B 4, 0, 0 is equal to 10.
Sol: Let P ( x, y , z ) be any point on the locus. Let the given points are A 4, 0, 0 and
B 4, 0, 0
Given geometrics condition is PA PB 10 PA 10 PB
Squaring on both sides PA2 100 PB2 20 PB
x 4 y 2 z 2 100 1 x 4 y 2 z 2 20 PB
2 2
x 2 16 8 x y 2 z 2 100 x 2 16 8 x y 2 z 2 20 PB
16 x 100 20 PB 4 x 25 5PB
Squaring on both sides
16 x 2 625 200 x
25 x 4 y 2 z 2
2
16 x 625 200 x 25 x 2 400 200 x 25 y 2 25 z 2
2
9 x 2 25 y 2 25 z 2 225 0
5) If a variable point which moves such that 3PA=2PB if A= (-2,2,3). And B =(13,-3,13).
Prove that P satisfies the equation x 2 y 2 z 2 28 x 12 y 10 z 247 0 .
Sol: Let P x, y, z be any point on the locus. Given points are A 2, 2,3 , B 13, 3,13
and given geometric condition is 3PA 2PB 9 PA2 4PB 2
9 x 2 y 2 z 3 4 x 13 y 3 z 13
2 2 2 2 2 2
9[ x 2 4 4 x y 2 4 4 y z 2 9 6 z ] 4[ x 2 169 26 x y 2 9 6 y z 2 169 26 z ]
5 x 2 5 y 2 5 z 2 140 x 60 y 50 z 1235 0
x 2 y 2 z 2 28 x 12 y 10 z 247 0
HANDBOOK 206
MATHEMATICS
EXERCISE : 11 (C)
II) 1) Three vertices of paroled gram ABCD are A 3, 1, 2 B 1, 2, 4 C 1,1, 2 . Find
the fourth vertex .
Sol: Let ABCD is a parallelogram.
Where A 3, ,1, 2 , B 1, 2, 4 ,
C 1,1, 2 and D a , b, c
3 1 1 1 2 2 1 9 2 b 4 c
Mid point of AC = mid point of BD , , = , ,
1 2 2 2 2 2
a 1 b 2 c 4 a 1 b2 c4
1,0, 2 , , 1, 0, 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
a 2 1, b 0 2 , c 4 4
a 1 , b 2 , c 8
Coordinates of point D 1, 2,8
2) If the origin is the centroid of the triangle P R with Vertices P 2 a, 2, 6 ,
Q 4,3b 10 , R 8,14, 2c then find the values of a, b, c
x x x y y2 y3 z1 z2 z3
Sol: Centroid of PQR is 1 2 3 , 1 ,
3 3 3
2a 4 8 2 3b 14 6 10 2c
, ,
3 3 3
Given origin is the centroid of PQR
2a 4 3b 16 2c 4
, , = 0, 0, 0 2a 4 0 , 3b 16 0 , 2c 4 0
3 3 3
16
Therefore a 2 , b ,c 2
3
3) If A and B be the points 3, 4,5 and 1,3 7 respectively, find the equation of the
set of points P such that PA2 PB 3 K 2 , where K is constant.
Sol: Let the point P be x , y , z A (3, 4,5) and B (1,3, 7) .
Given condition is PA2 PB 3 K 2
HANDBOOK 207
MATHEMATICS
x 3 y 4 z 5 x 1 y 3 z 7 k 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
8 x 2 y 24 z 9 k 2
8 x 2 y 24 z 9 k 2 0
III) 1) Find the lengths of the medians of the triangle with vertices A 0, 0, 6
B 0, 4, 0 and C 6, 0, 0 .
Sol: Let the points D, E and F are the mid
points of BC, AC and AB respectively.
So AD, BE , CF will be the medians of the triangle.
06 40 00
The point D= Mid point of BC , , = 3, 2, 0
2 2 2
60 00 00
The point E= Mid point of CA , , = 3, 0,3
2 2 2
0 1 0 4 6 0
The point F = Mid point of AB , , = 0, 2,3
2 2 2
3 0 0 4 3 0
2 2 2
AD 9 16 9 49 7
3 0 0 4 3 0
2 2 2
BE 9 16 9 34
0 6 2 0 3 0
2 2 2
CF 36 4 9 49 7
2. A 5, 4, 6 , B 1, 1,3 , C 4,3, 2 are three points. Find the co-ordinates of the point in
which the bisector of BAC meets the side BC .
Sol: We know that the bisector of BAC divides BC in the ratio AB : AC .
Given A 5, 4, 6 , B 1, ,1,3 , C 4,3, 2
5 1 4 1 6 3
2 2 2
AB 50 5 2
5 4 4 3 6 2
2 2 2
AC 18 3 2
AB : AC 5 2 : 3 2 5 : 3
If the bisector of BAC meets the side BC at D, Then D divides BC in the ratio 5:3
HANDBOOK 208
MATHEMATICS
mx nx1 my2 ny1 mz2 nz1
D 2 , ,
mn mn mn
5 4 31 5 3 3 1 5 2 3 3
, ,
53 53 53
20 3 15 3 10 9 23 3 19
, , , ,
8 8 8 8 2 8
3) Show that the points O 0, 0, 0 , A 2, 3, 3 , B 2, 3, 3 are collinear. Find the ratio in
which each point divider the segment joining other two.
Sol: Given points are O 0, 0, 0 , A 2, 3,3 and B 2, 3 3 .
Now OA 4 9 9 22
2 2 3 3 3 3
2 2 2
AB = 78 2 22
0 2 0 3 0 3 22
2 2 2
BO
OA BO 22 22 2 22
AB 2 22
O, A, B are collinear points
x1 x y y
The Ratio in which P x, y, z divides Q x, y, z and R x2 , y2 , z2 is (or) 1
x x2 y y2
z1 z
(or)
z z2
OA 0 2 2 1
Now
AB 2 2 4 2
AB 22 4 2
BO 2 0 2 1
OB 2 0 2 1
and
OA 0 2 2 1
HANDBOOK 209
MATHEMATICS
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
1) On Y axis , x and z - co-ordinates of every point are zero so the co-ordinates of
the perpendicular are 0, 7, 0 .
2) The length of the perpendicular drawn from the point P a , b, c on the co-
ordinate axes are b 2 c 2 , b2 c 2 , a 2 b 2 so. Required length 52 12 2 13 .
3) If a parallelepiped is formed by planes drawn through the points x , y , z and
x2 , y 2 , z 2 paroled to the co-ordinate planes , then the length of the diagonal of
x2 x1 y2 y1 2 z2 z1
2 2
the parallelepiped is . Than length of the
4 1 5 2 z2 z1 3
2 2 2
diagonal =
4) The y- Co- ordinate of every point on ZX -plane is zero the locus of the point
x, y , z for which y 0 is XZ –plane.
0 3 a 0 3 7
2 2 2
5) PQ 41 41 9 a 2 16 16 a 4 .
x1 2
6) YZ – plane divides in the ratio .
x2 3
7) A 1,1,1 , B 4,1,1 C 4,5,1 , D 1, 5,1
AB 9 0 0 3 , BC 0 16 0 4 , CD 9 0 0 3 , DA 0 16 0 4 ,
AC 9 16 0 5 , BD 9 16 1 5
AB CD, BC AD, AC BD
ABCD is a rectangle
8) X-axis
y1 3
9) XZ- plane divides in the ratio = ratio 3: 7
y2 7
10) The point on the yz - plane x - co- ordination mint be zero 0, 4,5
11) Statement (I) : (A) if a = then a 2 1 0 , and a 2 3a 2 0 the point is 3, 0, 0 lies on
x - axis.
Statement (II) : (R) in a correct explanation for statement – I. Hence option 1 is
correct .
ANSWERS
1) 2 2) 1 3) 4 4) 3 5) 3 6) 3 7) 1 8) 1
9) 3 10) 2 11) 1
HANDBOOK 210
MATHEMATICS
12. LIMITS AND DERIVATIVES
Exercise – 12(a)
I.
1. Lim x 3
x 3
Sol.: Lim x 3 = 3 + 3 = 6
x 3
𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝟐𝟐
2. 𝒙−
𝒙→𝝅 𝟕
𝑳𝒊𝒎 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
Sol.: 𝒙− =𝝅−
𝒙→𝝅 𝟕 𝟕
𝐿𝑖𝑚
3. πr
r→1
𝐿𝑖𝑚
Sol.: πr = 𝜋(1) = 𝜋
r→1
4x 3
4. Lim
x4 x2
4 x 3 4 4 3 16 3 19
Sol.: Lim
x 4 x2 42 2 2
x10 x5 1
5. Lim
x 1 x 1
x10 x5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10 5
Sol.: Lim
x 1 x 1 1 1 2 2
x 1
5
1
6. Lim
x 0 x
𝐿𝑖𝑚 (𝒙 𝟏) 𝐿𝑖𝑚 (𝒙 𝟏) ( )
Sol.: =
x→0 x→0 ( )
𝐿𝑖𝑚 (𝒙 𝟏) ( )
= = 5(1)4 = 5
(x + 1) → 0 ( )
HANDBOOK 211
MATHEMATICS
3x x 10
2
0
7. Lim form
x 2 x2 4 0
3x 2 x 10 Lim 𝟑𝒙𝟐 𝟔𝒙 𝟓𝒙 𝟏𝟎 3x x 2 5 x 2
Sol.: Lim = = Lim
x 2 x 4
2
x →2 (𝒙 𝟐)(𝒙 𝟐) x2 x 2 x 2
Lim ( )( ) 3x 5 6 5 11
= = Lim =
x→2 (𝒙 𝟐)(𝒙 𝟐) x 2 x2 22 4
x 4 81 0
8. Lim form
x 3 2 x2 5x 3 0
x2 9
2 2
x 4 81
Sol.: Lim 2 = Lim 2
x 3 2 x 5 x 3 x 3 2 x 6 x x 3
= Lim
x 2
9 x 2 9
= Lim
x 3 x2 9 6 9 9 108
= =
x 3 2 x x 3 1 x 3 x 3 2 x 1 6 1 7
ax b
9. Lim
x0 cx 1
ax b a 0 b b
Sol.: Lim = = =b
x0 cx 1 c 0 1 1
1
z 3 1
10. Lim 1
z 1
z 6 1
1
𝟏
z 3 1 Lim (𝒛)𝟔 ( ) 1 6
Sol.: Lim 1
= x = = =2
z 1 z→1 ( ) 3 1
z 1
6 ( )
ax 2 bx c
11. Lim ,a b c 0
x 1 cx 2 bx a
ax 2 bx c a 1 b 1 c
2
abc
Sol.: Lim 2 = =1
cx bx a c 1 b 1 a
2
x 1 cba
HANDBOOK 212
MATHEMATICS
1 1
12. Lim x 2
x 2 x 2
1 1
Lim 1 1
Sol.: Lim x 2 = = Lim =
x 2 x 2 𝑥 → −2 x 2 2 x
4
sin ax
13. Lim
x0 bx
sin ax a.sin ax
Sol.: Lim = Lim ( multiply and divide with a)
x0 bx x 0 b ax
a sin ax a a
= Lim = 1 =
b ax 0 ax b b
sin ax
14. Lim , a,b 0
x0 sin bx
sin ax sin ax bx ax a sin ax bx a a
Sol.: Lim = Lim . . = Lim Lim = 11 =
x0 sin bx x 0
ax sin bx bx b ax 0 ax bx 0 sin bx b b
sin x
15. Lim
x x
sin x 1 sin x
Sol.: Lim = Lim (As x x 0 )
x x x x
1 sin x 1 1
= Lim = 1 =
x 0 x
cos x
16. Lim
x0 x
cos x cos 0 1
Sol.: Lim = =
x0 x 0
ax x cos x
17. Lim
x0 b sin x
Sol.: Lim
ax x cos x
= Lim
a cos x x = Lim x . Lim a cos x = (1) =
x 0 b sin x x 0 b sin x x0 sin x x 0 b
HANDBOOK 213
MATHEMATICS
18. Lim x sec x
x0
x 0
Sol.: Lim x sec x = Lim = =0
x0 x0 cos x 1
sin ax bx
19. Lim a,b, a + b 0
x 0
ax sin bx
sin ax bx a sin ax
Lim Lim Lim b
sin ax bx x 0 x x 0 x x 0 ax ab
Sol.: Lim = = =1
x 0
ax sin bx Lim Lim
ax sin bx
a Lim
b sin bx a b
x 0 x x0 x x 0 bx
an 2 x
20. Lim
x
2 x
2
Sol.: Let x h as 𝑥 → ℎ → 0
2
tan 2 x𝐿𝑖𝑚 ℎ tan 2 h 𝐿𝑖𝑚 ℎ
Lim = = Lim 2 =2 = 2 (1)
ℎ→0 ℎ h0 2h 2ℎ → 0 ℎ
x
2 x
2
x2
21. Lim 1
x 2 x2
Sol.: As x 2 x 2 x – 2 < 0 and x 2 x 2
x2 x 2
Lim Lim 1
x2 x2 x2 x 2
22. Compute Lim x x and Lim x x where [.] denotes integral part.
x2 x2
Sol.: (a) As x 2 2 x 3 [x] = 2
Lim x x = 𝑥 = 2 + 2 = 4 and Lim x x
𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝐿𝑖𝑚
[𝑥] +
x2 𝑥→2 𝑥→2 x2
(b) As x 2 1 x 2 [x] = 1
Lim x x = Lim x Lim x 1 2 3
x2 x 2
x 2
Note : Lim x x does not exist
x2
HANDBOOK 214
MATHEMATICS
a 1
x
23. Compute Lim a 0, b 0, b 1
x 0 bx 1
ax 1 𝐿𝑖𝑚 →
Sol.: Lim = = = = 𝑙𝑜𝑔
x 0 b 1 𝑥 → 0
x
→
e x sin x 1
24. Compute Lim
x 0 x
e x sin x 1 e x 1 sin x ex 1 sin x
Sol.: Lim = Lim = Lim
x 0 Lim =1–1 =0
x0 x x 0
x x x x 0 x
e 3 x e 3
25. Compute Lim
x 0 x
e 3 x e 3 e3 e x 1 e x 1
Sol.: Lim = Lim 3
= e Lim = e3 1 = e3
x0 x x 0 x x 0 x
e4 x 1
26. Compute Lim .
x 0 x
e4 x 1 e4 x 1
Sol. Lim = 4 Lim = 4(1) = 4.
x 0 x 4 x 0 4x
e2 x e2
27. Compute Lim
x 0 x
e2 x e2 e 2 e x 1 e x 1 = e2 (1) = e2
Sol.: Lim = Lim = e 2 Lim
x 0 x x 0 x x0 x
e x e5
28. Compute Lim .
x 5 x 5
e x e5 e5 e x 5 1
Sol.: Lim = Lim = e5 (1) = e5
x 5 x 5 x 5 0 x5
esin x 1
29. Compute Lim
x 0 x
HANDBOOK 215
MATHEMATICS
e sin x
1 esin x 1 sin x esin x 1 sin x
Sol.: Lim = Lim . = Lim Lim = (1)(1) = 1
x 0 x x 0
sin x x sin x 0
sin x x 0
x
e x e3
30. Compute Lim
x 3 x 3
e x e3 e3 e x 3 1
Sol.: Lim = Lim = e3 (1) = e3
x 3 x 3 x 30 x 3
x e x 1
31. Compute Lim .
x 0 1 cos x
x e x 1
Lim
e x 1
Sol.: Lim
x ex 1
= Lim
x2
=
x0
x
= 1
2
x 0 1 cos x x 0 1 cos x 2
2 x 1
2 2 sin 1
x Lim 2 2
2
2 0 4. x
x
4
log e 1 2 x
32. Compute Lim .
x0 x
log e 1 2 x 2.log e 1 2 x log e 1 2 x
Sol.: Lim = Lim =2. Lim =(2)(1)=2
x0 x x 0 2x x0 2x
log e 1 x3
33. Compute Lim
x 0 sin 3 x
log e 1 x3 log e 1 x 3 x3
Sol.: Lim = Lim .
x 0 sin 3 x x 0 x3 sin 3 x
log 1 x 3 x
3
= Lim . Lim = (1).(1) = 1
x3 0 x3 x 0 sin x
HANDBOOK 216
MATHEMATICS
II.
cos 2 x 1
1. Compute Lim
x 0
cos x 1
cos 2 x 1 1 cos 2 x 2sin 2 x sin 2 x x 2
Sol.: Lim = Lim = Lim = Lim 2 .
x 0 cos x 1 x 0 1 cos x 2 x x
x
x 0 x 0
2sin sin 2
2 2
x2
2
sin x 4 𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝐿𝑖𝑚
= Lim 2 Lim 4 = 4 . →0 = 4(1)2 (1) 2 = 4
x 0 x x 0 x
sin 2 𝑥 →0
2
2. Compute Lim cos ecx cot x .
x0
𝐿𝑖𝑚 1 cos x 1 cos x
Sol.: (𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 − 𝑐𝑜𝑡𝑥)= Lim = Lim
𝑥→0 x 0 sin x
sin x x 0
sin x
𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( ) x
= = Lim Tan tan 0 = 0
𝑥→0 x 0
2
2x 3 , x 0
3. Find Lim f(x) and Lim f(x) where f x
x 0 x 1
3 x 1 , x 1
2x 3 , x 0
Sol.: Given f x
3 x 1 , x 1
At x = 0,
𝐿𝑖𝑚
R.H.L = Lim f x Lim f o h = 3(0 + ℎ + 1) = 3 ( 0 + 0 + 1) = 3
x 0 h0 ℎ→0
L.H. L = Lim f x Lim f 0 h = Lim 2 0 h 3 = 2(0- 0) + 3 = 0 + 3 = 3
x 0 h 0 h 0
R.H.L = L.H.L = f(0) = 3
Here at x = 0 Limit exist.
x 2 1, x 1
4. Find Lim f( x ), where f( x ) = 2
x 1
x 1, x 1
x 2 1, x 1
Given f( x ) = 2
x 1, x 1
HANDBOOK 217
MATHEMATICS
𝐿𝑖𝑚
R.H. L = Lim f x = 𝑓(1 + ℎ)= Lim 1 h 1
2
At x = 1,
x 1 ℎ→0 h0
= -(1+0)2 – 1= -1 -1= -2
𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝐿𝑖𝑚 (
L.H.L = 𝟏 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝑓(1 − ℎ) = [ 1 − ℎ) − 1]
𝒙→𝟏 ℎ→0 ℎ→0
= (1 – 0)2 – 1 = 1 – 1 =0
RHL LHL
Hence at x = 1 limit does not exists
x
, x0
5. Evaluate Lim f x , where f x x
x 0
0 , x0
x
, x0
Sol.: Given f x x
0 , x0
x, if x0
We know that x
x, if x0
𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( ) 𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( 𝐿𝑖𝑚 |𝟎 𝒉|
At x = 0, RHL = 𝑓 𝑥 = 𝑓 0 + ℎ) =
𝒙→𝟎 𝒙→𝟎 𝒙→𝟎 𝟎 𝒉
𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝒉
= =𝟏
𝒙→𝟎 𝒉
𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( ) 𝐿𝑖𝑚
LHL = 𝑓 𝑥 = 𝑓(0 − ℎ)
𝒙→𝟎 𝒉→𝟎
0h
= Lim
h 0 0 h
0 h
= Lim =-1
h 0 h
RHL LHL
Hence limit does not exist at x = 0
x
, x0
6. Find Lim d x where f x x
x0
0 , x0
x
, x0
Sol.: Given f x x
0 , x0
HANDBOOK 218
MATHEMATICS
𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( ) 𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( 𝐿𝑖𝑚 ℎ 𝐿𝑖𝑚 ℎ
At x = 0, RHL= 𝑓 𝑥 = 𝑓 0 + ℎ) = = =1
𝑥→0 ℎ→0 ℎ → 0 | ℎ| ℎ → 0 ℎ
𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝐿𝑖𝑚 ℎ 𝐿𝑖𝑚 ℎ
LHL = 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(0 − ℎ) = = =-1
𝑥→0 ℎ→0 ℎ → 0 | ℎ| ℎ→0 ℎ
RHL LHL
Hence at x = 0, limit does not Exist
7. Find Lim f x , where f(x) = x 5
x 5
Sol.: Given f(x) = x 5
x, if x0
We know that x
x, if x0
As x 5 x x
𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( ) 𝐿𝑖𝑚 (| 𝐿𝑖𝑚 (
𝑓 𝑥 = 𝒙| + 𝟓) = 𝒙 − 𝟓) = 𝟓 − 𝟓 = 𝟎
𝒙→𝟓 𝒙→𝟓 𝒙→𝟓
8. Let a1, a2, …… an be fixed real numbers and define a function f(x) = (x-a1) (x – a2) …. (x
𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝐿𝑖𝑚
–an) what is ? For same a a1 , a2 .....an compute. 𝑓(𝑥)
𝒙 → 𝒂𝟏 𝒙→𝒂
Sol.: Given f(x) = (x – a1) (x- a2) …..(x-an)
𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝐿𝑖𝑚
𝑓 (𝑥 ) = 𝐱 – 𝐚𝟏 (𝐱 − 𝐚𝟐) … . . (𝐱 − 𝐚𝐧)
𝒙 → 𝒂𝟏 𝒙 → 𝒂𝟏
= (a1 – a1) (a1- a2) …..(a1-an) = 0(a1- a2) …..(a1-an) = 0
𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝐿𝑖𝑚
Again 𝑓(𝑥) = (x – a1) (x- a2) …..(x-an) = a a1 a a2 ..... a ax
𝒙→𝒂 𝒙→𝒂
x 4 81
9. Compute Lim
x 3 2 x2 5x 3
𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝒙𝟒 𝟖𝟏 𝟎 x 2
9 x 2 9 x 3 x 3 x2 9
Sol.: 𝒇𝒐𝒓𝒎 = Lim = Lim
𝒙 → 𝟑 𝟐𝒙𝟐 𝟓𝒙 𝟑 𝟎 x 3 2 x2 6 x x 3 x 3 x 3 2 x 1
x 3 x2 9 3 3 9 9 108
= Lim = =
x 3 2 x 1 6 1 7
HANDBOOK 219
MATHEMATICS
f x f 1
10. If f(x) = 25 x 2 then find Lim
x 1 x 1
Sol.: Given f x 25 x 2 , then f(1) = 25 1 24
𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝒇(𝒙) 𝒇(𝟏) 𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝟐𝟓 𝒙𝟐 √𝟐𝟒 𝐿𝑖𝑚 (√ 𝟐𝟓 𝒙𝟐 )(√ 𝟐𝟓 𝒙𝟐 )
= =
𝒙→𝟏 𝒙 𝟏 𝒙→𝟏 𝒙 𝟏 𝒙→𝟏 (𝒙 𝟏)(√ 𝟐𝟓 𝒙𝟐 )
= Lim
24 25 x 2
x 1
x 1 24 25 x 2
= Lim
x 2
1
x 1
x 1 24 25 x 2
= Lim
x 1 =
11
=
1
x 1
24 25 x 2
24 24 24
x sin a a sin x
11. Compute Lim
xa xa
x sin a a sin x x sin a a sin a a sin a a sin x
Sol.: Lim = Lim
xa xa x a x a
= Lim
x a sin a a sin x sin a
xa x a
= Lim
x a sin a a. Lim sin x sin a
x a x a xa x a
xa xa
2 cos sin
2 2
= sin a a Lim
xa xa
2
2
xa
sin
x a 2
= sin a a Lim cos . Lim
xa
2 x a 0 x a
2
2
= sin a – a cos a (1) = sin a – a cos a
HANDBOOK 220
MATHEMATICS
𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( )
12. Compute
𝒙→𝟎
Sol.: Lim
sin cos 2 x
= Lim
sin 1 sin 2 x
2 2
x 0 x x 0 x
𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( π ) 𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( )
= = .
𝒙→𝟎 𝒙→𝟎
sin sin 2 x sin 2 x
. Lim 2 = 1 1 =
2 2
= Lim
x 0
sin x 2 x 0
x
3
1 x 3 1 x
13. Compute Lim [ a3 – b3 = (a – b) (a2 +ab +b2)]
x 0 x
1 1
2 1 1 2
1 x 3 1 x
3
1 x 3 1 x 3 1 x 3 1 x 3 1 x 3 1 x 3
Sol.: Given Lim = Lim
x 0 x x 0 2 1 1 2
x 1 x 3 1 x 3 1 x 3 1 x 3
= Lim
1 x 1 x =
2
=
2
x0 2 1
2
1 11 1 3
x 1 x 1 x 1 x
3 3 3
III.
a bx , x 1
1.Suppose f x 4 , x 1 and if Lim f x f 1 what are possible values of a andb.
x 1
b ax , x 1
a bx , x 1
Sol.: We have f x 4 , x 1
b ax , x 1
At x = 1, Lim f x f 1 , given f(1) = 4
x 1
i.e RHL = LHL = f(1)
Lim f x Lim f x 4
x 1 x 1
𝐿𝑖𝑚 (
𝑓 1 + ℎ) = 𝑓 (1 − ℎ) = 4
𝒉→𝟎
𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝐿𝑖𝑚
[𝒃 − 𝒂(1 + ℎ)] = [𝒂 + 𝒃(1 − ℎ)] = 4
𝒉→𝟎 𝒉→𝟎
b a 1 0 a b 1 0 4 b a a b 4
b –a = 4, a + b = 4 on solving we get b = 4, a = 0
HANDBOOK 221
MATHEMATICS
x 1 , x 0
2. If f x 0 , x0
x 1 , x 0
For what values of a does Lim f x exist ?
xa
x 1 , x 0
Sol.: Given f x 0 , x0
x 1 , x 0
x, if x 0
We know that x
x, if x 0
At x = 0
𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( ) 𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( 𝐿𝑖𝑚
RHL= 𝑓 𝑥 = 𝑓 0 + ℎ) = (0 + ℎ − 1)
𝑥→0 ℎ→0 ℎ→0
= Lim h 1 = 0 – 1= - 1
h0
𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( ) 𝐿𝑖𝑚 (
LHL= 𝑓 𝑥 = 𝑓 0 − ℎ)
𝑥→0 𝑥→0
= L im 0 h 1 = L im 0 h 1 =
𝐿𝑖𝑚
ℎ + 1=1
h 0 h 0 ℎ→0
RHL LHL
At x = 0 limit does not exist
𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( )
Hence 𝑓 𝑥 exists for all a 0
𝑥→𝑎
𝐿𝑖𝑚
= 𝜋 evaluate Lim f x
( ) ( )
3. If the function f(x) satisfies
𝑥→1 x 1
f x f 2
Sol.: Given Lim
x 1 x2 1
f x Lim f x
We know that Lim x a
x a g x Lim g x
x a
𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( ) ( )
Lim f x f 2
Now =𝜋 x 1
𝑥→1 Lim x 2 1
x 1
𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝐿𝑖𝑚
𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑓(2) = 𝜋 (𝑥 − 1)
𝑥→1 𝑥→1 𝑥→1
𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( ) 𝐿𝑖𝑚 ( )
𝑓 𝑥 − 𝑓 2 = 𝜋(1 − 1) Lim f x f 2 0 Lim f x f 2
𝑥→1 𝑥→1 x 1 x 1
HANDBOOK 222
MATHEMATICS
mx n , 2
x0
4. If f x nx m , 0 x 1 for what integers m and n does both Lim f x and
x 0
nx3 m , x 1
Lim f x exist ?
x 1
Sol.: At x = 0, limit exists then
RHL = LHL
L im f x Lim f x
x 0 x 0
L im f 0 h Lim f 0 h L im n 0 h m Lim m 0 h n
h 0 h 0 h0 h 0
2
n 0 0 m m 0 0 n
2
m = n ------(1)
Again at x = 1 limit exists
RHL = LHL
Lim f x Lim f x
x 1 x 1
h 0 h 0 h 0
Lim f 1 h Lim f 1 h Lim f n 1 h m Lim n 1 h m
3
h 0
n 1 0 m n 1 0 m
3
n m m n ----(2)
Hence from (1) and (2) for lim f( x ) to be existed we need m = n and Lim f x exist for any
x 1
integral value of m and n.
EXERCISE - 12(b)
I. 1. Find the derivative of x2 2 at x = 10
f x h f x
Sol.: Let f( x ) = x2 2 and f 1 x Lim
h 0 h
x h 2 2 x 2 2
f x Lim
1
h 0 h
x 2 h2 2hx 2 x 2 2
= Lim
h 0 h
𝐿𝑖𝑚 𝒉𝟐 ℎ
= = Lim h 2 x = 2x
𝒉→𝟎 ℎ h 0
At x = 10, f 1 10 2 10 20
HANDBOOK 223
MATHEMATICS
2. Find the derivation of x at x = 1
f x h f x
Sol.: Let f( x ) = x and f 1 x Lim
h0 h
xh x h
f 1 x Lim = Lim = 1
h0 h h0 h
At x = 1, f 1 1 1
3. Find the derivative of 99 x at x = 100
f x h f x
Sol.: Let f x ) = 99 x and f 1 x Lim
h0 h
99 x 99h 99 x 99 h
Lim Lim = 99
h0 h h 0 h
At x = 100, f 1 100 99
4. For some constants a and b find the derivative of
xa
(ii) ax 2 b
2
(i) ( x – a) ( x – b) (iii)
xb
Sol.: (i) Let f(x) = ( x – a) ( x – b) = x2 bx ax ab = x 2 a b x ab
Differentiate w.r.t x
f 1 x 2x a b
Let f(x) = ax 2 b = a 2 x 4 b2 2abx 2
2
(ii)
Differentiate w.r.t x
f 1 x a 2 4 x3 0 2ab 2 x = 4a 2 x3 4abx = 4ax ax 2 b
xa
(iii) Let f x
g x
d
f x f x
dg x
xb | d f x
f x
dx dx
dx g x g x
2
d
xa
d
x b x a x b x b x a a b
f 1 x dx dx = =
x b x b x b
2 2 2
xn an
5. Find the derivative of for some constant a
xa
HANDBOOK 224
MATHEMATICS
Sol.: Let f(x) = x – a , g x x a
n n
| d f x
g x
d
f x f x
dg x
f x dx dx
dx g x g x
2
𝑑 𝑥 −𝑎 (𝑥 − 𝑎 ) (𝑥 − 𝑎 ) − (𝑥 − 𝑎 ) (𝑥 − 𝑎)
=
𝑑𝑥 𝑥 − 𝑎 (𝑥 − 𝑎)
x a nx x1 x x a x 1
=
x a
2
xx n axx x 1 x n a n x 1 x n anx x1 an
= =
x a x a
2 2
6. Find the derivative of
3
(i) 2 x (ii) 5 x3 3 x 1 x 1 (iii) x 3 5 3x (iv) x5 3 6 x 9
4
2 x2
(v) y x 4 3 4 x 5 vi)
x 1 3x 1
3
Sol.: (i) Let y = 2 x -
4
Differentiate w.r.t ‘ x ’, we get
dy dx d 3
2 = 2(1) - 0 = 2
dx dx dx 4
(ii) Let y 5 x3 3 x 1 x 1 differentiate w.r.t ‘ x ’ both side we get
𝑑𝑦 𝑑 𝑑
= (5𝑥 + 3𝑥 − 1) (𝑥 − 1) + (𝑥 − 1) (5𝑥 + 3𝑥 − 1)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= 5 x 3 3 x 1 1 0 x 1 15 x 2 3
= 5 x3 3x 1 15 x3 3x 15 x2 3 = 20 x3 15x 2 6 x 4
(iii) Let y = x 3 5 3x
Differentiate w.r.t ‘ x ’ on both sides we get
dy d
dx dx
5 x 3 3 x 2 = 5 3 x 3 2 x = 15 x 6 x
31 2 1 4 3
iv) Let y x 5 3 6 x 9 = y 3 x5 6 x 4
Differentiate w.r.t ‘ x ’ on both sides we get
HANDBOOK 225
MATHEMATICS
5
= 15 x 24 x
4
v) Let y x 4 3 4 x 5 = 3x4 4 x 9
Differentiate w.r.t ‘ x ’ on both sides
dy
3 4 x 5 4 9 x 10
dx
2 x2
vi) Let y
x 1 3x 1
Differentiate w.r.t ‘ x ’ on both sides
dy d 2 d x 2 d 2 d x 2
=
dx dx x 1 dx 3 x 1 dx x 1 dx 3x 1
d
2
d x 1 d d 3 x 1
x 1 2 3x 1 x 2 x 2
dx dx dx dx
x 1 3x 1
2 2
x 1 0 2 1 0 3x 1 2 x x2 3 0
=
x 1 3x 1
2 2
=
2
6x 2
2 x 3x 2
=
2
3x 2
2x
=
2
x 3x 2
x 1 3x 1 x 1 3x 1 x 1 3x 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
7. Find the derivatives of the following functions
i) sin x cos x ii) sec x iii) 5 sec x + 4 cos x iv) cosec x
v) 3 cot x + 4 cosec x vi) 5 sin x – 6 cos x +7
Sol.: i) Let y sin x.cos x
Differentiate w.r.t ‘ x ’ on both sides
dy d d
sin x cos x cos x sin x = sin x cos x = cos x sin x = cos 2x
2 2 2 2
dx dx dx
ii) Let y = sec x
Differentiate w.r.t ‘ x ’ both sides
dy d 1
cos x
d 1 d cos x
1 cos x 0 1 sin x = 𝒔𝒊𝒏 𝒙
=sec x tan x
= dx dx = 2 𝒄𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙
dx dx cos x 2 cos x
cos x
iii) Let y 5sec x 4cos x
Differentiating w.r.t ‘ x ’ we get
HANDBOOK 226
MATHEMATICS
dy d d
5 sec x 4 cos x = 5sec x tan x 4 sin x = 5 sec x tan x 4 sin x
dx dx dx
iv) Let y Cosec x
Differentiating w.r.t x we get
d 1 d
dy d 1 sin x 1 sin x
dx dx cos x 1
= = . = Cosec x. C ot x
dx dx sin x sin x
2
sin x sin x
v) Let y 3Cotx 5Cosec x
Differentiate w.r.t x on both sides we get
dy d d
3 C ot x 5 Co sec x = 3Co sec2 x 5Cosec x. C ot x
dx dx dx
vi) Let y 5sin x 6cos x 7
Differentiate w.r.t ‘ x ’ on both side we get
dy d d d
5 sin x 6 cos x 7 = 5 cos x 6 sin x
dx dx dx dx
vii) Let y 2 tan x 7 sec x
Differentiate w.r.t ‘ x ’ on both sides
dy d d
2 tan x 7 sec x = 2sec x 7sec x.tan x .
2
dx dx dx
8. Find the derivative of 5sin x e x log x
d d d
Sol.:
dx
5sin x e x log x = 5 sin x e x log x
dx dx
x
d d e
5cos x e x log x log x e x = 5cos x e x log x
dx dx x
9. Find the derivative of 5 x log x x3e x
d x
Sol.:
dx
5 log x x 3e x = 5 + 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑥 + 𝑥 𝑒
1
= 5 x log 5 e x x 3 3 x 2 e3 x
x
10. If f x 1 x x 2 ...... x100 then find f 1 x
Sol.: Given f x 1 x x 2 ..... x100
f 1 x 0 1 2 x .... 100.x 99
HANDBOOK 227
MATHEMATICS
𝑓 (1) = 1 + 2 + 3+. . . . +100 =
100 101 = 50 (101) = 5050
2
n n 1
Note : sum of n natural numbers
2
11. If f x 2 x 2 3 x 5 then prove that f 1 0 3 f 1 1 0
Sol.: Given f x 2 x 2 3 x 5 and f 1 x 4 x 3
Now f 1 0 3 f 1 1 4 0 3 3 4 3 = 3 – 3 = 0
II. 1) Find the derivative of the following functions
1 x 1
i) x3 27 ii) (x – 1) x – 2) iii) iv)
x3 x 1
Sol.: i) Let f(x) = x3 27
f x h f x
First principle f 1 x Lt
h 0 h
f 1
x Lt
x h 27 x 27
3 3
h 0 h
x3 h3 3x 2 h 3xh2 27 x 3 27
= Lim
h 0 h
h3 3x 2 h 3xh2
= Lim = Lim h 2 3 x 2 3xh = 0 3x 2 0 = 3x 2
h 0 h h 0
ii) Let f x x 1 x 2 x2 2 x x 2 x2 3x 2
f x h f x
f 1 x Lim
h 0 h
x h 2 3 x h 2 x 2 3 x 2
f 1 x Lim
h 0 h
x 2 h 2 2 xh 3 x 3h 2 x 2 3 x 2
Lim
h 0 h
h2 2hx 3h
= Lim = Lim h 2 x 3 = 2x – 3
h 0 h h 0
1
iii) Let f x
x3
f x h f x
f 1 x Lim
h 0 h
HANDBOOK 228
MATHEMATICS
1 1
x h x3 x h
3 3
x3
= Lim = Lim
h x h x3
3
h 0 h h 0
x 3 x3 h3 3x 2 h 3xh2 h3 3 x 2 h 3h 2
= Lim = Lim
h x h x3 h x h x3
h 0 3 h 0 3
h h 2 3x 2 3xh h2 3x 2 3xh
= Lim = Lim
h x h x3 x h
3 3
h 0 h 0
x3
0 3x 2 0 3x 2 3
= = = 4
x 0
3
x3 x6 x
x 1
iv) Let f(x) =
x 1
f x h f x
f 1 x Lim
h 0 h
x h 1 x 1
2 h 2
Lim x h 1 x 1 = Lim
h 0 h x h 1 x 1
x 1
2
h0 h
x100 x99 x2
2. For the function f x .... x 1 prove that f 1 1 100 f 1 0
100 99 2
x100 x 99 x2
Sol.: Given f x .... x 1
100 99 2
100.x 99 99.x98 2x
f 1 x 1 0 = x x .... x 1
99 98
.......
100 99 2
[f(x) = xn, f1(x) = nxn-1]
Put x = 1 f 1 1 199 198 ...... 1 1
= 1 1 ...... 1 1100 times = 100 ----(i)
Again putting x = 0 we get
f 1 0 0 0 .... 0 1 = 1 ---------(ii)
From (i) and (ii) f 1 1 100 f 1 0
3.Find the derivative of xn a.xn1 a.xn1 a2 xn2 ..... an1 x an for some fixed real number a.
Sol.: Let f x x n a.x n 1 a.x n 1 a 2 x n 2 ..... a n 1 x a n
f 1 x nx n 1 a n 1 x n 2 n 2 a 2 x n 3 ..... a n 1 1 0
HANDBOOK 229
MATHEMATICS
f 1
x nx n 1
a n 1 x n2
a 2 n 2 x n 3 ...... a n 1
f x ax n f 1 x an.x n 1
4. Find the derivative of cos x from the first principle
Sol.: Let f(x) = cos x , f x h cos x h
f x h f x
f | x = Lim
h 0 h
xh x xh x
2sin .sin
cos x h cos x 2 2
= Lim = Lim
h 0 h h 0 h
h h h
2sin x .sin sin
= Lim 2 2 = Lim sin x h . Lim 2
h0 h h 0
2 h 0 h
2 2
2 2
d
= sin x 0 .(1) = -sin x = cos x
dx
5. Find the derivatives of the following functions from the first principal.
i) x 1 ii) sin 2x iii) cosax iv) sec 3x v) x sinx vi) cos2 x
Sol.: i) Let f x x 1 , f x h x h 1
d x h 1 x 1 f x h f x
x 1 Lim f 1 x Lim
dx h 0 h h 0 h
= Lim
x h 1 x 1 x h 1 x 1
h 0
h x h 1 x 1
x h 1 x 1 h
= Lim = Lim
h 0
h x h 1 x 1 h 0
h x h 1 x 1
1 1 1
= Lim = =
h 0 x h 1 x 1 x 0 1 x 1 2 x 1
ii) Let f x sin 2 x , f x h sin 2 x 2h
f x h f x
f 1 x Lim
h 0 h
HANDBOOK 230
MATHEMATICS
d sin 2 x 2h sin 2 x
sin 2 x Lim
dx h 0 h
2 x 2h 2 x 2 x 2h 2 x
2.cos sin
h 2
= Lim
h 0 h
2.cos 2 x h sinh sinh
= Lim = Lim 2 cos 2 x h . Lim
h0 h h0 h0 h
= 2 cos 2 x 0 --- (1) = 2Cos 2 x
iii) Let f x cos ax , f x h cos ax ah
f x h f x cos ax ah cos ax
f 1 x Lim = Lim
h 0 h h 0 h
ax ah ax ax ah ax
2sin .sin
2 2
= Lim
h 0 h
ah ah
2sin ax sin
2 2
= Lim
h 0 h
9 ah
sin
ah 2 2
= Lim 2.sin ax . Lim
h0
2 0
ah ah
2
2
9
= 2sin ax 0 . 1 = - a sin ax
2
iv) Let f x sec 3x , f x h se 3x 3h ,
f x h f x
f 1 x Lim
h0 h
d sec3 x sec 3 x 3h sec 3 x
Lim
dx h0 h
1 1 1 cos 3x cos) 3x 3h
= Lim = Lim
h 0 h cos 3 x 3h cos3x h 0 h cos 3 x 3h cos 3 x
3x 3h 3x
2sin sin 3 x 3 x 3h
2
= Lim
h 0 h cos 3x 3h .cos 3x
HANDBOOK 231
MATHEMATICS
h 3h
2 sin 3 x 3
2 = 2 sin 3x 0 3 1
sin
2 3
= Lim Lim
h 0 cos 3 x 3h cos 3 x 2 3 h 0
3h cos 3x 0 cos 3x 2
2
sin 3 x 1
= 3. = 3. Tan 3 x Sec 3 x = 3 Sec 3 x Tan 3 x
cos 3 x cos 3 x
v) Let f x x sin x, f x h x h sin x h
f x h f x
f 1 x Lim
h 0 h
d x h sin x h x sin x
x sin x Lim
dx h 0 h
x sin x h h sin x h x sin x
= Lim
h 0 h
sin x h sin x
= x Lim Lim sin x h
h0 h h0
xh x xh x
2cos sin
2 2 sin x 0
= Lim
h 0 2
h
sin
h 2
= Lim 2 cos x sin x
h 0
2 2. h
2
= x cos x 0 sin x x cos x sin x
vi) Let f x cos 2 x, f x 4 cos 2 x h
f x h f x
f 1 x Lim
h 0 h
d cos 2 x cos2 x h cos 2 x a 2 b2
Lim
dx h a b a b
h 0
= Lim
cos x h cos x cos x h cos x
h0 h
cos x h cos x
= Lim cos x h cos x . Lim
h0 h 0 h
xh x xhx
2sin sin
2 2
= cos x 0 cos x . Lim
h 0 h
HANDBOOK 232
MATHEMATICS
= 2 cos x.sin x 0 . 1
h
sin
h 2 = 2 S in x Cosx Sin 2 x
= -2Cos x Lim 2sin x .
h 0
2 h
2.
2
Exercise – 12(C)
I. Find the derivative of the following functions (it is to be understood that a , b, c, d, p, q,
r and s are fixed non – zero constants and m and n are integers)
1) (x + a)
Sol.: Let y = x + a
Differentiating w. r. t. ’ x ’
dy d dx da
x a = = 1 + 0 = 1
dx dx dx dx
px q
r
2. s
x
r
Sol.: Let y px q s
x
Differentiate w. r. t ‘ x ’ on both sides
dy d r
px q s (By product rule)
dx dx x
d r r d
= px q s s px q
dx x x dx
r r
= px q 2 s P
x x
Pr qr pr qr
= 2 sp = Ps 2
x x x x
ax b cx d
2
3.
Let y ax b cx d
2
Sol.:
Differentiate w.r.t ‘x’ on both sides
dy d
ax b cx d
2
(by product rule)
dx dx
d 2 2 2 dax d
ax b
dx
c x d 2 2cdx cx d b
dx dx
HANDBOOK 233
MATHEMATICS
= ax b 2c 2 x 0 2cd cx d a = ax b 2c cx d a cx d
2 2
= cx d 2acx 2bc acx ad = cx d 3acx 2bc ad
ax b
4.
cx d
ax b
Sol.: Let y
cx d
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ”
dy d ax b
(by quotient rule)
dx dx cx d
d d
cx d ax b ax b cx d cx d a 1 0 ax b c 1 0
= dx dx =
cx d cx d
2 2
cx d (a) (ax b)(c) acx da axc bc
ad bc
cx d cx d cx d
2 2 2
1
5) 1
x
1
1
x
1
1
Sol.: Let y x x 1
1 x 1
1
x
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’
d d
dy d x 1 x 1 dx ( x 1) ( x 1) dx ( x 1)
(By Quotient rule)
dx dx x 1 x 1
2
x 11 0 ( x 1)(1 0)
x 1 x 1
2
x 1
2
( x 1) 2
( x 1) 2
1
6.
ax bx c
2
1
Sol.: Let y
ax bx c
2
Differentiating y w. r. t ‘ x ’
HANDBOOK 234
MATHEMATICS
dy d 1
2 (by Quotient rule)
dx dx ax bx c
d (1) d
ax 2
bx c
dx
1. (ax 2 bx c)
dx
ax bx c
2 2
ax 2
bx c (0) 1(2 xa b 0)
2ax b
ax bx c ax bx c
2 2 2
2
ax b
7.
px qx r
2
ax b
Sol.: Let y
px qx r
2
Differentiate w. r. t. ‘ x ’ on both sides
d d
dy d ax b
px 2 qx r (ax b) (ax b) px 2 qx r
dx dx
dx dx px 2 qx r px qx r
2 2
px 2
qx r ( a ) ( ax b)(2 px q )
px qx r
2 2
apx 2 aqx ar 2apx 2 aqx 2bpx bq apx 2 2bpx ra bq
px qx r px qx r
2 2 2 2
px 2 qx r
8.
ax b
px 2 qx r
Sol.: Let y
ax b
Differentiate w. r. t ‘ x ’ on both sides
d d
dy d px 2 qx r ax b px qx r px qx r ax b
2 2
dx dx
dx dx ax b ax b
2
ax b 2 px q px 2 qx r a
ax b
2
apx 2 2bpx bq ar apx 2 2bpx bq ar
ax b ax b
2 2
HANDBOOK 235
MATHEMATICS
a b
9. 4
2 cos x
x x
a b
Sol.: Let y 4
2 C os x y ax 4 bx 2 Cos x
x x
dy d 4 d d
Now a x b x 2 C os x
dx dx dx dx
4a 2
a. 4 x 41 2 x 21 S in x 4ax 5 2 x 3 S in x 3 S in x
x5 x
10. 4 x 2
Sol.: Let y 4 x 2
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’ we get
dy d d 1 1 1
1
2
4 x 2 4 x 2 0 2x 2
dx dx dx 2 x
Note: For the following problems we have the function of a function as y=f
{g( x )}. Here f is a function of g and g in a function of x the derivation of such a
dy
functions are given as f ' g x g ' x
dx
11) ax b
n
Let y ax b
n
Sol.:
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’ we get
dy n 1 d
n ax b ax b n(ax b)n 1 (a) na(ax b)n1
dx dx
12) ax b (cx d ) m
n
y ax b (cx d )m
n
Sol.: Let
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’ we get
dy n d d
ax b cx d (cx d )m (ax b )n
m
dx dx dx
(ax b)n m (cx d ) m1 (c) (cx d )m n(ax b) n1 (a )
mc(ax b)n (cx d )m1 na (cx d )m (ax b)n 1
(ax b) n 1 (cx d ) m 1 ax b mc (cx d )na
13) S in( x a)
HANDBOOK 236
MATHEMATICS
Sol.: Let y S in( x a )
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’ on both sides
dy d d
S in( x a ) C os( x a ). ( x a ) C os( x a )(1 0) C os( x a)
dx dx dx
14) Find the derivatives of the following functions:
i C ot n x ii Cosec 4 x iii S in m x C os n x iv S in mx C os nx
x2 x 2
v log(Tan 5 x) vi log
x x2
2
vii C os(log x e x )
Sol.: (i) Let y C ot n x
Differentiating w. r. t x on both sides
dy d d
C ot n x n.C ot n 1 x. C ot x nC ot n1 x( C os ec 2 x)
dx dx dx
nC ot n 1x . C os ec 2 x
(ii) Let y Co sec 4 x
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’ we get
dy d d
Co sec 4 x 4.Co sec 41 x. Co sec x
dx dx dx
4Cosec x Cosec x . C ot x 4Cosec 4 x . C ot x
3
(iii) Let y S in m xCos n x
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’ we get
dy d d
S in m x C os n x C os n x S in m x
dx dx dx
d d
S in m x n C os n 1 x . C os x C os n x m.S in m 1 x Sin x
dx dx
nS in m x Cos n 1 x.Sin x Cos n x m. S in m 1 x Cos x
S in m1 x C os n1 x m C os 2 x n S in 2 x
(iv) Let y Sin mx Cos nx
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’ we get
dy d d
S in mx C os nx C os nx Sin mx
dx dx dx
n S in mx Cos x m C os mx C os nx
(v) Let y log(Tan 5 x )
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’ we get
HANDBOOK 237
MATHEMATICS
dy 1 d S ec2 5 x d
Tan 5 x (5 x)
dx Tan 5x dx Tan5 x dx
5. Sec2 5 x 1 C os 5 x
5. 2
.
Tan 5 x Cos 5 x S in 5 x
10 10
10Cosec10 x
2 sin 5 x cos 5 x S in10 x
x2 x 2
(vi) Let y log 2
x x2
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’ we get
dy d x2 x 2
log 2
dx dx x x2
d
log x 2 x 2 log x 2 x 2
dx
2 x 1
2 x 1
x 2
x 2 x 2
x 2
2 x 1 x 2 x 2 2 x 1 x 2 x 2
x 2
x 2 x 2 x 2
2 x3 2 x 2 4 x x 2 x 2 2 x 3 2 x 2 4 x x 2 x 2)
x 4 3x2 4
2 x 2 4
x 4 3x2 4
(vii) Let y C os(log x e x )
Differentiate w. r. t x on both sides
dy d x d d x
C os(log x e x ) S in(log x e ) log x e
dx dx dx dx
1
S in(log x e x ) e x
x
II.
1. Find the derivations of the following functions from the first principle.
(i) x (ii)( x)1 (iii ) S in( x 1) (iv)C os x
8
Sol.: (i) Let f ( x) x, f ( x h) x h
HANDBOOK 238
MATHEMATICS
f ( x h) f ( x )
f '( x ) lim
h0 h
d x h x
( x ) lim
dx h 0 h
h
lim lim(1) 1
h 0 h h 0
1 1
(ii) Let f ( x ) ( x ) 1 , f ( x h)
x xh
1 1
d x x h h
( x) 1 lim x h x lim lim
dx h 0 h h 0 h( x h) x h 0 h( x h) x
1 1 1
lim 2
h 0 ( x h) x ( x 0) x x
(iii) Let f ( x ) S in( x 1) , f ( x h) S in( x h 1)
d S in( x h 1) S in( x 1)
S in( x 1) lim
dx h 0 h
x h 1 x 1 x h 1 x 1
2C os S in
2 2
lim
h 0 h
h
S in
h 2 C os( x 1 0).(1) C os( x 1)
lim C os x 1 .lim
h 0
2 h 0 h
2
2
(iv) Let f ( x ) C os( x ) , f ( x h ) C os( x h )
8 8
C os( x h ) C os( x )
f ( x h) f ( x) 8 8
f '( x ) lim lim
h0 h h0 h
xh 8 x 8 xh 8 x 8
2 S in S in
2 2
lim
h0 h
h h
2 S in x S in
8 2 2
lim S in x 0 .(1) S in( x )
h 0 h 8 8
2.
2
HANDBOOK 239
MATHEMATICS
2) Co sec x C ot x
Sol.: Let y Co sec x C ot x
Differentiate with respect to x on both sides
dy d d
C os ecx. C ot x C ot x. C os ecx
dx dx dx
C os ecx C os ec 2 x C ot x(C os ecxC ot x)
C os ec3 x C ot 2 x C os ecx
C os x
3)
1 S in x
C os x
Sol.: Let y
1 S in x
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’
d d
dy 1 S in x C os x C os x 1 S in x
dx dx
1 S in x
2
dx
1 S in x S in x C os x(0 C os x)
1 S in x
2
S in x S in 2 x C os 2 x
S in x (1)
1 S in x 1
1 S in x 1 S in x 1 S in x
2 2 2
1 S in x
Sinx C os x
4)
S in x C os x
Sinx C os x
Sol.: Let y
S in x C os x
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’
d d
dy S in x C os x S in x C os x S in x C os x S in x C os x
dx dx
S in x C os x
2
dx
S in x C os x (C os x S in x) ( S in x C os x)(C os x S in x)
S in x C os x
2
S in x C os x S in x C os x
2 2
2 S in 2 x C os 2 x 2
S in x C os x S in x C os x S in x C os x
2 2 2
S ec x 1
5)
S ec x 1
HANDBOOK 240
MATHEMATICS
S ec x 1
Sol.: Let y
S ec x 1
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’ we get
d d
dy S ec x 1 S ec x 1 S ec x 1 S ec x 1
dx dx
S ec x 1
2
dx
S ec x 1 S ec xxTanx 0 S ec x 1 (S ec xTanx 0)
S ec x 1
2
S ec 2 xTanx S ec xTanx S ec2 xTanx S ec xTanx 2S ec xTanx
S ec x 1 S ec x 1
2 2
6) S in n x
Sol.: Note: Here we will use chain rule of differentiation:
Let y S in n x
Differentiating w. r. t x
dy d
n.S in n 1 x S in x nS in n 1 xC os x
dx dx
a bS in x
7)
c dC os x
a bS in x
Sol.: Let y
c dC os x
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’
d d
dy c d cos x a b sin x a b sin x c d cos x
dx dx
c d cos x
2
dx
c d cos x (b cos x) (a b sin x)(d sin x)
c d cos x
2
bc cos x bd cos 2 x ad sin x bd sin 2 x
c d cos x
2
bd ( S in 2 x C os 2 x) bcC os x adS in x bd bcC os x adS in x
c dC os x c dC os x
2 2
S in( x a )
8)
C os x
HANDBOOK 241
MATHEMATICS
S in( x a )
Sol.: Let y
C os x
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’
d d
C os x S in( x a ) S in( x a ) C os x
dy dx dx C os x.C os( x a )(1) S in( x a ) S in x
2
dx C os x C os 2 x
C os( x a x ) C os a
C os 2 x C os 2 x
9) x (5S in x 3C os x)
4
Sol.: Let y x 4 (5S in x 3C os x )
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’
dy d d
x4 (5S in x 3C os x ) (5S in x 3C os x ) x 4
dx dx dx
x 3 5 xC os x 3 xS in x 20 S in x 12C os x
10) x 2 1 C os x
Sol.: Let y x 2 1 C os x
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’
dy d d
x 2 1 C os x C os x x 2 1
dx dx dx
x 2 1 S in x (C os x)(2 x 0) x 2 S in x S in x 2 xC os x
11) ax S in x p q C os x
2
Let y ax S in x p qC os x
2
Ans)
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’
dy d d
ax 2 S in x p qC os x p qC os x ax 2 S in x
dx dx dx
qS in x ax S in x p qC os x (2ax C os x)
2
12) x C os x ( x T an x )
Sol.: Let y x C os x ( x T an x)
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’
dy d d
x C os x ( x T an x ) ( x T an x ) x C os x
dx dx dx
x C os x (1 S ec x ) ( x T an x)(1 S in x)
2
4 x 5 S in x
13)
3 x 7C os x
4 x 5 S in x
Sol.: Let y
3 x 7C os x
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’
d d
dy
3 x 7C os x 4 x 5S in x 4 x 5S in x 3 x 7C os x
dx dx
3 x 7C os x
2
dx
HANDBOOK 242
MATHEMATICS
3x 7C os x 4 5C os x 4 x 5S in x 3 7S in x
3x 7C os x
2
12 x 15 x C os x 28 C os x 35C os 2 x 12 x 28 xS in x 15S in x 35S in 2 x
3x 7C os x
2
35 15 x C os x 28C os x 28 x S in x 15S in x
3x 7C os x
2
x 2C os
14) 4
S in x
x 2C os
Sol.: Let y 4
S in x
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’
dx 2 d
C os S in x x2 S in x
dy 4 dx dx
2
dx S in x
C os
4
2 x S in x x 2
C os x x cos
4
2S in x xC os x
S in 2 x S in 2 x
x
15)
1 Tanx
x
Sol.: Let y
1 Tanx
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’
dx d
dy 1 Tanx x 1 Tanx 1 Tanx x S ec2 x
dx dx
1 Tanx 1 Tanx
2 2
dx
16) x S ec x x T an x
Sol.: Let y x S ec x x T an x
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’
dy d d
x S ec x x T an x x T an x x S ec x
dx dx dx
x S ec x (1 S ec x ) x T an x (1 S ec xTanx )
2
x
17)
S in n x
x
Sol.: Let y
S in n x
Differentiating w. r. t ‘ x ’ on both sides
HANDBOOK 243
MATHEMATICS
dx d d
x S in x
n
dy
S in n x S in n x x.nS in n 1 x S in x
dx dx dx
S in x
2 2n
dx n S in x
S in n x nx S in n 1 x C os x
S in 2 n x
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
lim
x2 1
lim
x 1 x 1
x 1 x 1 x1 x 1
1. (Where x-1=y)
lim x 1 lim
x 1 y
2.lim = Does not exist
x 1 x 1 x 1 y 0 y
1
1 1 x2 Tan 1 x 1
1 x2 Tan 1 x
2. lim C os lim 2 2 and lim C os lim 2 2
x 0 x 1 x2 x 0 x x 0 1 x2 x 0 x
∴ The limit does not exist.
Tan 2 x
1 1 Tan 2 x
1 2 x2
1
lim 1 Tan x lim 1 Tan x lim 1 Tan 2 x Tan2 x
.
3. 2 2 x2 2 Tan 2 x 2 x2 e2
x0 x0 x 0
C os S in C os 2 S in 2
x x
4. lim
x2 x 2
C os S in
x2 x2
1 1
C os . lim 2
S in . lim
2
( x 2) 0 x2 ( x 2) 0 x2
C os 2 .log C os S in 2 .log S in
x e x 1 sin x
5. ( x) e x sin x 1 lim lim 1 1 2
x 0 x x 0
x x
1 a x b x 1 a x 1 b x 1
1
lim 1 lim log a log b
x 0 x 2 x0 x x
2
6. se
e e 2
ab
sin x sec x 1 sin x sec x 1 1 1
7. lim 2
lim lim 2 1.
x 0 x .x x 0 x x 0
x 2 2
ax 1 bx 1
x x log a log b a
8. lim log d
x 0 d 1
x
log d b
x
HANDBOOK 244
MATHEMATICS
1 1Tanx tan x sin x sec x 1
lim 1 lim lim
9. e x0 sin x 1 sin x
e x0 sin x (1 sin x )
e x0 1 sin x
e0 1
1 2 x 1 2 x 1 2x 1
10. lim 1 . 2 2lim 1
.lim
x 0
sin 2 x 1 2x 1 2x x 0 sin 2 x x 0 1 2x 1 2x
1
(2) (1) 1
1 1
11. Clear ans.- 2
x
12. lim f ( x) lim 1 ( x x)
x 0 x 0 x
x
lim f ( x) lim 1 ( x x)
x 0 x 0 x
Does not exist.
Range f={-1,1} Sol.:4
x, 0 x 1
13. f ( x) x [ x]
x 1, 1 x 2
x 1 1, 1 x 2 f ' 1
d 3
f ' ( x)
dx 2
14. f ( x) x C os x f ' ( x) C os x x S in x
f | C os S in
2 2 2 2 2
15. f ( x) 1 x x 2 x3 x 4 ............... x n
f ' ( x) 0 1 2 x 3x 2 4 x3 ........... nx n 1
n(n 1) n2 n
f ' (1) 1 2 3 4 ............ n
2 2
Multiple Choice Questions Key
21) 4 22) 4 23) 1 24) 3 25) 3 26) 2 27) 4 28) 1 29) 1 30) 3
31) 2 32) 4 33) 2 34) 1 35) 4
HANDBOOK 245
MATHEMATICS
13.STATISTICS
Exercise13.a
I)
1. Find the mean deviation about the mean for the following
(a) 4,7,8,9,10,12,13,17
n
x x i
Sol: - Mean deviation about mean M.D i 1
n
1 n 1 80
x Mean
n i
xi . 4 7 8 9 10 12 13 17
8 8
10
1
M.D 4 10 7 10 8 10 9 10 10 10 12 10 13 10 17 10
8
1 24
6 3 2 1 0 2 3 7 3
8 8
(b)38,70,48,40,42,55,63,46,54,44
1 n 1 n
Sol: M.D
n i 1
xi x where x xi
n i 1
1 1
x 38 70 48 40 42 55 63 46 54 49 500 50
10 10
M.D 1
38 50 70 50 48 50 40 50 42 50 55 50 63 50 46 50 54 50 44 50
10
1 84
12 20 2 10 8 5 13 4 4 6 8.4
10 10
2.Find the Mean deviation about the median for the following
(a)13,17,16,14,11,13,10,16,11,18,12,17
1 n
Sol:- Mean deviation about the median M.D (M)= xi M Where M= Median.
n i 1
Number of observation n 12
The ascending order of the data 10,11,11,12,13,13,14,16,16,17,17,18
1 n n 13 14
n is even, Median 1 observation 13.5
2 2 2 2
1
M.D 12 [13 13.5 17 13.5 16 13.5 14 13.5 11 13.5 13 13.5 10 13.5 16 13.5
11 13.5 18 13.5 12 13.5 17 13.5 ]
1
28 2.333 2.33
12
HANDBOOK 246
MATHEMATICS
(b) 36,72,46,42,60,45,53,46,51,49.
Sol: :- Here number of observations n 10
The ascending order of the data 36,42,46,46, 46,49,51,53,60,72
n n 46 49
Median M = average of , 1 observations = 47.5
2 2 2
1 n
Mean deviation about median M.D (M) xi M When M = Median
n c1
1
M.D = 10 [ 36 47.5 72 47.5 46 47.5 14.2 47.5 60 47.51 45 47.5
53 47.5 46 47.5 51 47.5 49 47.5 ]
1
70 7
10
II)
1. Find the mean deviation about the mean for the following data
(a)
xi 5 10 15 20 25
fi 7 4 6 3 5
1 n 1 n
Sol::- M.D
N i 1
fi xi x where x in the mean = fi xi
N i 1
xi fi fi .xi xi x f i xi x
5 7 35 9 63
10 4 40 4 16
15 6 90 1 6
20 3 60 6 18
25 5 125 11 55
25 350 158
n n
N fi 25 . f i xi 350
i 1 i 1
Mean x 1 n
N i 1
1
fi xi 350 14
25
1
M.D 158 6.32
25
HANDBOOK 247
MATHEMATICS
(b)
xi 10 30 50 70 90
fi 4 24 28 16 8
1 1 n
i 1 fi xi x where x is the mean fi xi
n
Sol:M.d
N N i 1
xi fi fi xi xi x fi xi x
10 4 40 40 160
30 24 720 20 480
50 28 1400 0 0
70 16 1120 20 320
90 8 720 40 320
80 4000 1280
n n
N fi 80 N fi xi 4000
i 1 i 1
n
1 4000
x
N
f
i 1
i xi
80
50
1 n 1280
M.D
N i 1
fi xi x
80
16 .
2. Find the mean deactivation about the median for the following data
(a)
xi 5 7 9 10 12 15
fi 8 6 2 2 2 6
Sol:
xi fi c. f xi M fi xi M
5 8 8 2 16
7 6 8+6=14 0 0
9 2 14+2=16 2 4
10 2 16+2=18 3 6
12 2 18+2=20 5 10
15 6 20+6=26 8 48
26 84
6
N
N fi 26 , 13 Median = 7
i 1 2
HANDBOOK 248
MATHEMATICS
n
1 1
M.D
N i 1
fi xi M 84 3.23 .
26
b)
xi 15 21 27 30 35
fi 3 5 6 7 8
Sol:
xi fi c. f xi M f i xi M
15 3 3 15 45
21 5 8 9 45
27 6 14 3 18
30 7 21 0 0
35 8 29 5 40
29 148
N 29
N fi 29 14.5
i 1 2 2
Median = 30
1 n 1
M.D =
N i 1
fi xi M
29
148 5.103 5.1
III.
1.Find the mean deviation about the mean for the following data
(a)
Income for
0-100 100-200 200-300 300-400 400-500 500-600 600-700 700-800
day in ₹
Number of
4 8 9 10 7 5 4 3
persons
Sol:
Income per Number of Mid – points
fi xi xi x f i xi x
day in Rs ₹ persons f i xi
1232
0-100 4 50 200 308
1664
100-200 8 150 1200 208
972
200-300 9 250 2250 108
80
300-400 10 350 3500 8
644
400-500 7 450 3150 92
960
500-600 8 550 2750 192
1168
600-700 4 650 2600 292
1176
700-800 3 750 2250 392
50 17900 7896
n n
1 n 17900
N fi 50 , fi xi 17900 and Mean x fi xi 358
i 1 i 1 N i 1 50
HANDBOOK 249
MATHEMATICS
n
1 1
M. D
N
f
i 1
i xi x
50
7896 157.92
Step deviation Method
Number
Mid- Devotions
Income for of
Points x a fi di xi x fi xi x
day in ₹ persons di i
xi n
fi
0-100 4 50 -4 -16 308 1232
100-200 8 150 -3 -24 208 1664
200-300 9 250 -2 -18 108 972
300-400 10 350 -1 -10 8 80
400-500 7 450 0 0 92 644
500-600 5 550 1 5 192 960
600-700 4 650 2 8 292 1168
700-800 3 750 3 9 392 1176
50 -46 7896
n
N fi 50 Take assumed mean a = 450, h =100
i 1
n
f i di
46
x a i 1
.h 450 100 450 92 358
N 50
1 1
M.D
N
f i xi x
50
7896 157.92
(b)
Height in
95-105 105-115 115-125 125-135 135-145 145-155
cms
Number
9 13 26 30 12 10
of Boys
Sol: : -
Height in Number of Mid- Points
fi .xi xi x f i xi x
Cms Boys f i xi
95-105 9 100 900 25.3 227.7
105-115 13 110 1430 15.3 198.9
115-125 26 1230 3120 5.3 137.8
125-135 30 130 3900 4.7 141.0
135-145 12 140 1680 14.7 176.4
145-155 10 150 1500 24.7 247.0
100 12530 1128.8
n
N fi 100
i 1
HANDBOOK 250
MATHEMATICS
n
1 12530
Mean x
N i 1
fi xi
100
125.3
1 n 1
M.D fi xi x 1128.8 11.28
N i 1 100
Step – Deviation Method
Deviations
Height in Number of Mid-
x a xi x f i xi x
fi di
cms Boys f i Points xi di i
n
95-105 9 10 -3 -27 25.3 227.7
105-115 13 110 -26 -26 15.3 198.9
115-125 26 120 -1 -26 5.3 137.8
125-135 30 130 0 0 4.7 141.0
135-145 12 140 1 12 14.7 176.4
145-155 10 150 2 20 24.7 247.0
100 -47 1128.8
n
N fi 100 Take a = 130, h=10
i 1
n
f i di
47
Mean x a i 1
.h 130 10 130 4.7 125.3
N 100
1 n 1
M.D fi xi x 1128.8 11.28
N i 1 100
2. Find the deviation about median for the following data.
Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60
Number of 6 8 14 16 4 2
Girls
Sol:
Marks fi Cumulative Mid – Points xi M fi xi M
Frequency Frequency xi
number of cf
Girls
0-10 6 6 5 22.5 137.10
10-20 8 14 c 15 12.85 102.80
20-30 14 f 28 25 2.85 39.90
30-40 16 44 35 7.15 114.40
40-50 4 48 45 17.15 68.60
50-60 2 50 55 27.15 54.30
50 517.10
n
N 50
N fi 50 25
i 1 2 2
Median class is (25thitem ) = 20-30 l 20 , h = 10
HANDBOOK 251
MATHEMATICS
N
2 c 25 14 110
Median l h 20 10 20 20.7.85 27.85
f 14 14
n
1 1
M.D =
N i 1
fi xi M 517.10 10.342 10.34
50
3. Calcualate the mean deviation about median age for the age distribution of 100 persons
given below.
Age (in 16-20 21-25 26-30 31-35 36-40 41-45 46-50 51-55
Yrs)
Number 5 6 12 14 26 12 16 9
Sol:Convert the given data into continuous frequency distribution by subtracting
0.5 from the lower limit and adding 0.5 to the upper limit of each class internal.
Age in Number Cumulative Mid- xi M fi xi M
Yrs fi frequency Point
cf xi
15.5-20.5 5 5 18 20 100
20.5-25.5 6 11 23 15 90
25.5-30.5 12 23 28 10 120
30.5-35.5 14 37 c 33 5 70
35.5-40.5 26 f 63 38 0 0
40.5-45.5 12 75 43 5 60
45.5-50.5 16 91 48 10 160
50.5-55.5 9 100 53 15 135
100 735
n
N 100
N fi 100 50
i 1 2 2
Median class 35.5 40.5 l 35.5, h 5
N
2 C
Median M = l .h
f
50 37 65
= 35.5 5 = 35.5 35.5 2.5 38
26 26
1 n
Mean deviation = fi xi M
N i 1
1
735 7.35
100
HANDBOOK 252
MATHEMATICS
EXERCISE : 13.b
I ) 1. Find the mean and variance for each of following the data
(a)6,7,10,12,13,4,8,12.
Sol: x
xi 6 7 10 12 13 4 8 12 72 9
n 8 8
2
n
1
Variance 2 x1 x
n i 1
1
6 9 7 9 10 9 12 9 13 9 4 9 8 9 12 9
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8
1 74
9 4 1 9 16 25 1 9 9.25
8 8
(b) First ' n ' natural numbers .
1, 2,3,.....n
1 2 3 ..... n n n n 1 n 1
x
n n 2.n 2
1
n n
1 2
Variance 2 ( xi x) 2 xi2 2 xi x x
n i 1 n i 1
2
1 n
1
n
x 1
xi2 2 x i x
n i 1 i 1 n n
n
1 1 2
xi2 2 xx x .n
n i 1 n
n
1 2 2
xi2 2 x x
n i 1
1 n
2
xi2 x
n i 1
x xi xi
2
2
x
i
n n n
x xi
2
2
Alternative formula
i
2
n n
2
1 n 1
12 2 2 32 .....n 2
2
n 2
1 n n 1 2n 1 n 1
n 1 2n 1 n 1
2
n 6 4 2 3 2
n 1 4n 2 3n 3 n 1 n 1 n2 1
2 6 12 12
HANDBOOK 253
MATHEMATICS
(c)First 10 multiples of 3
Sol:3,6,9,12,15,18,21,24,27,30
x
xi 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 165 16.5
n 10 10
x xi
2
2
Variance
i
2
n n
2
1 165
32 6 2 92 12 2 152 182 212 27 2 30 2
10 10
1 2 2
10
3 1 2 2 32 .....10 2
27225
100
9 10 10 1 20 1
272.25
10 6
346.5 272.25 74.25
II)
1. Find the mean and variance for each of the following data
(a)
xi 6 10 14 18 24 28 30
fi 2 4 7 12 8 4 3
Sol:
x x
2 2
xi fi fi xi xi x i f i xi x
6 2 12 -13 169 338
10 4 40 -9 81 324
14 7 98 -5 25 175
18 12 21 6 -1 1 12
24 8 19 2 5 25 200
28 4 11 2 9 81 324
30 3 90 11 121 363
40 760 1736
n
N fi 40
i 1
1 n 760
Mean x
N i 1
fi xi
40
19
2
n
1 1736
Variance 2 fi xi x 43.4
N i 1 40
Alternative method
HANDBOOK 254
MATHEMATICS
xi fi xi2 fi xi f i xi2
6 2 36 12 72
10 4 100 40 400
14 7 196 98 1372
18 12 324 216 3888
24 8 576 192 4608
28 4 784 112 3136
30 3 900 90 2700
40 760 16176
n
N fi 40
i2
1 n 760
Mean x
N i 1
fi xi
40
19
fx fi xi
2
2
Variance
i i
2
N N
2
16176 760
404.4 19 404.4 361 43.4
2
40 40
(b)
xi 92 93 97 98 102 104 109
fi 3 2 3 2 6 3 3
Sol:
x x
2 2
xi fi fi xi xi x i fi xi x
92 3 276 -8 64 192
93 2 186 -7 49 98
97 3 291 -3 9 27
98 2 196 -2 4 8
102 6 612 2 4 24
104 3 312 4 16 48
109 3 327 9 81 243
22 2200 640
n
N fi 22
i 1
n
1 2200
Mean x
N
fx
i 1
i i
22
100
2
n
1 1
Variance 2 fi xi x 640 29.09
N i 1 22
HANDBOOK 255
MATHEMATICS
nd
2 method
xi fi xi2 fi xi f i xi2
92 3 8464 276 25392
93 2 8649 186 17298
97 3 9409 291 28227
98 2 9604 196 19208
102 6 10404 612 62424
104 3 10816 312 32448
109 3 11881 327 35643
22 2200 220640
n
N fi 22
i 1
1 n 2200
Mean x
N i 1
fi xi
22
100
fx fi xi
2
2
Variance
i i
2
N N
2
220640 2200
10029.09 100
2
22 22
10029.09 10000 29.09
2. Find the mean and standard deviation using short-cut method
xi 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
fi 2 1 12 29 25 12 10 4 5
Sol:
Deviation
from mean
xi fi yi2 fi yi fi yi2
x A
yi i
h
60 2 -4 16 -8 32
61 1 -3 9 -3 9
62 12 -2 4 -24 48
63 29 -1 1 -29 29
64 25 0 0 0 0
65 12 1 1 12 12
66 10 2 4 20 40
67 4 3 9 12 36
68 5 4 16 20 80
100 0 286
n
N fi 100, h 1
i 1
HANDBOOK 256
MATHEMATICS
Assumed mean = A 64
Mean x A
fi yi .h 64 0 .1 64
N 100
h
N . f i yi2 f i yi
2
Standard deviation SD
N
1 10 16.91
100 286 0
2
1.691 1.69
100 100
fy fi y i
2 2
2
286 0
Alternative formula for S.D i i
2.86 1.69
N N 100 100
III.
1. Find the mean and variance for the following frequency distributions
(a)
Classes 0-30 30-60 60-90 90-120 120-150 150-180 180-210
Frequencies 2 3 5 10 3 5 2
Sol:
Frequencies Mid- Points
2 2
Classes fi xi
fi xi xi x f i xi x
0-30 2 15 30 8464 16928
30-60 3 45 135 3844 11532
60-90 5 75 375 1024 5120
90-120 10 105 1050 4 40
120-150 3 135 405 784 2352
150-180 5 165 825 3364 16820
180-210 2 195 390 7744 15488
30 3210 68280
N fi 30
1 3210
Mean x
N
fxi i
30
107
1
68280
2
Variance 2
N
f i xi x
30
2276
(*We can solve this using step – deviation method)
(b)
Classes 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
Frequencies 5 8 15 16 6
Sol:
Frequencies Mid- Point
x x
2 2
Classes fi xi
fi xi i fi xi x
0-10 5 5 25 484 2420
10-20 8 15 120 144 1152
20-30 15 25 375 4 60
30-40 16 35 560 64 1024
40-50 6 45 270 324 1944
50 1350 6600
HANDBOOK 257
MATHEMATICS
N fi 50
1 1350
Mean x =
N
f i xi
50
27
1
6600
2
Variance 2 f i xi x 132
N 50
2.Find the mean , variance and standard deviation using short –cut method
Height
70-75 75-80 80-85 85-90 90-95 95-100 100-105 105-110 110-115
in cms
No. Of
3 4 7 7 15 9 6 6 3
children
Sol:
Mid- Deviation
Frequency
Class Points x A yi2 fi yi fi yi2
fi yi i
xi n
70-75 3 72.5 -4 16 -12 48
75-80 4 77.5 -3 9 -12 36
80-85 7 82.5 -2 4 -14 28
85-90 7 87.5 -1 1 -7 7
90-95 15 92.5 0 0 0 0
95-100 9 97.5 1 1 9 9
100-105 6 102.5 2 4 12 24
105-110 6 107.5 3 9 18 54
110-115 3 112.5 4 16 12 48
60 6 254
Let the assumed mean A=92.5, h= 5, N fi 60
Mean x = A
fy i i
h 92.5
6 5
93 .
N 60
2
h 52
i i
60 254 6
2 2
Variance 2 2
N f y 2
f y 2
N i i
60
25
15240 36 105.58
3600
Stranded deviation 105.58 10.27
3. The diameter of circles (in mm) draw in a design are given below.
Diameters 33-36 37-40 41-44 45-48 49-52
No.of Circles 15 17 21 22 25
Calculate the standard deviation and mean diameter of the circle.
Sol: Frequency distribution table is to be prepared by making the data continuous .
HANDBOOK 258
MATHEMATICS
Deviation
Frequency Mid-point
Class x A yi2 fi yi fi yi2
fi xi yi i
h
33 - 36 15 34.5 -2 4 -30 60
37 - 40 17 38.5 -1 1 -17 17
41 - 44 21 42.5 0 0 0 0
45 - 48 22 46.5 1 1 22 22
49 - 52 25 50.5 2 4 50 100
100 25 199
n
Let the assumed mean A=42.5, h 4 , N fi 100
i 1
Mean x A
f y .h 42.5
i i 25
4 43.5
N 100
25
42.5 4 43.5 Mean diameter of the circles = 43.5 (mm)
100
2
h n
n
Standard deviation N fi yi2 f i yi
N i 1 i 1
4 4.5
100. 199 25 4 199 25
2
100 100
1 771 27.76
796 25 5.55
5 5 5
EXERCISE 13.c
III)
1. The mean and variance of eight observations one 9 and 9.25 respectively. If six of the
observations are 6,7,10,12,12 and 13, find the remaining two observations .
Sol: Let the other two observations be x and y then the series give be 6,7,10,12,12,13, x y .
6 7 10 12 12 13 x y
Given that Mean x 9 9
8
x y 72 60 12 ……………………………..(1)
2
1 8
Also given that 9.25 xi x 9.25
2
n i 1
1
[ 6 9 7 9 10 9 12 9 12 9
2 2 2 2 2
8
13 9 x 9 y 9 ] 9.25
2 2 2
9 4 1 9 9 16 x 2 18 x 81 y 2 18 y 81 74.00
x 2 y 2 18 x y 74 210
x 2 y 2 18 12 136
x 2 y 2 216 136 80 ………………………..(2)
x 2 12 x 80 ( y 12 x ) From ……… (1))
2
HANDBOOK 259
MATHEMATICS
x x 24 x 144 80
2 2
2 x2 24 x 64 0
x2 12 x 32 0
x 4 x 8 0
x 4, x 8 y 8, 4
x 4, y 8
2. The mean and variance of 7 observations are 8 and16 respectively .If five of the observations
are 2, 4,10,12,14 . Find the remaining two observations.
Sol: Let the other two observations be x and y .
There the series given 2,4,10,12,14, x and y .
2 4 10 12 14 x y
Given that x 8 8
7
x y 56 42 14 ………………………..1
Also given that
1
2 16 2 8 4 8 10 8 12 8 14 8 x 8 y 8 16
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
7
36 16 4 16 36 x y 16 x y 64 64 112
2 2
x 2 y 2 224 124 100 …………………..2
x 2 14 x 100 (using (1) )
2
2 x2 28 x 96 0
x2 14 x 48 0
x 8 x 6 0
x 6, x 8 y 8, y 6
x 6, y 8
3. The mean and standard deviation of six observations and 8 and 4 respectively .If each
observation in multiplied by 3, find the new mean and new slandered deviation of the resulting
observations.
Sol::- Let the six observations be x1 , x2 , x3 .......x6 and x be their mean.
1
Given that x 8 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 8
6
x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 48 ………….(1)
Let yi i 1, 2...6 be the new observation where yi 3xi 1 i 6
1 6 1
New mean yi
6 i 1 6
3
6
3
6
yi 3x1 3x2 ....3x6 xi 48 24 xi
1
yi 3 xi xi yi
3
2 2 2
6
1 2 1 6 6 6
1 1
Variance xi x
2
4 xi x xi x 96 yi yi 96
2
n i 1 6 i 1 i 1 i 1 3 3
6 6
1 2 2
yi y i 96 yi y i 9 96
9 i 1 i 1
HANDBOOK 260
MATHEMATICS
1 6
1
2
Variance of new observation = y2 ( yi y i 9 16 144
6 i 1 6
New S.D y 144 12
Note: If each observation in multiplied by a constant K, the variance of the resulting observations
becomes K 2 times the original variance.
4) Given that x in the mean and 2 in the variance of n observations x1 , x2 , x3 .....xn . Prove
that the mean and variance of the observations ax1 , ax2 ...axn are a x and a 2 2 respectively.
a 0 .
x1 x2 ..... xn 1
2
Sol::Given that x and 2 xi x
n x
1
The mean of ax1 , ax2 .....axn ax1 ax2 ....axn
n
x x ... xn
a 1 2
n
a. x
1
2
The variance of ax1 , ax2, ax3 .......axn axi a x
n
1
ax1 a x (ax2 a x ) 2 .....(axn a x ) 2
2
n
1
a 2 x1 x a 2 x2 x ..... a 2 xn x
2 2 2
n
2
x x 2 x x 2 ..... x x 2
a2
1 2 n
a2 x1 x
a 2 2
n n
5) The mean and standard deviation of 20 observations are found to be 10 and 2 respectively.
On rechecking, it was found that an observation 8 was in correct. Calculate the correct mean
and slandered deviation in each of the following cases. (i) if wrong item is omitted ii) If it is
replaced by 12
Sol: Case (i) if wrong item is omitted
Given that x 10 , 2 , n 20
xi 10 x 10 20 200
n
i
If the wrong observation 8 is omitted then n 19
xi 200 8 192
The correct Mean
x
192
i
10.105
n 19
1
1
xi2 10 2 4 xi 104 20 2080
2
Now 2 4 xi2 x 4 1
n 20
If wrong observation 8 is omitted than
xi2 208 82 2080 64 2016
HANDBOOK 261
MATHEMATICS
1
1
2
xi2 x 2016 10.105
2
The correct standard deviation
n 19
106.105 102.111 3.984 1.995 = 1.99
Case ii: If it is replaced by 12
Given that x 10 , 2 , n 20
xi 10 x 10 20 200
n
i
If the observation 8 is replaced by 12 then
xi 200 8 12 204
Now correct mean =
x i
204
10.2
n 20
1
1
. xi2 10 4 1 xi 104 20 2080
2
2 2
Now 2 2 4 xi2 x 4
n 20
If the observation 8 is replaced by 12
x 2
i 2080 82 122 2080 64 144 2160
1
2160
2
10.2 108 104.04
2
Now correct standard deviation xi2 x
n 20
3.96 1.98
6. The mean and standard deviation of a group of 100 observations were found to be 20 and 3
respectively. Later it was found that three observations were incorrect, which were recorded
on 21,21 and 18.. Find the mean and standard deviation . if the incorrect observation are
omitted.
Sol: Given x 20 , 3 , n 100
Three incorrect observations are 21,21 and 18.
x
xi xi 20 x 20 100 2000
i
n 100
If the three incorrect observations are omitted then
xi 2000 21 21 18 1940
New mean
x i
1940
120
n 97
1
1
xi2 20 9 xi 409 100 40900
2
Also 3 2 9 xi2 x 9
2 2
n 100
If the three incorrect observation are omitted then
xi2 40900 212 212 182
40900 441 441 324 39694
1
1
2
39694 20
2
New standard deviation xi2 x
n 97
409.216 400 9.216
3.0359 3.036
******
HANDBOOK 262
MATHEMATICS
14. PROBABILITY
Exercise 14(a)
I. 1) A die is rolled. Let E be the event “die shows 4” and F be event “die shows even
number”. Are E and F mutually exclusive?
Sol:- Let S be the sample space of rolling a die
S 1, 2, 3, 4,5, 6
E = die shown 4 ={4} F = die shown even number = {2,4,6}
E F 4
E and F are not mutually exclusive .
2) In the experiment of throwing a die, consider the following events.
A 1,3,5 B 2, 4,6 C 1, 2,3 : Are these events equally likely?
Sol:- In the experiment of throwing a die , the chances of happening / occurring the events A,
B and C are equal. Hence they are equally likely events.
3) In the experiment of throwing a die, consider the following events
A 1,3,5 B 2, 4 C 6 Are these events mutually exclusive?
Sol:- Since the happening of one of the given events A, B and C prevents the happening of
other two. The events A, B and C are mutually exclusive (or) A B , B C and
A C , A, B and c are mutually exclusive events
4) In the experiment of throwing a die consider the events A 2, 4,6 B 3, 6
C 1,5,6 . Are these events exhaustive?
Sol:- Let S be the sample space for the random experiment of throwing a die . Then
S 1, 2, 3, 4,5,6 Given. A 2, 4,6 , B 3,6 and C 1,5, 6 .Clearly A S, B S
and C S and A B C S .
The events A, B and C are exhaustive events.
II. 1) An experiment involves rolling a pair of dice and recording the number that
comes up. Describe the following events.
A: The sum is greater than 8.
B: 2 occurs on either die
C: The sum is atleast 7 and a multiple of 3.
HANDBOOK 263
MATHEMATICS
Which pair of these events are mutually exclusive ?
Sol: -Let S be the sample space for the random experiment of rolling a pair of dice and
recording the results.
S 1,11, 2 1,31, 4 1, 51, 6 2,1 2, 2 ..... 6,6
i) A The sum is greater than 8 3,6 4,5 4,6 5, 4 5,5 5, 6 6,3 6, 4 6,5 6, 6
ii) B = 2 occurs on the either die 1, 2 2,1 3, 2 2,3 2, 4 4, 2 2, 5 5, 2 6, 2 2, 6
iii) C = The sum is at least 7 and a multiple of 3 i.e sum is 9 and 12
3,6 4,5 5, 4 6,3 6, 6
Now A B A and B are mutually exclusive .
B C B and C are mutually exclusive .
2) Three coins are tossed once. Let A denote the events “three heads show”. B denote
the event “ Two heads and one tail show” C denote the event .“Three tails show” and
D denote the event “ a head shows on the first coin”. Which events are
i) Mutually exclusive? ii) Simple? iii) Compound?
Sol:- Let S be the sample space for the random experiment of tossing 3 coins.
Then S = H H H H H T H T H T H H H T T T H T T T H T T T
A = ‘ Three heads shows’ H H H
B = Two heads and one tail = H H T H T H T H H
C = “Three tail show”= T T T
D = A head shows on the first coin H H H H H T H T H H T T
i) A B , A C , B C , C D A and B, A and C , B and C,C and D are
mutually exclusive. Also A B C A, B and C are mutually exclusive .
ii) An event is said to be simple if it has one sample point only
The events A and C are simple events.
iii) An event is said to be compound if it has at least two sample points.
The events B and D are compound.
3) Two dice are thrown. The events A, B and C are as follows.
A: Getting an even number on the first die.
B. Getting an odd number on the first die.
C: Getting the sum of the numbers on the dice 5.
HANDBOOK 264
MATHEMATICS
State true or false ( give reason for your answer).
i)A and B are mutually exclusive ii) A and B are mutually exclusive and exhaustive
iii) A B ' iv)A and C are mutually exclusive
v) A and B ' are mutually exclusive vi) A' , B' ,C are mutually exclusive and exhaustive
Sol:- Let S be the sample space for the radom experiment of throwing two dice.
S 1,11, 2 1,31, 4 1,51, 6 2,1 2, 2 ... 6,6
A = getting an even number on the first die
{ 2,1 2, 2 2,3 2, 4 2,5 2, 6 4,1 4, 2 4,3 4, 4 4, 5 4, 6
6,1 6, 2 6,3 6, 4 6,5 6, 6 }
B = getting and odd number on the first die.
{1,11, 2 1,31, 4 1,5 1, 6 3,1 3, 2 3,3 3, 4 3,5 3, 6
5,1 5, 2 5, 3 5, 4 5,5 5, 6 }
C 1,11, 2 1,31, 4 2,1 2, 2 2,3 3,1 3, 2 4,1
B' not B = Which are not in B = A
A ' = not A = which are not in A =B
i) A B (True)
ii) A B S , A B (True )
iii)True ( B = not getting B = getting A)
iv) False A C 2,1 2, 2 2,3 4,1 A and C are not mutually exclusive .
v) False A B' A A A A and B’ and not mutually exclusive.
vi) False A' B' B A
A' B' C C
Also A ' B' C B A C S
A ' C B C 1,11, 2 1,31, 4 3,1 3, 2
B ' C A C 2,1 2, 2 2,3 4,1
A ' , B' and C are not mutually exclusive.
III. 1) A die is thrown, Describe the following events.
i) A : a number less than 7 ii) B: a number greater than 7.
HANDBOOK 265
MATHEMATICS
iii) C :a multiple of 3 iv) D: a number less than 4.
v) E: an even number greater than 4 vi) F: a number not less than 3.
Also find A B, A B, B C, E F, D E, A C, D E, E F ' and F'
Sol:- Let S and sample space denotes the random experiment of throwing a die.
S: 1, 2,3, 4,5,6
i)A = a number less than 7 = { 1,2,3,4,5,6}
ii) B= a number greater than 7 ={ }
iii) C = a multiple of 3 = {3,6}
iv) D = a number less than 4 ={1,2,3}
v) E = an even number greater than 4 ={6}
vi) F= a number not less than 3 = {3,4,5,6}
A B = The elements of A and B ={1,2,3,4,5,6} { } ={1,2,3,4,5,6}= A
A B = The common elements of A and B ={1,2,3,4,5,6,) =
B C = The elements of B or C = { } { 3,6}= {3,6}
E F = The common element of E and F = {6} {3,4,5,6}={6}= E
D E = The common element of D and E = {1,2,3} {6}=
A – C = The elements which are in A and not is C ={1,2,3,4,5,6}-{3,6}={1,2,4,5}
D – E = The elements which are in D and not in E = {1,2,3}- {6}= {1,2,3}
E F' = The common elements of E and F’= {6} {1,2}={ } =
F' = S – F = {1,2,3,4,5,6} –{3,4,5,6} ={ 1,2}
2) Three coins are tossed. Describe
i) Two events which are mutually exclusive
ii) Three events which are mutually exclusive and exhaustive
iii) Two events which are not mutually exclusive.
iv) Two events which are mutually inclusive but not exhaustive
v) Three events which are mutually excluessive but not exhaustive .
Sol:- Let S be the sample space denotes the random experiment of tossing Three coins.
S= F H H H H H T H T H T H H T T H T H T H T T T T T
i) Let A be the event of “Three heads show” A H H H
HANDBOOK 266
MATHEMATICS
Let B be the event of ‘Three tails show” B T T T
A B A and B are mutually exclusive events.
ii) Let C be the events of “at least one head”
C H T T T H T T T H H H T H T H T H H H H H
Let D be the event of “getting exactly two heads” D= H H T H T H T H T
B C D {} and B C D S
B, C and D are mutually exclusive and exhaustive .
iii) Let E be the event of “at least two heads show”
= E = {(H H H)(H H T)(H T H) (THH)}
A E H H H
A and E are not mutually exclusive .
iv) A B , A B S
A and B are mutually exclusive but not exhaustive .
v) A B D , A B C H H H , HHT , HTH , THH , TTT S
A, B and D are there mutually exclusive but not exhaustive
(* There may be other events also an answer to the above question)
3) Two dice are thrown The events A, B and C are as follows.
A: Getting an even number on the first die.,
B: Getting an odd number on the first die and
C: Getting the sum of the numbers on dice 5 .
Describe the events (i) A ' ii) not B iii) A or B iv) A and B v) A but not C
vi) B or C vii) B and C viii) A B' C'
Sol:- Let S be the sample space for the random experiment of throwing two dice.
Then S = 1,11, 21,31, 41,51,6 2,1 2, 2 ...... 6,6
A = Getting an even number on the first die
{ 2,1 2, 2 2,3 2, 4 2,5 2,6 4,1 4, 2 4,3 4, 4 4,5
4,6 6,1 6, 2 6,3 6, 4 6,5 6, 6 }
B: Getting an odd number on the first die=
HANDBOOK 267
MATHEMATICS
{1,11, 2 1,31, 4 1,51, 6 3,1 3, 2 3,3
3, 4 3,5 3,6 5,1 5, 2 5, 3 5, 4 5,5 5, 6}
C: Getting the sum of the numbers on the dice 5
1,11, 2 1,31, 4 2,1 2, 2 2,3 3,1 3, 2 4,1
i) A ' = not A( i.e not in A) = S-A
{1,11, 2 1,31, 4 1, 5 1, 6 3,1 3, 2 3, 3 3, 4
3,5 3, 6 5,1 5, 2 5, 3 5, 4 5, 5 5, 6 } B
ii) not B = S-B
{ 2,1 2, 2 2,3 2, 4 2, 5 2, 6 4,1 4, 2 4,3 4, 4
4,5 4, 6 6,1 6, 2 6, 3 6, 4 6,5 6, 6 } A
iii) A or B A B = All the elements of A and all the elements of B = S
iv) A and B = A B = The common elements of A and B =
v) A but not C = A - C = The elements which are in A but not in C.
2, 4 2,5 2, 6 4, 2 4,3 4, 4 4,5 4,6 6,1 6, 2 6,3 6, 4 6,5 6,6
vi) B or C = B C The elements which are in both B and C.
{1,11, 2 1,31, 4 1,5 1, 6 2,1 2, 2 2,3 3,1 3, 2 3,3
3, 4 3,5 3,6 4,1 5,1 5, 2 5,3 5, 4 5,5 5, 6}
vii) B and C = B C The common elements is both B and C
1,11, 2 1,31, 4 3,1 3, 2
viii) A B ' C' = The common elements of A and not B and C.
A A C' B ' A from (ii)
C ' S C 1,5 1, 6 2, 4 2,5 2, 6 3, 3 3, 4 3,5 3, 6 4, 2 4,3 4, 4 4,5 4, 6
5,1 5, 2 5,3 5, 4 5,5 5,6 6,1 6, 2 6,3 6, 4 6,5 6, 6 }
A B' C' A C' 2, 4 2,5 2, 6 4, 2 4,3 4, 4 4,5 4, 6 6,1 6, 2 6,3 6, 4 6,5 6, 6
HANDBOOK 268
MATHEMATICS
Exercise – 14(b)
I . 1) A coin is tossed twice, what is the probability that atleast one tail occurs?
Sol: Let S be the sample space of the random experiment . Then
S H , H H , T T , H T , T n S n 4
Let E be the event of getting at least one tail then
E H , T T , H T , T n E m 3
nE m 3
The probability of the event E P E
nS n 4
2
2)If is the probability of an event A then what is the probability of the event ‘not A’?
11
2 2 9
Sol:- Given that P A P( not A) = P (A’) = 1- P(A) = 1-
11 11 11
3) A letter is chosen at radom from the letters word ‘ASSASSINATION’ . Find the
probability that the letter is (i) a vowel (ii) a consonant
Sol: -Word given “ASSASSINATION.
Total. No. of letters = 13
Number of vowels 3(A)+2(I)+1(0) = 6
Number of consonants 4(S) +2(N)+1(T) = 7
n v 6c1 6
(i) Probability that the letter is a vowel =
n s 13c1 13
n c 7c1 7
(ii) Probability that the letter is a consonant
ns 13c1 13
3 1
4) Given P A , and P B . Find P A or B if A and B are mutually exclusive
5 5
events .
Sol:- P A or B P A B P A P B P A B
3 1 4
0 A B P A B 0
5 5 5
II. 1) Which of the following can not be valid assignment probabilities for out comes of
sample space S w1 , w2 , w3 , w4 , w5 , w6 , w7
HANDBOOK 269
MATHEMATICS
Assignment w1 w1 w3 w4 w5 w6 w7
(a) 0.1 0.01 0.05 0.03 0.01 0.2 0.6
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(b)
7 7 7 7 7 7 7
(c) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
(d) -0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 -0.2 0.1 0.3
(e) 1 2 3 4 5 6 15
14 14 14 14 14 14 14
Sol:- a) Sum of all probabilities = 0.1 0.01 0.05 0.03 0.01 0.2 0.6 1 .
Hence the assignment (a) is valid.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
b) 1 Hence (b) is also valid.
7 7 7 7 7 7 7
c) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 2.8 1 Hence the assignment (c) is not valid
d) As the probability of any event can’t be negative , the assignment (d) is not valid.
1 2 3 4 5 15 30 14
e) 1 and w7 1 which is not possible . Hence
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15
the assignment ( e ) is not a valid one.
2) A die in thrown, find the probability of the following events.
i) A prime number will appear
ii) A number greater than or equal to 3 will appear.
iii) A number less than or equal to one will appear.
iv) A number more than 6 will appear
v) A number less than 6 will appear.
Sol:- Let S be the sample space of the random experiment of throwing a die. Then
S = { 1,2,3,4,5,6} n (S) = 6.
i)Let E1 be the event of getting a prime number E1 2,3,5 n E1 3
n E2 3 1
P E1
nS 6 2
ii) Let E2 be the event of getting a number great than of equal to 3
E2 3, 4, 5, 6 n E2 4
n E2 4 2
P E2
n s 6 3
HANDBOOK 270
MATHEMATICS
iii)Let E3 be the event of getting a number less than equal to one
E3 1 n E3 1
n E3 1
P E3
nS 6
iv)Let E4 be the event of getting a number more than 6
E4 n E4 0
n E4
P E4 0
nS
v) Let E5 be the event of getting a number less than 6
E5 1, 2,3, 4,5 n E5 5
n( E5 ) 5
P E5
n( S ) 6
3) A card is selected from a pack of 52 cards.
a) How many points are there in the sample space?
b) Calculate the probability that the card in an ace of spades.
c) Calculate the probability that the card is (i) an ace (ii) black card.
Sol:- a) A pack of cards contains 52 cards . Let S be the sample space
The sample space n S 52c1 52 .
b) Let E be the event of getting an ace of spade n E 1C 1
1
n( E ) 1
The probability of event getting an ace of spade =
n S 52
c)(i) no. of aces in the pack of card = 4
4c1 4 1
The probability that the card drawn is an ace
52c1 52 13
(ii) Number of black cards in the deck = 26
26c1 26 1
The probability that selected card to be a black
52c1 52 2
4) A fair coin with 1 marked on one face and 6 in the other and a fair die are both tossed,
find the probability that the sum of numbers that turn up is (i) 3 (ii) 12
Sol:- The total number of outcomes (possible) in a coin =2 and the total number of possible
outcomes in a die =6.
HANDBOOK 271
MATHEMATICS
The told outcomes when the coin and die tossed together 2 6 12
If S is the sample space n S 12
(i)Let E1 the event that the sum of numbers is 3
E1 1, 2 n E 1
n E1 1
P E1
n S 12
(ii) Let E2 be the event of the sum of the numbers on the coin and die to be 12
E2 6, 6 n E2 1
n E2 1
P E2
nS 12
5) There are four men and six women on the city council. If one council member is
selected for a committee at random, how likely is it that it is a women ?
Sol:- Let E be the required event that woman is selected.
n E 6c1 6
Total number of persons in the council = 4+6 =10
Let the sample space be ‘ S’ then n S 10c1 10
nE 6 3
PE
nS 10 5
6) In a lottery, a person chooses six different natural numbers at random from 1 to 20. and if
these six numbers match with the six numbers already fixed by the lottery committee, he wins
the prize. What is the probability of wining the prize in the game (Hint : order of the numbers
is not important )
Answer:- Number of ways of choosing 6 number from 20 (1 to 20) 20c6
If S is the sample space and E be the event of winning lottery
n S 20c6 and n E 1
nE 1 6 5 4 3 1 141 1
PE
nS 20c6 20.19.18.17.16.15.141 38, 760
7) Check whether the following probabilities P(A) and P(B) are consistently defined
i) P(A)=0.5 P(B)=0.7 P A B 0.6
HANDBOOK 272
MATHEMATICS
ii)P (A) = 0.5 P(B)=0.4 P A B
Sol:- i) P(A) = 0.5 P(B) =0.7 P A B 0.6 P A this is not possible
Note that P A B P A , P B
So the given data is not consistent .
ii) P(A)= 0.5 P(B) =0.4 P A B 0.8
P A B P A P B P A B 0.8 0.5 0.4 P A B
P A B 0.9 0.8 0.1
P A B 0.1 P A & P B
P A and P B are consistent .
8) Fill in the blanks in the following table
P(A) P(B) P A B P A B
1 1 1
i) -
3 5 15
ii) 0.35 - 0.25 0.6
iii) 0.5 0.35 - 0.7
Sol:- i) P A B P A P B P A B
1 1 1 5 3 1
7 / 15
3 5 15 15
ii) P A B P A P B P A B P B P A B P A P A B
0.25 0.25 0.6 0.5
iii) P A B P( A) P B P A B 0.5 0.35 0.7 0.85 0.7 0.15
1 1 1
9.) If E and F are events such that P E , P F and P (E and F) = , Find
4 2 8
(i) P (E or F) ii) P ( not E and not F).
1 1 1
Sol:- i) P E P F P E F
4 2 8
1 1 1 2 4 1 5
P E F P E P F P E F
4 2 8 8 8
ii) P ( not E and not F) = P E' F ' P E F = 1 P E F 1
' 5 3
8 8
10) Events E and F are such that P( not E or not F) = 0.25 . State whether E and F are
mutually exclusive .
HANDBOOK 273
MATHEMATICS
Sol:- P ( not E or not F) =0.25 P E ' F ' 0.25 P E F 0.25
'
1 P E F 0.25 P E F 1 0.25 0.75
P E F 0 E and F are not mutually exclusive.
11) A and B are events such that P A 0.42 , P B 0.48 and
P A and B 0.16 . Determine (i) P (not A) ii) P ( not B) iii) P (A or B)
Sol:- P(A) =0 0.42 P(B)= 0.48 P A B 0.16
(i) P( n of A ) = P A| 1 P A 1 0.42 = 0.58
(ii) P ( n of B) = P B| 1 P B 1 0.48 0.52
(iii) P ( A or B) = P A B P A P B P A B 0.42 0.48 0.16 = 0.9 0.16 0.74
III. 1) Three coins are tossed once. Find the probability of getting
i)3 heads ii)2 heads iii) at least 2 heads iv) at most 2 heads
v)no head vi)3 tails vii) exactly two tails viii) no tail ix) at most two tails
Sol:- Total out comes when three coins tossed once n S 23 8
S H H H H H T T H H H T T T H T T T H T T T
i)Let A bet the events of getting 3 heads
n A 1
P A
nS 8
i) Let B be the event of getting 2 heads n B 3
n B 3
P B
nS 8
iii)Let C be the event of getting at least 2 heads n C 4
(i.e) getting 2 heads + getting 3 heads)
n C 4 1
P C
nS 8 2
iv)Let D be the event of getting almost2 heads n D 7
HANDBOOK 274
MATHEMATICS
( i.e getting 2 heads+1 heads+0 heads = 3+3+1=7)
nD 7
P D
nS 8
v) Let E be event of getting no head n E 1
(i e getting all tails = 1)
nE 1
PE
n S 8
vi) Let F be the event of getting 3 tails n F 1
nF 1
PF
nS 8
vii) Let G be the event of getting exactly two tails n G 3
n G 3
P G
nS 8
viii) Let H be the event of getting no tails n H 1
n( H ) 1
PH
n( S ) 8
ix) Let I be the event of getting at most two tails n I 7
( i e getting 2 tails + 1 tails + o tails = 3+2+1=7)
nI 7
PI
nS 8
2) In class XI of a school 40% of the students study Mathematics and 30% study Biology
10% of the class study both Mathematics and Biology . If a student is selected at
random from the class, find the probability that he will be studying Mathematics or
Biology .
Sol:- Let the students study mathematics de noted by M and biology by B .
Given that P M 40% , P B 30%
P M and B P M B 10%
Now P M or B P M B P M P B P M B
40 30 16 60
60%
100 100 100 100
3) In an entrance test that is graded on the basis of two examinations, the probability of
a randomly chosen student passing the first examination is 0.8 and the probability of
passing the second examination is 0.7. The probability of passing at least one of them
is 0.95. What is the probability of passing the both?
HANDBOOK 275
MATHEMATICS
Sol:- Given that P(I) =0.8, P(II) = 0.7
P (at least one of I and II ) = P( I II) =0.95
P (I II)= ?
Now P I II P I P II P I II
0.95 0.8 0.7 P I II P I II 1.5 0.95 0.55
4) The probability that a student will pass the find examination in both English and
Hindi is 0.5 and the probability of passing neither is 0.1 .It the probability of passing
the English examination is 0.75 . What is the probability of passing the Hindi
examination.
Sol:- Let E and H he the events of passing the find examination in English and Hindi
respectively. Given that
P E ' H 0.5
P E ' H ' 0.1
P E 0.75 Then
PH ?
P E' H ' P E H 1 P E H 1 P E P H P E H
'
0.1 1 0.75 P H 0.5 P H 1 0.75 0.5 01 0.65
5) In a class of 60 students, 30 opted for NCC, 32 opted for NSS and 24 opted for both
NCC and NSS. If one these students is selected at random, find the probability that
i) The student opted for NCC or NSS
ii) The student has opted neither NCS nor NSS
iii) The student has opted NSS but not NCC.
Sol:- Let A and B be the two events of students who opted NCC and NSS respectively given
that n A 30, n(B) 32 , n A B 24
n S Total students 60
HANDBOOK 276
MATHEMATICS
n( A) 30 n B 32 n A B 24
P A P B P A B
n S 60 n S 60 nS 60
, ,
i) Now the probability of the student opted for NCC or NSS P A B
P A B P A P B P A B
30 32 24 38 19
60 60 60 60 30
ii) The probability of the student who opted neither NCC nor NSS = P A' B '
P A' B ' P A B
19 11
1 P A B 1
30 30
iii) Probability of the student who opted NSS but not NCC
32 24 8 2
P B P A B
60 60 60 15
6) A fain coin is tossed four times, and a person win Rs1 for each head and lose Rs 1.50
for each tail that turns up . Form the sample space calculate how many different
amounts of money you can have after four tosses and the probability of having each of
these amounts.
Sol:- Total number of out comes when a coin tossed four times 2 4 16
For these 16 cases sample space can be written as follows.
Sample Space Amount
(H H H H) - 1 1 1 1 4.00
(H H H T) - 1 1 1 1.50 1.50
(H H T H) - 1 1 1.50 1 1.50
(H T H H) - 1 1.50 1 1 1.50
(T H H H) - 1.50 1 1 1 1.50
(H H T T) - 1 1 1.50 1.50 1.00
(H T H T) - 1 1.0 1 1.50 1.00
(T H H T) - 1.50 1 1 1.50 1.00
HANDBOOK 277
MATHEMATICS
(H T T H) - 1 1.50 1.50 1.00
(T H T H ) - 1.50 1 1.50 1 1.00
( T T H H) - 1.50 1.50 1 1 1.00
(H T T T) - .50 1.50 1 1.50 3.50
(T H T T) - 1.50 1 1.50 1.50 3.50
(T T H T) - 1.50 1.50 1 1.50 3.50
(T T TH) - 1.50 1.50 1.50 1 3.80
(T T T T) - 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 6.00
The amounts 4.00,1.50,-1.00,-3.50,-6.00 occurs 1 time, 4 times, 6 times, 4 times and 1 time
respectively 4.00- 1 time, 1.50 - 4 times -1.00- 6 times – 3.50 – 4 times – 600 -1 time
5 different types of amounts of money that we can have.
1
Probability of winning Rs 4.0
16
4 1
Probability of wining Rs 1.50=
16 4
6 3
Probability of wining Rs (-1.00) =
16 8
(actually loosing )
4 1
Probability of wining Rs – 3.50
16 4
1
Probability of wining Rs – 6.00
16
Exercise 14 ( c )
II. 1) A box contains 10 red marbles 20 blue marbles and 30 green marbles, 5 marbles are
drawn from the box, what in the probability that
i)all will be blue ? ii)At least one will be green?
Sol: Red marbles = 10
Blue marbles = 20
Green marbles = 30
Total marbles = 60
Let S be the sample space of drawing 5 marbles from the box = n S 60C5
i)Let E be the event of getting all 5 marbles from the box = n E 20c5
HANDBOOK 278
MATHEMATICS
nE 20c5 20.19.18.17.18 34
PE
nS 60c5 60.59.58.57.56 11977
ii) Probability of selecting 5 marbles with at least one will be green
1 Probability of none of them green
30C
1 5
60C
5
351 13101
1
13452 13452 .
2) 4 cards are drawn from a well- shuffled deck of 52 cards. What is the probability of
obtaining 3 diamonds and one spade?
Sol:- Let S be the sample space of the random experiment. Then n S 52c4
Then E be the event of obtaining 3 diamonds and one spade.
n E 13C 3 13C1
n( E ) 13C3 .13C1
PE
n( S ) 52C4
3) A die has two faces each with number ‘1’, three faces each with number ‘2’ and one
face with number ‘3’. if the die is rolled once, determine (i) P 2 ii) P 1 or 3 iii) P not 3
Sol:- Let S be the sample space then n S 6
i)Let A be the event of getting 2 then n A 3
n( A) 3 1
P A
n( S ) 6 2
ii) Let B be the event of getting a number 1 or 3 then n B 2 1 3
The Probability of getting 1 or 3 P C n(C ) 5
n( S ) 6
iii) Let ‘C” be the event of “ not getting 3” then n C 5
n C 5
P C
nS 6
4) In a certain lottery 10,000 tickets are sold and ten equal prizes are awarded. What
is the probability of not getting a prize if you buy
HANDBOOK 279
MATHEMATICS
a) One ticket b) Two tickets c) Ten tickets
Sol:- Total tickets = 10,000 and Total prizes = 10
Total tickets with no prizes = 9990
a) The probability of not getting a prize when one ticket is bought
9990C 9990 999
1
10000C 10000 1000
1
9990C
b) The probability of not getting a prize when two tickets are bought = 2
10000C 2
9990C
10
c) The probability of not getting a prize when you bought 10 tickets=
10000C
10
5) A and B are two events P A 0.54 P B 0.69 and P A B 0.35 , then find
i) P(A B)ii) P A ' B ' iii) P A B ' iv) P B A '
Sol:- i) P A B P A P 3 P A B 0.54 0.69 0.35 0.88
ii) P A' B ' P A B
'
1 P A B 1 0.88 0.12
iii) P A B ' P A P A B
0.54 0.35 0.19
iv) P B A' P B P A B
0.69 0.35 = 0.34
6) Three letters are dictated to three persons and an envelope in addressed to each of
them, the letters are inserted into the envelopes at random so that each envelope
contains exactly one letter. Find the probability that at least one letter is in its proper
envelope.
Sol:- Support that L1 , L2 , L3 be the letter and E1 , E2 , E3 be their corresponding envelopes
respectively.
L1 E1 L2 E2 L3 E3
The sample space
L2 E2 L1 E3 L3 E1
L3 E3 L1 E2 L2 E1
L1 E1 L2 E3 L3 E2
HANDBOOK 280
MATHEMATICS
L1 E2 L2 E3 L3 E1
L1 E3 L2 E1 L3 E2
n S 6 Let ‘A’ be the event of inserting at least one letter is in its proper envelope
n A 4 2
Than n( A) 4 P A .
nS 6 3
III. 1) Out of 100 students, two sections of 40 and 60 are formed . If you and your friend are
among the 100 students, what is the probability, that (a) you both enter the same
section (b) you both enter the different section ?
Sol:- Let section A consists 40, section B consists 60 students.
a)When you both enter the same section these are two cases
Case:-i) both of you enter in to section A.
Case :ii) both of you enter in to section B.
Case:- i) Suppose both of you enter in to section ‘A’
No .of ways of selecting 40 students out of 100 =
100C 40
38 students (including both of you make 40 ) can be selected out of 98 students 98C38
98C38
P ( both of you are in section A) =
100 C 40
98! 40!60!
60!38! 100!
98!40.9.38!.60 40.39 2.13 26
60!38!100.99.98! 100.99 5.33 165.
Case ii) Both of you are in section ‘B’ then 60 students can be selected out of 100 = 100C
60
ways 58 ( including both of you make 60 ) students can be selected from 98
students in 98C58 ways.
98C58 59
The probability that to enter both of you in Section B= P(B)
100C60 165
26 59 85 17
P A B P A P B
165 165 165 33
b) The probability that both of you enter the different sections
1 Probability of you both enter the some sections
HANDBOOK 281
MATHEMATICS
17 16
1
33 33
2) From the employees of a company, 5 persons are selected to represent them in the
maintaining committee of the company . Particulars of 5 persona are is follows.
S NO NAME SEX AGE IN YEARS
1 HARISH M 30
2 ROHAN M 33
3 SHEETHAL F 46
4 ALIS F 28
5 SALIM M 41
A Person is selected at random from this group to act as spoke person.
What in the probability that the spoken person will be either male or over 35 year?
Sol:- given that Total No. of Persons = 5, Males = 3
No. of persons over 35 years of age = 2
Let A be the event in which the selected spokes person be a male .
and B be the event of selected spoken person be a person over 35 year of age
3C1 3 2C1 2
P A P B
5C1 5 5C1 5
,
1C1 1
And P A B
5C 5
1
Required probability P A B P A P B P A B 3 2 1 4
5 5 5 5
3) If 4 – digit numbers greater than 5000 are randomly formed from the digits 0,1,3,5,
and 7, what is the probability of forming a number divisible 5 when i) the digits are
repeated ii) the repetition is not allowed?
Sol:- i) When the digits are repeated ( repetition ins allowed) X
The thousands place should be filled with 5 or 7 so as to from 4- digit numbers greater than 5000.
Number of ways filling 1000’s place = 2
Number of ways of filling remains places = 5 5 5
Number of 4 digit number greater then 5000 = 2 5 5 5 250 1
X
(Out of these one number 5,000 is to be deleted ) = 249
HANDBOOK 282
MATHEMATICS
A number in divisible by 5 if it has 0 or 5 in unit place . 0,5
7,5
Number of 4 digit numbers that are divisible by 5 2 5 5 2 1 99
ii) When the repetition is not allowed
the thousands place can be filled (by (5 or 7 ) in 2 ways
The remaining 3 places can be filled by the remaining 4 digits in 4P3 ways
Number of 4 digit number = 2 4 P3 2 4 3 2 48
5
Number of 4 digit numbers divisible by 5 starting with 5 11 3 2 6
7
Number of 4 digit numbers divisible by 5 starting with 5 1 2 3 2 12
Number of 4 digit numbers greater than 5000 ad divisible by 5 6 12 18
18 3
Now the probability of 4 digit number divisible by 5 when the digits are not repeated
48 8
4) The number lock of a suitcase has 4 wheels, each labelled with ten digits i.e from
0 to 9. The lock opens with a sequence of four digits with no repeats. What is the
probability of a person getting the right sequence to open the suit case ?
Sol:- The number of ways of selecting 4 ( no repetition ) different digit (with 0 to 9 ) = 10C4
This each combination (of 4 digits ) have 4! Arrangements
we have 4! 10C numbers without repetitions out of which for one and only one arrangement
4
with its right sequence to open
The probability to open the suit case = 1 1
=
4!10C4 5040
Multiple Choice Questions(Key)
1. P A B P A P B P A B 1.5 P A B , 0 P A B 1 P A B 0.5
2. No. of days left in a leap year with Sunday = (Sat, Sun) (Sun , Mon)
2
Probability that a leap year contains 53 Sundays
7
1
3. n S 62 36 , n E 6 P E
6
HANDBOOK 283
MATHEMATICS
1
4. n( S ) 62 36, n E 6 P E
6
5. P A B 0 for mutually exclusive events which implies P A B P A P B
nE 8 2
6. E 2,3,5, 7,11,13,17,19 P ( E )
nS 20 5
7. P A' B' 1 P A B 1 0.5 0.3 0.2
6C1
8. P A '
52C1
=
26 1
52 2
9. For impossible event E, P(E )= 0
For certain event E, P( E) = 1
For any event E, P E P E 1
For any event E, 0 P E 1
**********
1) 2 2) 2 3) 4 4) 1 5) 1 6) 3 7) 4 8) 3 9) 2
HANDBOOK 284
You might also like
- LABOR RELATIONS Compiled by Clintmaratas v.4100% (2)LABOR RELATIONS Compiled by Clintmaratas v.4182 pages
- NCERT Solutions Class 11 Maths Chapter 1 Sets - Free PDF DownloadNo ratings yetNCERT Solutions Class 11 Maths Chapter 1 Sets - Free PDF Download1 page
- Resource 20250212135729 G11 Mathematics HandoutsNo ratings yetResource 20250212135729 G11 Mathematics Handouts186 pages
- Which of The Following Are Sets? Justify Your AnswerNo ratings yetWhich of The Following Are Sets? Justify Your Answer12 pages
- Educellence Institute: Assignment by PRANAY SRIVASTAVA Iit Ism DhanbadNo ratings yetEducellence Institute: Assignment by PRANAY SRIVASTAVA Iit Ism Dhanbad5 pages
- Worksheets On Set: 1. Which of The Following Are Sets? Justify Your AnswerNo ratings yetWorksheets On Set: 1. Which of The Following Are Sets? Justify Your Answer12 pages
- Plus One Maths NCERT Solutions Ch-1 Sets - Hssreporter - ComNo ratings yetPlus One Maths NCERT Solutions Ch-1 Sets - Hssreporter - Com41 pages
- NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Maths Chapter 1No ratings yetNCERT Solutions For Class 11 Maths Chapter 145 pages
- Long Test Reviewer Math Grade 7 Teacher RugiNo ratings yetLong Test Reviewer Math Grade 7 Teacher Rugi6 pages
- Topic: Sets: "Transforming Your DREAMS Into Reality... !"No ratings yetTopic: Sets: "Transforming Your DREAMS Into Reality... !"3 pages
- NCERTSolutions Class11 Mathematics SetsNo ratings yetNCERTSolutions Class11 Mathematics Sets52 pages
- Exercise 1.1: Head Office: 1/3-H-A-2, Street # 6, East Azad Nagar, Delhi-110051 (One KM From Welcome' Metro Station)No ratings yetExercise 1.1: Head Office: 1/3-H-A-2, Street # 6, East Azad Nagar, Delhi-110051 (One KM From Welcome' Metro Station)44 pages
- Numbers and Number Sense, Math 7 (M7NS-Ia-1, M7NS-Ia-2, M7NS-Ib-1)100% (2)Numbers and Number Sense, Math 7 (M7NS-Ia-1, M7NS-Ia-2, M7NS-Ib-1)7 pages
- And 1734517765308CHECKSC 6 - Maths Practice Paper - 2024-25No ratings yetAnd 1734517765308CHECKSC 6 - Maths Practice Paper - 2024-2510 pages
- Exercise 1.1: Head Office: 1/3-H-A-2, Street # 6, East Azad Nagar, Delhi-110051 (One KM From Welcome' Metro Station)No ratings yetExercise 1.1: Head Office: 1/3-H-A-2, Street # 6, East Azad Nagar, Delhi-110051 (One KM From Welcome' Metro Station)44 pages
- SETS GROUP CLASSWORK EXERCISE ONE 27 February 2024No ratings yetSETS GROUP CLASSWORK EXERCISE ONE 27 February 20243 pages
- Ncert Solutions Class 11 Maths Chapter 1 Ex 1 1No ratings yetNcert Solutions Class 11 Maths Chapter 1 Ex 1 18 pages
- XI Maths DPP (01) - Sets - Relations - Functions + Basic MathsNo ratings yetXI Maths DPP (01) - Sets - Relations - Functions + Basic Maths5 pages
- Islamic Names & Meanings in Urdu - Muslim Boys & Muslim Girls Names48% (25)Islamic Names & Meanings in Urdu - Muslim Boys & Muslim Girls Names2 pages
- An Investigation of Cranial Motion Through A Review of Biomechanically Based Skull Deformation LiteratureNo ratings yetAn Investigation of Cranial Motion Through A Review of Biomechanically Based Skull Deformation Literature8 pages
- Layout 2 of 250-300TPH Crushing Plant-20240925No ratings yetLayout 2 of 250-300TPH Crushing Plant-202409251 page
- Career Summary Recruitment (BFSI, Analytics, IT & Non-IT), Leadership Hiring, Training &No ratings yetCareer Summary Recruitment (BFSI, Analytics, IT & Non-IT), Leadership Hiring, Training &2 pages
- University of Cambridge International Examinations International General Certificate of Secondary EducationNo ratings yetUniversity of Cambridge International Examinations International General Certificate of Secondary Education20 pages
- Chemical Identity: Material Safety Data Sheet Gasoline/PetrolNo ratings yetChemical Identity: Material Safety Data Sheet Gasoline/Petrol4 pages
- CBSE - X Biology Phase - 2 Session - II (Set - A)No ratings yetCBSE - X Biology Phase - 2 Session - II (Set - A)3 pages
- The Electoral Legislation of Somalia 195 PDFNo ratings yetThe Electoral Legislation of Somalia 195 PDF221 pages
- The Shahnameh: The Persian Epic in World Literature Hamid Dabashi Download100% (2)The Shahnameh: The Persian Epic in World Literature Hamid Dabashi Download59 pages
- 292 Lab Basic Switch and End Device ConfigurationNo ratings yet292 Lab Basic Switch and End Device Configuration17 pages
- AP Physics 1 Practice Test 1: KinematicsNo ratings yetAP Physics 1 Practice Test 1: Kinematics1 page
